Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
July 2006
Contents
1. Introduction 1-1
Table Index
Table 1: Climate Statistics for Low Head (1877 2001) and
Ti Tree Bend (1980 2004) 2-5
Table 2: Monitoring AQ Data Rowella (July June 2006) 2-13
Table 3: Soil Chemical Concentrations Recorded from the
Pulp Mill Site 2-22
Table 4: Additional Soil Sampling 2-23
Table 5: Groundwater Contaminant Concentrations
Recorded from the Pulp Mill Site 2-25
Table 6: Water levels and yields in site groundwater bores 2-28
Table 7: Ground water contaminant concentrations recorded
from proposed landfill site 2-29
Table 8: Parameter concentrations recorded from baseline
water samples at proposed land fill site collected for
Figure Index
Figure 2-1 Locality Plan (Pulp Mill) 2-4
Figure 2-2 Current Land Use Zoning of the Proposed Site and
surrounding land 2-7
Figure 2-3 Current Land Ownership of the Proposed Site and
surrounding land 2-8
Figure 2-4 Topography 2-2
Figure 2-5 Annual Wind Rose, Bell Bay, 2004. 2-6
Figure 2-6 Seasonal Wind Roses, Bell Bay, 2004. 2-7
Figure 2-7 Wind Rose Rowella July 2005 to May 2006 2-8
Figure 2-8 Wind Speed Frequency Distributions (2004) 2-9
Figure 2-9 Recorded one Hour averages 2-16
Figure 2-10 Recorded one Hour averages for winds greater
than 8 m/s 2-17
Figure 2-11 Soil and Groundwater Sample Locations 2-21
Figure 2-12 Water Courses in the Vicinity of the Pulp Mill 2-35
Figure 2-13 Tamar River Water Quality Monitoring Sites 2-37
This volume (Volume 2) of the Bell Bay Pulp Mill Draft IIS considers potential impacts and management
measures of construction and operation of the proposed:
Pulp mill;
Wharf facility;
Landfill;
Quarry; and
Water reservoir.
This area is collectively referred to as the Bell Bay site. The Draft IIS has been structured to meet the
requirements of the RPDC Final Scope Guidelines for the Integrated Impact Statement (December
2005). The position of this volume in the Draft IIS is shown below.
The existing environment, potential impacts and management measures are addressed in the following
chapters in the order outlined in the Resource Planning and Development Commissions Scope
Guidelines: environmental; economic; social and community. Appendix 1, Volume 5 cross-references the
various sections of the Draft IIS against the scope guidelines.
The existing environment, potential impacts and management measures for the water supply pipeline,
effluent pipeline and ocean outfall are discussed in Volume 3 of the Draft IIS.
2.1 General
An overview of the existing regional environment is provided in Volume 1, Chapter 4 of this Draft IIS. A
detailed description of the existing environment for the Bell Bay site is provided in this volume to
compliment the regional environment chapter. The existing environment description provides details of
the project area and a baseline for the evaluation of potential environmental, economic, social and
community impacts, management measures and monitoring programs.
In order to define spatial references in the text, the following descriptions have been used:
The site for the pulp mill component of the proposal is adjacent to the eastern shore of the Tamar River
and south-east of Bell Bay. It is proposed to locate the pulp mill approximately 750 m north-west of the
existing Gunns Tamar woodchip mills. The pulp mill will be located to the west of the existing rail line,
which runs south of the East Tamar Highway. The proposed location of the pulp mill in the context of its
surrounds is shown in Figure 2-1.
The site is located within the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone (IN3), a piece of land stretching along the
eastern shore of the Tamar River from Long Reach in the south to the outskirts of George Town to the
north which was zoned in 1990. The zone does not encompass the existing industries on the Bell Bay
foreshore, these being zoned Heavy Industrial (IN2) under the Municipality of George Town Planning
Scheme, but is intended to encourage further major industrial development to the region, as it is land
specifically set aside for industrial purposes. There are different types of industrial zones under the
Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme. The existing industries are within Heavy Industrial Zone
(IN2) and the project is within the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone (IN3).
The Bell Bay site is part of a parcel of land comprised in CT 143039/1 that has been set-aside as a buffer
to Comalcos smelting operations since the 1950s. The land use of the Bell Bay site and the remainder of
CT 143039/1 can be best characterised as a natural environment. Since it was declared as a private
sanctuary in 1952, it has not been used for any commercial or industrial purpose.
Comalco subsequently approached the then National Parks and Wildlife Service (PWS) in 1986 and
again following the rezoning of the site to Major Industrial Zone under the Planning Scheme with the
intent to revoke the conservation status. This is yet to occur.
G RE N
M
ENS
B EA
C
GEORGE TOWN
RO
HR
5450000
5450000
OAD
AD
Kilometers
LO
WH 1:65,000
E AD
RO
AD
B
EL
L
B
AD
AY
Ti
RO
LI
p
N
po
E
O
g o
LS
re
KE
Bell Bay e
Hi
lls
E
LIN
AY
LB
BEL Landfill
Quarry
5445000
5445000
FL
IN DER S
ST
RE Ta Proposed Pulp Mill
m
a rR
Beauty Point
ET
AD i ve
RO r
RM Water Supply Reservoir
TA
W ES
_
^
YO
RK
TO
Y
A
W
HW
N
RO
HIG
AD
MA R
TA
WE S T
Rowella
L D STRE ET
WE
5440000
5440000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
Beaconsfield
Ea
st
HOBART
Ta
ar m
Hig
W
hw
ES
ay
TT
A
M
A
R
H
H
IG
W
AY
FIGURE 2-1
480000 Legend 485000 490000 495000 500000
River Roads
LOCAL AREA
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
_
^ Approximate Site Location
Outfall National/State Highway
Zone 55, GDA94 Pulp Mill Project Site
Water Supply Pipeline Major Arterial Road
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
PLAN
Builtup Area
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Effluent Pipeline Arterial Road
by Gunns Pty Ltd Workers Accommodation
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Landfill Boundary Access Road
fig2_1_local_area_map.mxd Quarry
Railway
Water Reservoir
Dam
This area is also listed on the Register of National Estate as Four Mile Creek Environmental Sanctuary.
However, the statement of significance identifies that the Sanctuary has low environmental
significance nationally and regionally and is assessed as no longer reaching threshold for National
Estate listing.
The land use of the area generally surrounding the Bell Bay site is characterised by industrial and
primary industry uses, including forestry, agricultural and aquaculture land uses. The closest residential
areas are George Town to the north-west, Hillwood to the south-east and Beauty Point on the West
Tamar. The closest residences are located at Rowella, on the opposite bank of the Tamar River to the
proposed development site on the (refer to Figure 2-2). The closest residence will be approximately 1 km
from the wharf facility and 1.5 km from the pulp mill. Adjoining the pulp mill development site are the
following land uses:
Other uses within the local area (a radius of 12 kilometres from the proposed mill) of the Bell Bay site
include:
Lauriston Reservoir;
Bell Bay Port;
George Town Golf Course;
Transend Substation; and
Bell Bay Major Industrial Estate including:
Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd (TEMCO) Smelter;
Comalco Aluminium Plant;
Carter Holt Harvey Pinepanels Medium Density Fibreboard (MDF) Plant;
George Town Wastewater Treatment Plant;
Ecka Granules Australia Pty Ltd;
SVP Industries;
Two woodchip mills operated by TasFibre and Arnolds; and
Forest Enterprises Australia Ltd (FEA) Sawmill.
The Bell Bay site is proposed to be contained within a 2549-hectare parcel of land known as Certificate
of Title Volume 143039 Folio 1. The land is currently owned by Comalco Aluminium (Bell Bay) Limited.
The proposed Bell Bay site will be located on 624.11 ha subdivided from the current title, shown as Lot 1
Gunns will also look to purchase the site of the existing North Tamar woodchip mill (CT 136962 Folio1)
which is currently leased from Comalco.
Surrounding Land
Due to the large size of the subject land, there are many adjoining land titles. Details of these are
included below. It is noted that as the pulp mill will be located on a 624.11 ha portion to be subdivided
from the current title, much of the neighbouring land will end up being the balance of the current title:
Certificate of Title, Volume 131620, Folio 1, owned by Bell Bay Power Pty Ltd;
Certificate of Title, Volume 203357, Folio 1, owned by Denver Glen Pty Ltd;
Certificate of Title, Volume 31250, Folio 1, owned by Gunns Forest Products;
Certificate of Title, Volume 143039, Folio 1, owned by Comalco Aluminium;
Certificate of Title, Volume 136962, Folio 2, owned by Gunns;
Certificate of Title Volume 139962, Folio 1, owned by Comalco Aluminium (Bell Bay) Limited;
Certificate of Title Volume 85822, Folio 1 owned by Bell Bay Power;
Balance land of Certificate of Title Volume 143039 Folio 1, owned by Comalco Aluminium; and
Proposed lot 1a, 31.77 ha portion of 152.62 ha, owned by Forestry Tasmania. The balance of 120.85
ha, will be retained by Forestry Tasmania.
The adjacent Long Reach Conservation Area is managed by the Department of Tourism, Arts and the
Environment.
G RE N
M
ENS
B EA
GEORGE TOWN
C
RO
HR
5450000
5450000
OAD
AD
Kilometers
LO
WH 1:65,000
E AD
RO
AD
B
EL
L
B
AD
AY
Ti
RO
LI
p
N
po
E
O
g o
LS
re
KE
Bell Bay e
Hi
lls
E
LIN
AY
LB
BEL Landfill
Quarry
5445000
5445000
FL
IN DER S
ST
RE Ta Proposed Pulp Mill
m
a rR
Beauty Point
ET
AD i ve
RO r
RM Water Supply Reservoir
TA
W ES
_
^
YO
RK
TO
Y
A
W
HW
N
RO
HIG
AD
MA R
TA
WE S T
Rowella
L D STRE ET
WE
5440000
5440000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
Beaconsfield
Ea
HOBART
st
Ta
ar m
Hig
W
ES
hw
TT
ay
A
M
FIGURE 2-2
A
R
H
H
IG
W
AY
ZONING OF
480000 485000 490000 495000 500000
Legend
PROPOSED
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia River Railway Zoning - George Town Reserved Residential General Industrial
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
_
^ Approximate Site Location
Outfall Roads Agricultural Village Heavy Industrial
SITE
Pulp Mill Project Site National/State Highway
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Water Supply Pipeline Rural Urban Residential Maritime
by Gunns Pty Ltd Workers Accommodation Major Arterial Road
Effluent Pipeline Business Special Use / Community Services Tourist Facilities
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\
Quarry Arterial Road
fig2_2_zoning_proposed_site.mxd Landfill Boundary Closed Residential Utility Services Recreation
Water Reservoir Access Road
Dam Low Density Residential Bell Bay Major Industrial
480000 485000 490000 495000 500000
G RE N
M
ENS
GEORGE TOWN
B EA
C
RO
HR
5450000
5450000
OAD
AD
Kilometers
LO
WH 1:65,000
E AD
RO
AD
B
EL
L
B
AD
AY
Ti
RO
LI
p
N
po
E
O
g o
LS
re
KE
Bell Bay e
Hi
lls
E
LIN
AY
LB
BEL Landfill
Quarry
5445000
5445000
FL
IN DER S
ST
RE Ta Proposed Pulp Mill
m
a rR
Beauty Point
ET
AD i ve
RO r
RM Water Supply Reservoir
TA
W ES
_
^
YO
RK
TO
Y
A
W
HW
N
RO
HIG
AD
MA R
TA
WE S T
Rowella
L D STRE ET
WE
5440000
5440000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
Beaconsfield
Ea
st
HOBART
Ta
ar m
Hig
W
hw
ES
ay
TT
A
M
A
R
H
H
IG
W
AY
FIGURE 2-3
480000 485000 490000 495000 500000
Legend
LAND
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia River Railway Tenure Horizontal Strata
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
_
^ Approximate Site Location
Outfall Roads Body Corporate Marine Crown Land
TENURE
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Pulp Mill Project Site National/State Highway Commonwealth of Australia
Water Supply Pipeline Not Applicable
by Gunns Pty Ltd Workers Accommodation
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Effluent Pipeline Major Arterial Road Council Tidal Crown Land
fig2_3_land_tenure.mxd Quarry Arterial Road Crown Land
Landfill Boundary Unknown
Water Reservoir Access Road Freehold Title
Dam
2.3 Infrastructure and Services
2.3.1 Buildings
There are no buildings currently located on the proposed development site. Existing buildings directly
adjacent to the site include the two woodchip mills and associated administration buildings and
workshops. Two wharves are currently located at the existing north and south woodchip mills on the
Tamar River.
The location of the existing buildings and wharves is illustrated in Figure 2-4, Photographic Sheet 2-1.
2.3.2 Services
Three 220kV and one 33kV transmission lines dissect the site within a 50-metre wide transmission line
easement. The 220kV lines serve the Bell Bay industrial estate (in particular Comalco), with the 33kV line
servicing the existing woodchip mill.
Infrastructure for all of the above, except gas, is provided to the existing woodchip mill. Details of this
infrastructure are included in Volume 1 Chapter 4.
2.4.1 Topography
Discussion of the topography in the Tamar Valley regions is included in the Regional Environment
section of Volume 1 of this Draft IIS. Climate and Meteorology are discussed in detail in the Air Quality
Assessment report provided in Appendix 16, Volume 9.
The topography within a 12-kilometre radius of the Bell Bay site ranges from the Tippogoree Hills down
to the banks of the Tamar River as shown in Figure 2-4.
The site has a maximum height of approximately 80 metres above sea level in the central portion of the
proposed footprint, with a general slope of approximately six to ten degrees towards to Tamar River to
the west (BFP Consultants Pty Ltd, 2005).
To the immediate south and north of the pulp mill, there are steep sloping gullies ranging from 10 to 20
degrees where out flowing streams originating in the neighbouring hills have deeply incised the
topographic surface (BFP Consultants Pty Ltd, 2005). The slope either side of Williams Creek near its
junction with the Tamar River is particularly steep.
The landfill, quarry and water reservoir will be constructed in the reaches of the Tippogoree Hills. The
Tippogoree Hills run north-west / south-east and are in the order of 100 metres to 200 metres above sea
level.
The lower reaches of the Tippogoree Hills, closer to the Tamar River, slope in a westerly direction and
form the river banks.
Greens Beach
HE A
/
DR
OAD
5450000
George Town
B
EL Ti
L
B
pp
AD
AY
og
RO
LI
or
N
E
ee
O
LS
Bell Bay Hi
KE
lls
E
LIN
AY
LB
BEL
Ta
m
a rR
i ve
Beauty Point r Proposed Pulp Mill
AD
RO
RM
TA EA
W ES
_
^ S TT
AM
AR
HI
GH
YO
WA
RK
Y
TO
Y of Elevation Data
Extent
A
W
HW
N
RO
IG
A
RH
D
AM A
ST T
Rowella
WE
L D ST R E ET
WE
_
^
5440000
5440000
LAUNCESTON
Beaconsfield
HOBART
480000
Legend 490000 500000
Date: 16/06/06 Outfall Digital Elevation Model (DEM)
_
^
FIGURE 2-4
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Approximate Site Location
Zone 55, GDA94 Water Pipeline Value
National/State Highway
Source: Base data supplied by the List - Dam High : 540
TOPOGRAPHY
www.thelist.tas.gov.au, Major Road
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd Quarry
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Railway
Landfill Boundary Low : 0
fig2_4_topography.mxd River
Water Reservoir
Effluent Pipeline
Looking over the pulp mill site to Bell Bay. The Bell Bay Power Station can be seen centre back, with the Port of Launceston in the centre background.
The transmission line easement can be clearly seen to the east of the pulp mill site
Photosheet 2-1
2.4.2 Climate and Meteorology
The Tamar Valley extends some 60 km from the coast at Low Head inland in a south-east direction, and
the city of Launceston is located near the head of the Tamar River estuary. On the east flank of the
estuary, the valley walls are defined by the Tippogoree Hills, Dismal Range and Bocmer Hills. The west
flank is less abrupt, with the valley walls defined by the Asbestos Range, Dazzler Range, Bold Tier and
Grassy Hut Tier. This terrain encloses an air shed centred on the Tamar valley up to 300m above sea
level the Tamar Valley Air Shed (TVAS).
Under many conditions, surface winds in the TVAS are guided by the valley walls aligned on a south-
east/north-west axis. Winds are often cyclic, with an afternoon north-west sea breeze moving emissions
to the south-east, followed by evening south-east drainage airflows moving emissions towards the valley
mouth and out into Bass Strait.
A weather station operates at Low Head at the end of the Tamar Valley, and summary data from that
station is compared to a station at Ti Tree Bend near Launceston in Table 1. As expected for an inland
site, lower daily minimum and higher daily maximum temperatures are seen at Ti Tree Bend, compared
to Low Head where the coastal water mass dampens temperature fluctuations. Relative humidity is also
generally higher at the coastal site, particularly at the 3 pm reading when the sea breeze may not have
always reached Ti Tree Bend. The trend is reversed in the winter, where 9 am readings (when cool air
drainage flows at Ti Tree Bend) are closer to or exceed the dew point more frequently than at Low Head.
Mean annual rainfall differs little at each site (within 1%), although the mean number of rain days at Low
Head is slightly greater than at Ti Tree Bend.
Anemometer (wind) stations operated in the Tamar Valley between 1993 and 1995 as part of the Tamar
Valley Air Shed Study, and longer-term stations operate at Bell Bay (Comalco, 1980 present) and at Ti
Tree Bend (DPIW, 1991 - present). The Bell Bay data is more representative of the Bell Bay site, being
just 8 km to the north-west.
Figure 2-6 shows the seasonal wind roses and the following features can be seen:
Down-valley winds predominate in autumn;
Up-valley winds predominate in spring and in summer;
Light winds are mainly oriented down valley for all seasons; and
Strong (>8m/s) winds are seen mainly from the west, north-west and are present in all seasons.
Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree Low Ti Tree
Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend Head Bend
January 12.9 12.0 20.3 24.0 4.4 2.5 29.5 35.4 73 70 68 49 37.2 51.8 7.6 8.2
February 13.3 11.9 20.9 24.4 4.4 3.4 29.5 34.4 75 74 68 48 35.0 28.9 6.6 6.1
March 12.2 9.9 19.7 22.3 1.1 0.5 28.0 32.3 78 76 69 48 43.3 34.7 8.7 6.6
April 10.3 7.4 17.2 18.8 1.7 -1.5 25.6 27.7 81 81 71 56 54.7 53.5 10.8 9.0
May 8.3 5.1 14.7 15.7 -0.6 -3.0 23.1 22.0 86 89 75 65 67.1 67.9 13.0 10.7
June 6.6 2.8 12.6 13.0 -1.2 -4.9 24.4 18.2 87 91 76 69 76.7 67.3 14.4 12.2
July 5.9 2.1 11.9 12.5 -2.8 -5.2 17.4 17.6 87 91 77 69 81.0 79.4 16.6 14.4
August 6.3 3.6 12.5 13.7 -1.1 -3.5 18.0 19.6 86 87 76 64 70.9 83.0 15.9 14.8
September 7.5 5.1 13.6 15.5 -0.6 -2.4 22.0 24.8 83 78 76 59 59.5 66.4 14.3 13.9
October 8.7 6.9 15.0 17.9 0.0 -0.6 23.2 28.7 79 73 75 54 58.7 55.7 12.7 12.1
November 10.1 8.7 16.9 20.2 2.9 -2.0 26.5 30.7 76 69 72 52 47.1 49.3 10.4 9.7
December 11.7 10.5 18.7 22.4 5.0 2.0 27.5 33.8 74 66 69 49 46.0 45.5 9.4 8.0
Annual 9.5 7.2 16.2 18.4 -2.8 -5.2 27.5 35.4 80 79 73 57 677.2 683.3 140.5 125.6
No. Years 106.9 20.9 106.8 20.9 106.0 20.9 106.0 20.9 105.2 21.0 973 21.0 119.8 23.6 105.8 23.5
Winter Spring
Comments:
Project No.:
31/16408
N
350 10
20%
330 30
310 50
10%
290 70
0%
270 90
> 20
10 to 20
250 110
5 to 10
3 to 5
2 to 3 230 130
1 to 2
210 150
.5 to 1
190 170
Magnitude(m/s)
2.9% calm
99.2% Valid Data present.
30%
25%
% Frequenc
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
0 - 1.0 1.1 - 3.0 3.1 - 5.0 5.1 - 7.5 7.6 - 10.0 10.1 - 15.0 >15
Wind Speed (m/s)
The specific objective of the study was to develop a dispersion model for the air shed and an emissions
database so that the effect of existing and future proposed industry emissions on air quality in the air
shed could be determined.
The features of air movement from this study are summarised below:
Worst case air pollution conditions occur when synoptic winds are light, typically when an anti-
cyclonic (high pressure) weather pattern is centred over Tasmania;
Under light synoptic winds, the wind pattern in the air shed is thermally driven, with a land breeze -
sea breeze regime prominent in summer, and a nocturnal cool air drainage (katabatic) flow prominent
in autumn/winter;
These flows are generally aligned to the north-west/south-east axis of the Tamar Valley estuary, and
as a consequence, the degree of recirculation of pollutants in the valley will be a governing factor for
the presence of elevated concentrations of pollutants;
In these conditions, vertical mixing is also constrained, with mixing heights measured in the range of
130 to 300 m. At these heights the inversion `lid will intersect the valley sides sealing most of the
valley; and
The seasonal variation in this pattern of air shed flows was found to be:
Summer
Sea breeze onset is early (9am to 10 am) with a typical duration of up to 10 hours. Nighttime
south-east to south-south-east drainage flows are seen, and local slope flows from the north-west
to north-north-east are seen at Bell Bay.
Autumn
The incidence of south-east drainage valley flows increases, and the duration of sea breezes
reduces to 7 to 8 hours.
Winter
The sea breeze further wanes to a typical duration of < 3 hours. Drainage valley flows are
predominant.
Spring
Sea breezes increase in strength and duration, and valley drainage flows are still present.
Of interest to the current study are the results of woodsmoke (particulate matter less than 10m -
referred to as PM10) modelling and the results of Bell Bay industrial pollution modelling.
Five scenarios were examined, Scenario 1 being the base case for winter 2000 while Scenarios 2 to 4
looked at candidate strategies to reduce PM10 levels in the catchment in particular in Launceston.
Scenario 5 was aimed to determine the extent of advected PM10 emissions from the other population
centres into the Launceston region.
The results of Scenario 1 show that the smoke plumes from many population centres in the air shed
coalesce in a combined plume along the valley axis. Peak hourly PM10 levels were predicted in
Launceston with a maximum of 217 g/m3 at 5 pm and with evening values exceeding 150 g/m3. These
values were consistent with those measured at Ti Tree bend in winter under poor dispersion.
Scenario 5 was conducted by rerunning the base case but with the Launceston sources removed. The
comparison of results to Scenario 1 shows that the contribution of PM10 sources outside Launceston to
elevated levels within Launceston was small, with a mean contribution of 1-2 g/m3, which represents
approximately 4% of the levels, due to sources within Launceston. This result showed that measures
focussed solely on reducing PM10 emissions within the Launceston area would be effective. The plot of
PM10|24 hr contribution for Launceston sources shows a plume extending down the whole valley and well
out to sea, however the levels within the plume reduce rapidly with distance from Launceston, from 88
g/m3 in the city down to approximately 2 g/m3 on the coast.
In the case of SO2, the industrial emissions were spread over several Bell Bay industries with
comparatively low-level release points, but with the dominant source being the Bell Bay oil-fired Power
Station stack a release at approximately 107 m above sea level. As a percentage of total industry SO2
emission rate, Bell Bay Power Station emitted 87% and Comalco 12.5% (most from the 50 m dry
scrubber stack).
The NOX simulation considered only the power station main stack emission at ~48 g/s which, in contrast
to the SO2 modelling, was for gas-fired boilers.
The diurnal pattern of plume movement was dominated by the power station source for both
constituents. The predicted peak ground level concentrations within the air shed for each season
showed that:
Maximum peak ground level concentrations were generally seen at night, when light stable winds
predominate.
Note that the power station has since been converted to be fuelled by natural gas, so that the SO2 load in
the air shed has been significantly reduced to approximately 1/7 of the original value.
PM10 data from the DPIW station at Ti Tree Bend (1 km north of Launceston) from 1992 to 2003 were
analysed to determine the pattern and trends of elevated PM10 concentrations. The 24 hr averaged
PM10 levels were found to exceed the NEPM criterion of 50 g/m3 in all years, with the number of
exceedances from 7 49 per year. As expected, the exceedances are mainly clustered in late autumn
to winter months when winds are light and stable drainage flows inhibit mixing and dilution, and when
source emissions are at a maximum.
In 2004, it was documented that approximately 50% of Launceston households rely on woodheaters as
their main source of heating, a much greater level of woodheater use than for other major and regional
cities in Australia - (Natural Heritage Trust, 2004).
The requirements of the Emission Limit Guidelines have required Gunns to install an AQMS (Air Quality
Monitoring Station) for the Draft IIS. The site is located at Rowella, directly across the Tamar River from
the proposed mill site. The siting of this station was determined in consultation with DPIW in order to
The station at Rowella has been in operation since July 2005, and twelve months of validated data are
available at the time of the Draft IIS. It should be noted that the AQMS data from this site will not be
representative of the background air quality in TVAS dispersion is required to determine the spatial
variation in background air quality.
Table 2 gives the monitoring data statistics for the three Class 1 pollutants, SO2, NO2 and PM10. The
data is compared against the air shed criteria given in the NEPM, the DPIW Environment Protection
Policy (EPP) for Air Quality and the Emission Limit Guidelines.
1 hr 24 hr 1 hr 24 hr
As can be seen in Table 2, the twelve month record at shows peak SO2 levels at ~6 % of the RPDC
emission limit guidelines / Air Quality EPP criteria, while the maximum 24 hr averaged value is ~6 % of
the NEPM 24 hr criterion.
The peak NO2 levels are at approximately 32 % of the RPDC emission limit guidelines / Air Quality EPP
criteria and approximately 43 % of the NEPM criterion. The mean values for SO2 at 1 hour and 24 hour
averages are respectively 0.1 % and 0.4 % of the NEPM criteria, and the mean NO2 value at 1 hour
average is 2 % of the NEPM criterion. Hence, for these two parameters at this AQMS, the air shed
capacity is not noticeably consumed by existing sources, with levels less than 2 % of the NEPM criteria.
The situation is different for PM10. Here, the peak value of 34.2 g/m3 represents approximately 23 % of
the Air Quality EPP criterion, and approximately 68 % of the NEPM air shed criterion. As shown later, a
significant fraction of this value (approximately 12 g/m3) is thought to be sourced from sea salt under
winds.
The measured 1 hour NO2, SO2 and PM10 data is also shown in Figure 2-9 as a function of concurrent
wind direction. As expected, all traces show elevated levels when the wind direction aligns to the TVAS
axis of approximately 135 / 315o. Under these conditions, emissions from sources within the air shed
move in-line and mix in the up or down valley flow. The pattern for NO2 shows little differential in the
A similar trend is seen in the PM10 data, however, this is considered due only in part to industry
emissions, and partly from sea salt.
The directional distribution of NO2, SO2 and PM10 concentrations when wind speeds exceed 8 m/s are
given in Figure 2-10. The incidence of strong winds is almost entirely confined to the north-west (up
valley) quadrant, and both SO2 and NO2 show lowered peak levels compared to those in Figure 2-9.
This is what will be expected from upwind fixed emission rate sources the increase in wind speed acts
to dilute concentrations downwind. The PM10 data does not show a similar reduction in peak levels, and
in contrast, shows a lower limit value of approximately 12 g/m3. This feature is what will be expected
from an upwind source of sea salt fine particles. As wind speed increases PM10 emissions from
breaking waves will increase, and the lower limit of measured PM10 shown in Figure 2-9 could be taken
to be the minimum contribution of sea salt to the PM10 levels.
Gunns has also commissioned ANSTO to conduct monitoring for PM2.5 at the AQMS. To date
preliminary unvalidated analysis results have been obtained from ANSTO for the period 14 December to
29 January, giving fourteen samples. From this analysis, it can be seen that where there is an elevated
incidence of north-west winds greater than 5 m/s the sodium levels expressed as a percentage of total
particulate mass are more than double the mean value. Similarly, where the incidence of north-west
winds and incidence of wind speed greater than 5 m/s is low the percentage sodium levels drop to
typically one third of the mean value. The preliminary data support the conclusion that sea salt forms a
significant fraction of fine particulates and that for some samples the sample is almost entirely sea salt
(Appendix 16, Volume 9).
Without long-term air quality monitoring data it is not possible to be conclusive about defining the local air
quality. Based on the 12 months data collected to date, which includes winter to summer months, air
quality within the Rowella area would be considered good. The emissions from existing industry at Bell
Bay would not appear to be adversely affecting air quality. Anecdotal evidence is that the area does not
suffer similar particulate levels to Launceston, and that the impact of wood burning stoves in the city is
localised.
It is recognised that historical air emissions from Comalco and Temco did create air quality impacts
within the local airshed. The dieback of eucalypts on the Tippogoree Hills around George Town is
credited to fluoride emissions from Comalco. The incidence of respiratory illness, including asthma, was
historically higher than current levels. The reduction in respiratory effects is in part credited to improved
emission controls at these sites and better treatment methods (Dr Tim Mooney pers. comm.).
The Human Health Risk and Toxicological Assessment ((Appendix 21, Volume 10) undertaken for this
project assessed existing air quality in George Town based on modelled baseline air quality (as there are
no air quality monitoring stations in George Town). The report concluded:
Individual concentrations of SO2, NO2 and PM10 currently in the existing air shed are individually
below their respective health standards. However at a location in George Town close to the
0.02
1-hour NOx Concentration (ppm)
0.015
0.01
0.005
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.002
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
60
40
20
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
Figure 2-10:Recorded 1-Hour Averages of NO 2, SO2 and PM10 Versus Wind Direction
GUNNS AQMS (July 2004 to June 2005)
For Wind Speeds Greater Than 8 m/s
0.02
1-hour NOx Concentration (ppm)
0.015
0.01
0.005
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
SO2 Versus Wind Direction for Wind Speeds Greater than 8m/s
0.01
1-hour SOx Concentration (ppm)
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.002
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
PM10 Versus Wind Direction for Wind Speeds Greater than 8m/s
80
1-hour PM10 concnetration (ug/m3)
60
40
20
Sea Salt?
0
0 45 90 135 180 225 270 315 360
Wind Direction
2.6 Geology and Soils
2.6.1 Geology
Specific assessment of the pulp mill geology is provided in the Geotechnical Investigations in
Appendix 62, Volume 18.
The general geology of the area is summarised on the Bell Bay 1:25,000 and Beaconsfield 1:63,360
geological maps. The area is dominated by a northwest trending graben structure formed by large-scale
normal faulting in the Tertiary. A major normal fault lies along the eastern edge of the Tamar Graben and
separates Jurassic dolerite on the eastern side, from Tertiary sediments and basalt on the western side.
The landfill area is dominated by Jurassic dolerite and is overlain by Quaternary colluvium consisting of
clays, sands, gravels and angular cobbles. The thickness of the colluvium diminishes away from the gully
floor. Outcrops occur extensively on the gully walls (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
A geotechnical investigation of the Bell Bay site was conducted by BFP Consultants Pty Ltd (BFP) for
Gunns. A series of boreholes were drilled in order to identify foundation design parameters and provides
a basis for making general recommendations associated with the construction of the pulp mill and related
structures (BFP, 2005). The findings of the geotechnical investigation are described below.
Extremely weathered to fresh Jurassic dolerite is the dominant geological formation underlying the Bell
Bay site. Weathering is predominantly concentrated along joint and fracture planes, which were found to
extend to considerable depth in each of the investigation boreholes (BFP, 2005).
The extremely weathered rock grades to highly/moderately rock with increasing depth. Similarly variable
in terms of areal extent and depth, the surface rock is pervasively weathered orange-brown. The rock
layer exists between a depth of zero to ten metres below the ground surface, with obvious
secondary/clay mineral development and iron staining affecting the whole of the rock substance. The
maximum thickness of the weathering profile appears to be up to 18 metres in the central portion of the
site at 70m above sea level and higher (BFP, 2005).
The dolerite becomes increasingly more massive and crystalline with depth. The slightly weathered to
fresh bluish-grey dolerite represents a highly competent founding medium even though it is jointed and
occasionally displays slight weather along the joint and fracture surfaces. Outcrops of dolerite are most
visible in the gully areas towards the northern and southern extent of the proposed main building area.
Outcrops of dolerite occur over most of the site (BFP, 2005).
Geotechnical testing (May 2006) at the wharf site has failed to find founding rock at depths to 44 m.
Results from the testing were unavailable at the time of writing the Draft IIS.
Geoconservation Areas
No geoconservation areas are listed on or surrounding the proposed development site (Parks and
Wildlife Service 2004). The nearest sites are the Stony Head Sandstone Type Locality and the Fold
Structure Strike Ridge which are located approximately 5 kilometres to the north-east of the Bell Bay pulp
mill site.
Soil Types
The soils in the immediate area of the pulp mill were identified as part of the geotechnical investigation
conducted by BFP Consultants. The soil types are highly characteristic of dolerite decomposition. The
subsurface profile generally consists of a thin and occasionally cemented sand layer between zero and
one metre in thickness overlying a silty clay residual layer. This is representative of highly weathered
dolerite rock (BFP, 2005).
Spot samples revealed remnant primary rock fabric even though the clay otherwise possessed soil-like
qualities. The clay is deepest across the central portion of the site above R. L 70 and is between 0.5
metres and 6 metres in thickness. A maximum depth of 12 metres of silty clay was identified in the
central northern section of the site (BFP, 2005).
Soil types typically occurring in the landfill and quarry area are a variable thickness of Quaternary
colluvium consisting of clays, some sands, gravels and angular cobbles. The thickness of the colluvium
diminishes rapidly away from the gully floor. A thin layer of Quaternary alluvium is associated with
some of the drainage lines (Pitt and Sherry 2006a).
At the southern end and lowest point of the site, 7 m of colluvium and 22 m of weathered dolerite
overlying fresh dolerite were identified. At least 2 m of medium plasticity clay occurs in the saddle on the
north-western corner of the site. Elsewhere on the site, the colluvial material in the gully floor contains
limited amounts of clay mixed with broken dolerite and some pisolitic layers (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
Land Capability
Land capability classes are based on the capability of the land for long-term sustainable agricultural
production (Noble, 1992). There are seven classes for Tasmania.
The majority of the land in the immediate vicinity of the pulp mill is under class 6:
Land marginally suitable for grazing because of severe limitations. This land has low levels of
production, high risk of erosion, low natural fertility or other limitations that severely restrict agricultural
use.
The landfill, quarry and water reservoir area also dominantly in land class 6 and land class E. Land Class
E is:
Exclusion Areas Land other than Private Freehold and Leased Crown land e.g. State Forests, State
Reserves, Conservation Areas, etc.
Contaminated Soils
No known land uses within the Bell Bay site have resulted in land contamination.
Land use history prior to the 1950s has been discussed in the heritage assessment (Section 2.18) and
primarily relate to occasional grazing. In the 1950s, the Bell Bay site was developed by the State as a
premier industrial estate for aluminium production.
As a consequence of the above, no specific contaminated sites were considered to exist on the Bell Bay
site.
It was considered that there may have been potential for possible contamination of soil from historic
airborne discharges from the Comalco smelter, particularly prior to improved emission controls being
implemented. To this end, a representative surface soil sample was collected and analysed to determine
if any such contamination has occurred. A sample was collected from site S2 (Figure 2-11), and all
parameters returned concentrations below the limit of recording (LOR) except for metal concentrations
that returned concentration below the NEMP Environmental Investigation Levels (EILs) (Table 3-4). All
data has been presented in Appendix 41, Volume 14. Four additional surface samples were collected for
the pulp mill and landfill site to assess background levels for later comparison against potential Kraft pulp
mill emissions. Full results from the sample analysis are provided below and in detail in Appendix 41,
Volume 14.
5445000
EA
ST
TA
M
AR
HI
G
HW
AY
B
EL
L
.
!
B
AY
LI
N
E
.
!
.
! .
!
_
^
LAUNCESTON
BEL
LB
AY
LIN
E
HOBART
FIGURE 2-11
495000
Legend
SOIL SAMPLE and
Pulp Mill Project Site River Railway Roads
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Builtup Area Outfall Dam National/State Highway
GROUNDWATER
Zone 55, GDA94 Workers Accommodation Water Supply Pipeline Gas Pipe - Local Major Arterial Road
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
SAMPLE SITES
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Quarry Effluent Pipeline Leachate Pipeline Arterial Road
by Gunns Pty Ltd Access Road
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Water Reservoir Landfill Boundary Transmission Line
fig2_11_soil_groundwater_sample_sties.mxd Groundwater Bore sites Mill Layout
.
!
Table 3: Soil Chemical Concentrations Recorded from the Pulp Mill Site
Analyte grouping / Analyte Units LOR EIL Guideline* S2
Total Metals
Aluminium mg/kg 50 3170
Antimony mg/kg 5 <5
Arsenic mg/kg 5 20 <5
Barium mg/kg 10 20
Beryllium mg/kg 1 <1
Boron mg/kg 50 <50
Cadmium mg/kg 1 3 <1
Calcium mg/kg 50 640
Chromium mg/kg 2 50 5
Cobalt mg/kg 2 <2
Copper mg/kg 5 60 5
Fluoride (soluble) mg/l 1 8
Fluoride (total) mg/l 40 <40
Iron mg/kg 50 21000
Lead mg/kg 5 300 <5
Manganese mg/kg 5 350
Magnesium mg/kg 50 190
Mercury mg/kg 0.1 1 <0.1
Molybdenum mg/kg 2 <2
Nickel mg/kg 2 60 2
Phosphorus mg/kg 50 <50
Potassium mg/kg 50 160
Selenium mg/kg 5 <5
Silver mg/kg 2 <2
Sodium mg/kg 50 80
Strontium mg/kg 2 10
Sulphur as S mg/kg 50 80
Vanadium mg/kg 5 36
* (NEPC, 1999)
Fluoride mg/kg 40 60 60 40 40
* (NEPC, 1999)
There are no EIL values for fluoride in soil. Elevated atmospheric fluoride is known to cause impacts to
sensitive vegetation species (Doley et al, 2004) and can affect some fauna grazing continually on
vegetation affected by airborne fluoride deposition. Fluorides in soils are however considered a low risk
to flora, fauna and humans dependant on the soil for food (Doley et al, 2004).
The Distribution of Acid Sulphate Soils in Tasmania map (Gurung, 2001) indicates no ASS have been
recorded near the pulp mill, wharf and landfill site. The map also indicates that coastal sediments with
the potential to host ASS are not located in the pulp mill area.
The landslip classification under the Tamar Valley Area is Class I Generally stable ground on "hard"
rocks; weathered hard rocks with thin soil cover (Mineral Resources Tasmania, 2002).
2.7.1 Groundwater
Groundwater occurs in fracture zones within the dolerite, particularly the faults and major joint planes.
Discharges from these deeper rock aquifers are likely to be into the Tamar River via the major fracture
systems associated with faults (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a). Groundwater is also likely to occur as seasonally
perched water within the sandy and gravelly layers in the colluvium and as unconfined aquifers in
hydrologic connection with associated drainage lines in the Quaternary alluvium and colluvium.
The following analysis is based on limited site investigations and a single comprehensive groundwater
sampling event at each site. The Draft IIS recognises that additional, long term, groundwater sampling
will be required to achieve a detailed temporal and spatial understanding of groundwater conditions. It is
also recognised that the initial geotechnical investigations in particular were undertaken during an
extended drought period and that, borehole observations will have been affected by these conditions. As
there are no groundwater users adjacent to the site, the spatial area of influence is limited and the
ecological implications of an appropriately managed site are minimal. These limitations are not
considered significant constraints to the impact analysis.
Groundwater quality sampling of the pulp mill site was undertaken by GHD on 14 October 2005. Two
water samples were collected from two borehole sites located adjacent to the proposed eastern
boundary.
Total Metals;
Nutrients;
Nonionic Surfactants;
Anionic Surfactants;
Triazines;
Monocyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons;
Oxygenated Compounds;
Sulfonated Compounds;
Fumigants;
Halogenated Aliphatic Compounds;
Halogenated Aromatic Compounds;
Trihalomethanes;
Naphthalene;
Phenolic Compounds;
Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons;
Table 5: Groundwater Contaminant Concentrations Recorded from the Pulp Mill Site
Total Metals
Nutrients
Phthalate Esters
bis(2-ethylhexyl)
phthalate g/L 20 <20 40
Metals concentrations above the LOR were recorded for aluminium, barium cadmium, cerium, cobalt,
copper, lanthanum, lead, lithium, manganese, nickel, rubidium, strontium, titanium, yttrium, zinc and iron.
Total nitrogen exhibited relatively high concentrations, recording 0.9 and 1.9 mg/L from the two samples.
Interestingly, phosphorous recorded a large variation between the two sites, recording 0.53 and 4.54
mg/L for S2 and S1 respectively.
In addition, the phthalate ester, bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate was also recorded returning a concentration
of 40 g/L at site S2. This compound is a placticisers (makes plastic more flexible) and would not
typically be found in uncontaminated groundwater. This suggests that there may either be a localised
source of groundwater contamination, or more likely, cross-contamination during sampling or laboratory
analysis. Additional monitoring will establish if these values are repeated.
Borehole Water level during Piezometer Water level below ground Yield
drilling screen depth surface
(23/03/05)
(12/04/05)
(12/04/05)
The borehole investigations indicate that there was a strong gradient in the water table moving from the
upper end of the proposed landfill footprint to the lower end. At the upper end, groundwater was over
10 m below the ground surface, while at the lower end it approached closer than 2 m below the ground
surface. Groundwater yields at the lower end were an order of magnitude higher than they were at the
upper end.
These results suggest that groundwater flows much more freely through the more fractured rock
underneath the lower end of the site than it does through the less fractured rock at the upper end.
The yield investigations were undertaken during a period of dry weather. Total rainfall at the Low Head
meteorological station during the January to March quarter of 2005 (preceding the investigations) was 60
mm, compared with a long-term mean of 116 mm. In wetter conditions, groundwater flow, and hence
yields in the bores, could be expected to be greater than that observed during the site investigations.
The extent to which higher flows could lead to a raising of the water table is not known, and cannot be
known until a dataset of bore observations over a prolonged period and a wide range of weather
conditions have been collected. However, the relative difference in groundwater flows and levels
between the upper and lower ends of the landfill site could reasonably be expected to remain.
As will be described in Chapter 11, the conceptual design for the landfill is for a sequence of cells to be
progressively constructed from the upper end of the landfill to the lower end. The lower end cell will not
be built until approximately 8 years after the commencement of operations. During this time, there will be
regular monitoring of the water levels in the bores and a comprehensive dataset will have been
established. Should these data suggest a risk of the water table contacting the bottom liner of the
landfill, a drainage layer will need to be constructed underneath the liner.
Manganese is at or above the recommended limit for drinking water in both the shallow and the deep
bores. However, as noted in the guidelines, this is a common natural occurrence in Australian soils, and
the limit is set for aesthetics (taste) not toxicity.
The high TDS (810 3140 mg/L) of the bore water is difficult to explain, and is unexpected in dolerite.
Laboratory and field measurements concur, indicating that the results are unlikely to be measurement
artefacts. In the 14/04/2005 sampling analysis, there was a stoichiometric imbalance between the cation
and anion analytes, which accounted for less than 50% of the total dissolved solids (TDS). However, the
29/09/2005 sampling analysis showed a reasonable balance between the cations and anions.
Other bores in the George Town area to the north have recorded TDS levels of 582 and 320 mg/L but
bores in the Mount Direction area to the south have recorded TDS levels of 1330 and 830 mg/L. The
latter suggest that high TDS levels may be a feature of the groundwater in the hills on the eastern side of
the Tamar. However, a much more comprehensive dataset will be needed before this could be
confirmed (Pitt and Sherry 2006a).
The drinking water guidelines note that water with TDS levels below 500 mg/L is of good quality, water
with 500-1,000 mg/L TDS is acceptable based on taste but above 1,000 mg/L TDS, the taste may be
unacceptable. If the measured levels are true representations of the areas groundwater quality, the
potential use of the groundwater as a potable water supply may be limited by the naturally high salinity.
Naturally high background conductivity in the groundwater will also mean that any high conductivity
leachate leakage will represent a lower impact risk than if background conductivity was low.
A borehole at the southern end of the site intersected a highly fractured zone from 24 to 28 m, which is a
potential groundwater passage (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
Groundwater is also likely to occur as seasonally perched water within the sandy and gravelly layers in
the colluvium and as unconfined aquifers in hydrologic connection with associated drainage lines in the
Quaternary alluvium and colluvium (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
Table 7: Ground water contaminant concentrations recorded from proposed landfill site
Total Metals
Nutrients
Metal concentrations above the LOR were recorded for aluminium, barium, cerium, chromium, copper,
cobalt, gallium, lanthanum, lead, lithium, manganese, molybdenum, neodymium, nickel rubidium,
strontium, titanium, vanadium, yttrium, zinc and iron. Total nitrogen recorded concentrations ranging from
0.2 to 0.6 mg/L, and total phosphorous recorded concentrations of between 0.09 and 0.4 mg/L.
Additional Baseline data
Three additional water samples were collected to provide baseline data for operational leachate
monitoring. Samples LL1, LL2 and a duplicate LL3 were sampled from identical borehole locations to
ground water samples L1, L2 and L3. Samples were analysed for the following parameters:
pH Value;
Total Alkalinity;
Dissolved Major Anions;
Chloride;
Dissolved Major Cations;
Table 8: Parameter concentrations recorded from baseline water samples at proposed land
fill site collected for comparison with future operational leachate monitoring
Major Cations
Total Metals
The pulp mill and the majority of associated infrastructure are located within the Tamar Estuary
Catchment. The Tamar Estuary covers an area of approximately 10,000 square kilometres. The
freshwater source is predominantly from the South Esk River and this flows downstream to Trevallyn
Dam, Launceston, along the Tamar Valley and to the mouth of the river near Low Head, entering Bass
Strait (Figure 2-12).
The largest sub-catchment within the Tamar Estuary catchment is the South Esk Basin. This comprises
the Macquarie, Meander and South Esk Rivers.
The North Esk sub catchment occupies a considerably smaller area of approximately 500 600 km2.
The Tamar Estuary is predominantly semi-diurnal (with two high tides and two low tides per tidal day of
approximately 24 hours); and occasionally diurnal (with one low tide and one high tide per 24 hours) with
strong influences from tides within Bass Strait.
Filtered stormwater from the existing Gunns north and south woodchip mills is currently irrigated to
vegetated areas south of the mills. Stormwater was previously discharged to the Tamar River and has
been monitored as part of license agreements with DPIW.
The proposed landfill, quarry and water reservoir are located within the Williams Creek subcatchment
which drains the central portion of the Tippogoree Hills and flows south-east before changing direction, to
flow west into the Tamar River immediately north of the Gunns woodchip mills (Coffey, 1996), between
the woodchip mill and the pulp mill site.
The Bell Bay site drains entirely into the Tamar River.
No dams are located on the pulp mill site or landfill area. The nearest sizable dam is the Lauriston Dam
located on the east of the East Tamar Highway approximately 4 km north of current access to the
woodchip mill. Numerous small farm dams are located across the river on the Rowella peninsula.
Trevallyn Dam is located approximately 40 kilometres south of the pulp mill site. Trevallyn Dam provides
water to the Launceston area. The capacity of Trevallyn Dam is 8.54 GL million m3. Esk Water have a
deep well vertical turbine pump station on the eastern abutment of Trevallyn Dam, which feeds water via
two 450 mm diameter steel mains to the Prospect and Reatta Water Treatment Plant (WTP).
The Curries River Dam provides raw water for industries at Bell Bay. Curries River Dam holds
approximately 12 GL and is sourced from the North Esk System. Water is drawn from the dam and is
pumped to Bell Bay via an 8 km pipeline. The capacity of the pumps is 40 ML per day. At Bell Bay, the
water can be distributed to industries without further treatment or can be diverted to the Bell Bay
Treatment Plant and distributed along the North Esk trunk pipeline to Bell Bay and George Town.
Water quality monitoring programs have been conducted in the Tamar River by various stakeholders
since the early 1970s. These programs have generally been undertaken independently, with a focus on
specific water quality issues of interest to the stakeholder commissioning the study. Key stakeholders
responsible for conducting water quality investigations in the Tamar River have included:
The DPIW has been conducting long-term water quality monitoring programs at various locations
throughout the Tamar River since 1971.
Although the scope of these programs have varied over temporal and spatial scales, an overview of
water quality processes and status in the Tamar is provided through a review of the most recent
available water quality data supplied by DPIW for the period between 1990 2004 and the review
conducted by Pirzl and Coughanowr (1997). Other authors who have contributed to the understanding of
water quality in the Tamar include Ritz et al, (1980), Foster et al., (1986), Gawne and Richardson (1992),
Lara and Neira (2003) and Aquenal (2004).
The following sections provide an appraisal of water quality data supplied by DPIW for the period
between 1990 and 2004 (DPIW, 2005) and a summary of key findings identified by Pirzl and
Coughanowr (1997).
Ti
B
pp
AY
og Kilometers
LI
N
o
E
re 1:65,000
e
Bell Bay Fo Hi
lls
urM
ile
E
LIN
AY
Cr
LB
ee
BEL
k
Ta
m
a rR
i ve
Beauty Point r Proposed Pulp Mill
_
^
AY
HW
HIG
AR
TAM
Rowella
ST
WE
Ea
st
Ta
arm
Hig
k
hw
re e
5440000
5440000
ay
eC
Appin Creek
as
ek
Pe
k
re
ee
C
Cr
y
Beaconsfield
nd
n
pi
ra
ek
Ap
B
ek
C re
C re
ndy
b ur y
B ra
Sa lis
Sa lis bury Cr
_
^
eek
LAUNCESTON
Jo hn s to
n Cree k
HOBART
FIGURE 2-12
MAJOR
480000 490000
Legend
WATER
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia River Roads
Zone 55, GDA94 _
^ Approximate Site Location
COURSES
Railway National/State Highway
Source: Base data supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au, Effluent Pipeline
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd Water Pipeline Major Arterial Road
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Outfall
fig2_12_major_water_courses.mxd Arterial Road
Landfill Boundary
Water quality in the Tamar Estuary: 1990 - 2004
The following section provides an overview of the most recently available water quality data for the
Tamar River (DPIW, 2005). Water quality data comprising: total metals; nutrients total suspended solids;
chlorophyll-a; and physicochemical parameters were collected by DPIW between 1990 and 2004 from
several sites located along the Tamar River. Eight of these sites have been selected for this assessment
given their spatial relevance to the project. These locations were as follows (Figure 2-13):
Hebe Reef (located 2 km offshore from the Tamar River mouth);
Anchor Point;
Big Bay Point;
Batman Bridge;
Home Reach;
Yacht Club;
North Esk River; and
South Esk River.
Monitoring locations between Hebe Reef and Batman Bridge are considered estuarine. Water quality in
Home Reach is brackish, although during high flow events it may comprise entirely of fresh water (Pirzl
and Coughanowr, 1997). Graphical results of the analysis are provided in Appendix 55, Volume 16.
Water quality data for each parameter were grouped according to monitoring location and pooled over
the respective collection period for each parameter. Where relevant, water quality data was assessed
against both estuarine (marine) and low land rivers (freshwater) ANZECC / ARMCANZ (2000) National
Water Quality Guidelines for the Protection of Aquatic Ecosystems (95% protection of species with a
50% confidence limit).
Key findings for total metals, nutrients, suspended solids, chlorophyll-a and physicochemical data are
summarized below.
Total Metals
Metal parameters monitored between 1990 and 2004 include aluminium, arsenic, cadmium, cobalt,
copper, chromium, lead, nickel, manganese, iron, manganese and zinc.
Elevated aluminium concentrations were detected from several monitoring stations in the upper and
middle reaches of the Tamar River, particularly the North Esk monitoring location. Median aluminium
concentrations downstream of this site to Batman Bridge exceeded the ANZECC (2000) freshwater
guideline value of 55 g/L. Estuarine guideline values for aluminium are not included in the ANZECC
(2000) guidelines.
Median concentrations of iron and manganese ranged between 135 1745 g/l and 7 - 106 g/l
respectively. Both contaminants were relatively elevated at the North Esk, Yacht Club and Home Reach
monitoring locations. ANZECC (2000) des not specify estuarine or freshwater guideline values for these
two contaminants.
5450000
B
EL
L
Y
BA
LIN
Anchor Point T E
ama Big Bay Point
?
! rR Proposed Pulp Mill
ive ?
!
r
Beauty Point _
^ RTH E AST ERN L INE
Rowella NO
5440000
5440000
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield
Batman Bridge
?
!
NE
LI
R N
TE
AS
5430000
5430000
Gravelly Beach
E
R TH
NO
BE
LL
_
^
B AY
LAUNCESTON
5420000
5420000
LIN
E
HOBART Home Reach
?
! Tamar Street Bridge
Tamar Yacht Club !
FIGURE 2-13
?
First Basin-Sth Esk
?
!
WATER
Launceston
?
!
470000
Legend
480000 490000 500000 510000 520000
QUALITY
SAMPLE
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Outfall
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
_
^ Approximate Site Location
Major Road
SITES
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001, National/State Highway
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd.
Railway
Major Arterial Road
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ Water Quality Sample Sites
fig2_13_water_quality_sample_sites.mxd Arterial Road ?
!
River
Elevated zinc concentrations were also detected in the upper reaches at the Yacht Club, North Esk and
Home Reach locations. Median zinc concentrations recorded from these locations exceeded the
ANZECC (2000) freshwater guideline value of 8 g/L. Median zinc concentrations for all locations
(excluding North Esk) met the ANZECC (2000) marine guideline value of 15 ug/L.
Cobalt, chromium and nickel concentrations generally remained low during the monitoring period.
Episodic elevated concentrations of cobalt (1185 ug/l) and chromium (66 ug/l) were recorded from the
North Esk and Batman Bridge monitoring locations respectively. Concentrations of chromium and nickel
exceeded ANZECC (2000) guideline values once during the monitoring period. ANZECC (2000) does not
specify estuarine guideline values for cobalt.
Concentrations of cadmium did not exceed laboratory limits of reporting of between 0.7 and 5 ug/l.
Copper and lead occasionally returned concentrations above the LOR of between 1 and 5 ug/l for copper
and between 5 and 10 ug/l for lead during the monitoring period. ANZECC (2000) guideline values for
these contaminants are less than the laboratory limits of reporting, except for the cadmium guideline for
marine water areas of 5.5 ug/l, preventing accurate compliance assessment for these contaminants.
Concentrations of mercury, manganese and arsenic ranged between <0.05 and 0.24 g/L, 1 and 518
g/L and <1 and <30 g/L respectively. Concentrations of these contaminants remained compliant with
relevant ANZECC (2000) guideline values at all monitoring locations except at two sites at Big Bay Point
and Anchor Point, which returned LOR concentrations above the ANZECC 2000 guideline of 24 g/L
(but below 30 g/L).
Dissolved Metals
Dissolved metal parameters monitored between 1990 and 2004 include aluminium, arsenic, cadmium,
cobalt, copper, chromium, lead, nickel, manganese, iron and zinc.
All median dissolved metal concentrations at all sites were found to be compliant with ANZECC 2000
guideline default trigger values, except for aluminium. Median dissolved aluminium concentrations
ranged from <20 (LOR) to 58 g/L. A median concentration of 58 g/L recorded at North Esk exceeded
ANZECC 2000 default trigger values of 55 g/L for freshwater systems.
Zinc exceeded the ANZECC guideline of 8 g/L and 15 g/L for freshwater systems and marine water
systems respectively at the Yacht Club during one sampling event.
Cobalt and copper occasionally exceeded guideline default trigger values for freshwater and marine
systems although ANZECC (2000) guideline values for these contaminants are less than the laboratory
limits of reporting of between 1 and 5 g/L, preventing accurate compliance assessment for these
contaminants. Cadmium and lead returned LOR concentrations above ANZECC (2000) guidelines for all
sites, again preventing accurate compliance assessment.
All remaining dissolved metal concentrations for arsenic, cadmium, chromium, manganese and nickel
were below ANZECC (2000) guidelines for all sites.
Nutrients
Nutrient parameters monitored between 1990 and 2004 include ammonium, total nitrogen, filterable
reactive phosphorous and total phosphorus.
Median ammonium concentrations ranged between 6 g/L at Hebe Reef to 87 g/L recorded from the
North Esk monitoring location. Excluding the South Esk monitoring location, median concentrations of
ammonium exceeded ANZECC (2000) guidelines for lowland river systems (20ug/l) and estuarine
systems (15 ug/l) systems upstream from Batman Bridge.
Median total nitrogen concentrations ranged between 239 g/l at Anchor Point and 675 g/L recorded at
the North Esk monitoring location. Median concentrations of total nitrogen exceeded ANZECC (2000)
guidelines for freshwater systems (500 ug/l) in the upper reaches between Home Reach and the Yacht
Club. Median concentrations of total nitrogen exceeded ANZECC (2000) guidelines for marine systems
(300 ug/l) at the Batman Bridge monitoring location.
Median reactive phosphorous concentrations ranged between 5 g/l at Hebe Reef and 37 g/l at South
Esk. Median concentrations of reactive phosphorous exceed ANZECC (2000) guidelines for lowland river
environments (20 g/l) at south Esk, the Yacht Club and North Esk monitoring locations. Median
concentrations of reactive phosphorous exceeded ANZECC (2000) guidelines for estuarine systems (5
g/l) at all sites except Hebe Reef.
Median total phosphorus concentrations ranged between 25 g/l at Anchor Point and 116 g/l recorded
from the South Esk monitoring location. Median concentrations of total phosphorus exceeded ANZECC
(2000) guidelines for lowland river systems (50 ug/l) in the South Esk, North Esk and Yacht Club
monitoring locations. Median concentrations of total phosphorus exceeded ANZECC (2000) guidelines
for estuarine systems (30 ug/l) at South Esk, North Esk, the Yacht Club, Home Reach and Batman
Bridge monitoring locations.
Total suspended solids recorded median concentrations ranging between 1 mg/L at South Esk and 48
mg/L at North Esk monitoring locations. Monitoring locations downstream of Batman Bridge recorded
median concentrations of 5 mg/L.
Chlorophyll-a
Chlorophyll-a concentrations were generally low across all monitoring locations, with median
concentrations for all locations meeting relevant ANZECC (2000) guideline values.
Physicochemical parameters
Physicochemical water quality parameters monitored between 1990 and 2004 include salinity, dissolved
oxygen, turbidity and pH.
Median salinity values decreased from 35 ppt, which is typical for seawater, at Hebe Reef, to 0 ppt (parts
per thousand) at Home Reach and the Yacht Club (no salinity data was available for North Esk and
South Esk sites). Salinity decreases with increasing distance from the river mouth.
Median dissolved oxygen concentrations ranged from 8 mg/l at Hebe Reef to over 10 mg/l at the South
Esk monitoring station. This indicates that dissolved oxygen concentrations are generally adequate for
the maintenance of aerobic processes in aquatic ecosystems. ANZECC (2000) guidelines only state
Median turbidity values ranged between 2 Ntu (nephlometric turbidity unit) at Hebe Reef to 54 Ntu at the
Home Reach monitoring station. Both the Yacht Club and Home Reach locations exceeded the low level
ANZECC (2000) guideline value (6 Ntu). Median turbidity recorded from Home reach exceeded the
upper level ANZECC (2000) guideline value of (50 Ntu) for lowland river systems.
Median turbidity values recorded from monitoring stations downstream of Batman Bridge remained
compliant to the upper level guideline value (10 Ntu) for estuarine systems despite exceeding the low-
level guideline value of 0.5 Ntu for estuarine systems.
The pH values ranged between 6.2 and 9 for freshwater sites. A median of 7.2 was recorded. Estuarine
pH values remained relatively constant at a pH value of 8. South Esk, Yacht Club, North Esk, Home
Reach and Batman Bridge met lower and upper ANZECC (2000) guideline limits for lowland river
systems. All sites met ANZECC Guidelines for estuarine systems.
Pirzl and Coughanowr (1997) reviewed water quality data from a range of studies for physicochemical
parameters, nutrients, total suspended sediments, heavy metals and organic compounds collected
between 1971 and 1996. This review assessed water quality data against the ANZECC (1992) National
water quality guidelines for the protection of aquatic ecosystems (ANZECC / ARMCANZ 1992). This
review has compared these results with the current ANZECC (2000) water quality guidelines.
Key findings of the Pirzl and Coughanowr (1997) investigation in relation to water quality in Long Reach
were subsequently assessed by DPIWE (2000) during the preparation of the Tamar Estuary Marine
Farming Development Plan (2000). This information is summarized in the following section. In brief:
Water temperature varies according to season with temperatures ranging from approximately 10C in
winter to approximately 20C in summer (Foster et al., 1986).
pH of waters in the upper estuary near Launceston ranges between 6 and 7, and is approximately 8
below the Batman Bridge (pH of seawater is typically 8) (DoE, 1971-1988; Launceston City Council
1988-1996 In: Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997).
Between 1975 and 1988, DO (Dissolved Oxygen) concentrations ranging between 3.9 and 9.9 mg/l
were recorded in the lower reaches of the North Esk River, and Home Reach in the upper reaches of
the Tamar River. Poor DO was historically associated with organic point sources of pollution at these
locations. However, DO monitored from the lower and middle reaches of the Tamar River between
1971 and 1996 by the DoE and Launceston City Council was generally compliant with current
ANZECC (1992) guideline values of 6 mg/l (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997). DO has generally
improved since 1992 with mean values recorded from all monitoring stations exceeding 6 mg/l.
Suspended particulate matter in the lower estuary ranged between 5 and 10 mg/l and generally
increases with distance up the river. Flood events are a key driver of elevated suspended particulate
matter.
Williams Creek is an ephemeral drainage line that drains the Bell Bay site from the Tippogoree Hills to its
discharge to the Tamar River. No previous monitoring of water quality within this creek has been found
available.
Given the ephemeral nature of the creek and the drought conditions that were experienced during
scheduled survey events, no water quality data has been collected for this study. As the catchment is
predominantly undeveloped, water quality will be expected to reflect these conditions and be primarily
influenced by local geology and soils. No known sources of anthropogenic contamination are believed to
occur within the catchment. The existing woodchip mills drain to the south with a discharge to the Tamar
River.
Contaminated sediments within the Tamar Estuary have been recorded from hotspots associated with
past and present industry and mining activities. Contamination of the Tamar system by heavy metals
has been identified as one of the key factors attributing to the degradation of the Tamar River catchment
(Norris, 1979). In general, previous studies have detected:
elevated concentrations of zinc, manganese, aluminium, cadmium, lead, copper and barium in
sediments from Bell Bay, Deceitful Cove (Long Reach) and Launceston (DPIWE, 2000):
point sources of heavy metal contamination associated with industry at Bell Bay and Launceston, and
mining activities conducted in the South Esk catchment (Aberfoyle and Storeys Creek mines) and at
Beaconsfield (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997) and;
diffuse sources of heavy metal contaminants likely to include urban stormwater, runoff from
contaminated sites, and contaminated dredge spoil (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997).
2.7.7 Eco-toxicology
Limited eco-toxicology investigations have been undertaken on biota within the Tamar Estuary (Pirzl and
Coughanowr, 1997). A number of separate investigations conducted in the Tamar Estuary have identified
the following:
A study conducted on shell fish collected from Deceitful Cove detected elevated polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbon (PAH) and phenols concentrations in shell fish tissue (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997); and
Hydrocarbons in oyster tissue sampled from the lower Tamar Estuary in response to the Iron Baron
oil spill in 1995, were detected in relatively low concentrations.
The Tamar Estuary shows indications of environmental degradation in several areas, particularly near
Launceston and near major industrial and mining areas. These conclusions, however, are supported by
very limited information, as most monitoring programs and studies relating to the Tamar's environmental
quality are over 10 years old, were typically of short-duration, covered limited areas and rarely included
the full range of contaminants. Furthermore, the understanding of the processes which control
There have been a number of significant reductions in industrial and sewage pollution over the past 10
years, which have resulted in some observable improvements in water quality - particularly with respect
to faecal indicator bacteria and dissolved oxygen levels in the upper estuary.
As major point sources around the estuary are progressively upgraded, it is anticipated that diffuse
sources will become the major contributors of contaminants. These diffuse sources include urban,
agricultural and mining run-off, atmospheric inputs, ground-water contamination, and contaminated
sediments. Successful management of ecological condition will require the implementation of strategic
Catchment Management strategies to address these issues effectively (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997).
The results of several ecological surveys conducted in Long Reach at Bell Bay (DPIWE, 2000, Aquenal,
2002, 2004a, 2004b) comprise the basis of ecological condition assessment in following sections.
However, the principal study was the proposed wharf footprint investigation undertaken by Aquenal in
2005 (Appendix 25, Volume 11).
The following section focuses on estuarine ecology in areas directly adjacent to the proposed wharf
location at Long Reach, from Donovans Bay to south of the existing woodchip mill.
An ecological survey examining current condition of estuarine ecology in the proposed footprint of the
wharf facility in Long Reach, Tamar Estuary, was undertaken in April 2005 (Aquenal 2005a). Full details
of the survey are presented in Appendix 25, Volume 11. This survey was designed and implemented to
assess:
key habitats and epi-benthic communities;
benthic infauna assemblages;
intertidal communities;
fish assemblages;
species with conservation status; and
sediment quality.
Assessment of estuarine habitats was undertaken with the use of a range of sampling techniques,
including towed video surveys, rocky intertidal transect surveys and collection of sediments for pollutant,
particle size, redox, sediment settling rate and benthic infauna analysis.
5
15 10
20
5
10
15
20
0 100 200
metres
Figure 2-14 Bathymetry map for the proposed wharf site (Aquanel, 2005a)
Seabed habitats near the wharf facility comprised two main types:
soft sediments and fine sands between sub-tidal and 10m; and
dense oyster beds associated with encrusting biota at depths greater than 10m.
Shallow parts of the proposed wharf site from the sub-tidal to 5 and 10 m depth contour are dominated
by fine soft sediments, interspersed with shell grit and potted with benthic infauna burrows. A green
benthic algal mat was observed growing on the seabed, with surface cover ranging from 10 to 50%.
Isolated clumps of red algae were also observed on the seabed. Biota observed comprised flathead
(Platycephalus bassensis) communities of the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas) and occasional
sponges.
In depths of 10-15 m, seabed habitat comprised dense communities of Pacific oysters (including dead
oyster shells), sea stars and encrusting species such as bryozoans and sponges growing on the oysters.
The smooth toadfish (Torquigener glaber), was the most visible fish species recorded during survey in
association with the above-mentioned habitats.
In Dirty Bay, located upstream of the proposed wharf site (Figure 2-15), benthic habitats comprised:
fine sands mixed with dead bivalve shells and shell grit;
seagrass (Zostera tasmanica) communities recorded at between 30-80% cover; and
intermittent algal communities.
The smooth toadfish (Torquigener glaber), and the sand flathead (Platycephalus bassensis) were the
most visible fish species recorded during survey.
A total of 56 families were recorded from the 12 samples analysed, which were represented by 984
individuals. Across all sites, the benthic in-fauna was dominated numerically by polychaetes (464),
followed by crustaceans (383) and molluscs (87), while echinoderms, sipunculids, ascidians and
nemerteans were represented by smaller numbers of individuals.
The largest number of families was recorded for crustaceans (24), followed by polychaetes (18) and
molluscs (8). Per sample, family numbers ranged from 11 to 30 while abundance ranged from 36 to 145
individuals.
The number of families per site ranged from 23 to 37, while animal abundance ranged from 98 to 250.
Multi-dimensional scaling (MDS) analysis reveals that benthic in-fauna assemblages vary according to
depth. Differences in benthic in-fauna communities are discernable between the 2.0 to 3.4 m depth
contour and the 4.7 to 7.1 m depth contour. This is attributable to subtle differences in ecological drivers
experienced between shallow and deeper habitats.
Quantitative assessment of benthic in-fauna communities sampled in the vicinity of the proposed wharf
indicates that a wide range of taxa are represented and these communities do not exhibit characteristics
of stress associated with environmental degradation. Descriptive statistics such as k-dominance curves
calculated for this survey are lower than recorded elsewhere by Aquenal in degraded and disturbed
habitats (Aquenal, 2005a).
/
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Kilometers
LR12
1:10,000
LR13
LR11
5445000
5445000
LR14
LR9
LR4 EA
S T
TA
LR8 LR2 M
AR
LR5 H IG
HW
5444500
5444500
LR7 LR6 AY
IT1 LR1
IT2 LR10
LR15 LR16
LR17
5444000
5444000
BE
LL
BA
Y
LI
N E
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443500
5443500
HOBART
FIGURE 2-15
MARINE
HABITAT
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500
Legend
SURVEY
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Marine Habitat Survey Locations Roads Mill Layout
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST- Effluent Pipeline National/State Highway Extent of Works
LOCATIONS
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Water Supply Major Arterial Road
by Gunns Pty Ltd Pipeline
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Arterial Road
fig2_15_marine_habitat_survey_locations.mxd River
Access Road
Railway
One introduced species, the east Asian bivalve Theora lubrica, was recorded in four of the 12 samples
analysed during the benthic infauna survey. Numbers of this species per sample were low, varying from
1 to 8. T. lubrica was not dominant in the samples and, while it may have contributed to the even smaller
numbers of native species belonging to the same family, it is unlikely to be significantly affecting benthic
infauna diversity at the wharf site.
Based on diversity indices, K-dominance plots and multi-dimensional scaling analysis, the study
concluded that there was no clear relationship between benthic infauna composition and distance from
the outfall. Similarly, the communities observed did not exhibit characteristics of stressed communities,
suggesting that the impact of outfall discharges is low. However, the prevalence of woodchips on the
seabed was raised as a separate issue, since it is possible that communities in the area, including those
at the control sites, have been altered due to substrate modification.
Rocky intertidal habitat at the wharf site is dominated by boulders and rocks, underlain with soft muddy
sediments (Photographic Sheet 2-2).
A total of 34 species was recorded during the survey, with 28 species recorded at each transect site.
Species were dominated by molluscs (18 species) and crustaceans (12 species), with individual
echinoderm, polychaete, cnidarian (anemone) and urochordate (ascidian) species also identified
(Photographic Sheet 2-2).
None of the species recorded are listed as threatened, but one species, the Van Diemens Land siphon
shell (Siphonaria diemenensis), belongs to a family of limpets that is protected under the Fisheries
(General and Fees) Regulations 1996, established through provisions of the Tasmanian Living Marine
Resources Management Act 1995.
The New Zealand half crab (Petrolisthes elongates) and the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas), are both
introduced species, which occur within the intertidal zone. The feral Pacific oyster is classified as a target
pest.
The Asian bag mussel (Musculista senhousia), also a target introduced marine pest species, have been
recorded to occur in more protected muddy intertidal habitats in adjacent bays.
Table 9: Rocky intertidal species recorded at two transect sites (IT1 and IT2) surveyed at the
proposed wharf location.
Crustacea
Alpheus euphrosyne X
Brachynotus spinosus X X
Cyclograpsis granulosis X X
Elminius covertus X X
Heloecius cordiformis X
Ibla quadrivalvis X X
Macrophthalmus latifrons X
Paragrapsus gaimardii X X
Paragrapsus quadridentatus X
Petrolisthes elongatus X X
Pilumnopeus serratifrons X X
Tetraclitella purpurascens X X
Mollusca
Agnewia tritoniformis X X
Austrocochlea concamerata X X
Austrocochlea constricta X
Bembicium auratum X X
Bembicium melanostomum X X
Bembicium nanum X X
Chiton pelliserpentis X X
Cominella eburnea X X
Cominella lineolatus X
Crassostrea gigas X X
Lasaea australis X X
Nerita atramentosa X X
Nodilittorina praetermissa X
Nodilittorina unifasciata X
Notoacmea flammea X
Onchidella patelloides X X
Siphonaria diemenensis X X
Xenostrobus inconstans X X
Echinodermata
Patiriella exigua X X
Cnidara
Anthothoe albocincta X
Polychaeta
Galeolaria caespitosa X
Urochordata
Pyura stolonifera X
TOTAL SPECIES 28 28
In addition to introduced marine species recorded during the current survey, previous surveys have
revealed a range of introduced species occurring on wharf pylons and in sediments at Long Reach and
the Bell Bay Port. It is possible that these species will invade new wharf structures or colonise sediments
that are disturbed during construction. It is notable that the proposed wharf development does not
present a new risk in relation to introduced species.
Sediment samples were collected from grabs and cores. Grab samples were consistent in their particle
size distributions across the six sites surveyed (Figure 2-16). Negligible volumes of coarse material
(gravel, shell grit >2 mm) and coarse sand (>0.25 mm) were recorded with all samples dominated by
medium sands, silts/clays and, to a lesser extent, fine sand. The well-sorted fine to medium sediments in
the samples suggests relatively constant, moderate levels of water movement across the study area.
LR4
60
LR5
LR6
40
20
0
4 2 1 .5 .250 .125 .063 <.063
Particle S ize (mm)
Figure 2-16 Particle size distributions for sediment samples collected using the grab (top 10 cm)
Results for the top 50 cm of cores mirrored those for the grab samples at all sites except two of the
deeper sites, LR5 and LR6. At LR5, the main difference was the inclusion of 20% coarse material in the
form of dead shells and shell grit, which replaced a portion of the medium sands. In contrast, 0-50 cm
depth sediments at LR6 were characterised by a larger portion of silts/clays (<0.063 mm, fines) than
shallow surface sediments collected from the same site. The 0-50 cm sediments at LR6 included 73% of
silts/clays, compared with 32-42% at the other sites surveyed. These results reflect historical variation in
patterns of sedimentary deposition, and subsequent entrapment of deeper sediments that differ in
composition to those near the surface at LR5 and LR6 (Figure 2-17
Similar results were obtained for the >50 cm samples collected using cores, with sediments closely
resembling those recorded in the 0-50 cm sediments, with the exception of small increases in volumes of
coarse shell material and coarse sands at sites LR2, LR3 and LR4. Much of the shell material belonged
to native oysters and associated bivalves. This suggests that either these species were historically
common in the area than they are now or that the area was influenced by different deposition patterns
(Figure 2-17).
LR4
60 LR5
LR6
40
20
0
4 2 1 .5 .250 .125 .063 <.063
Particle S ize (mm)
100
LR1 Core samples >50cm depth
LR2
80
LR3
Cumulative Volume (%)
LR4
60 LR5
LR6
40
20
0
4 2 1 .5 .250 .125 .063 <.063
Particle S ize (mm)
Figure 2-17 Particle size distributions for sediment samples collected using cores (0-50 cm and
>50 cm).
Sediment surveys indicate that sub-tidal soft sediments at the proposed wharf site are dominated by
well-sorted medium sands to fine silts/clays, reflecting fairly constant, moderate levels of water
movement. Sediments were surveyed up to 90 cm depth, with particle size distributions in deeper
sediments resembling those of surface sediments in most cases. There were some exceptions however,
with increased coarse material in deeper sediments at a number of sites, as well as a large increase in
The increase in coarse material is the result of dead shells from native oysters and other bivalve species,
suggesting that these species were once more common at the wharf site than they are now.
Alternatively, or additionally, the accumulation of shell debris in deeper sediments may be the result of
historically different deposition patterns, with deposition since altered because of channel modification
works and other disturbances in the estuary.
The large increase in silts/clays with sediment depth at one site located at the southern end of the
proposed wharf site, in a depth of 7.1 m, supports the suggestion that deposition patterns have been
modified over time.
The redox potential is a measurement of the state of oxidation of a system. A redox measurement serves
to determine the reduction-oxidation status of a solution, that is, it indicates the electron activity. The
growth of micro-organisms is highly dependent on the redox level of the medium in which they exist.
Thus, anaerobic micro-organisms require a low redox potential where they are found whilst aerobic
micro-organisms require a high redox potential.
Results of redox potential measurements are presented in Table 2. Redox values generally declined with
increasing sediment depth, reflecting reduced oxygen levels further from the water/sediment interface.
However, anoxic conditions (that is, reflected by negative redox values) were not recorded from any
sample. This suggests that disturbance to those depths will not result in anoxic or hypoxic conditions in
the water column because of the redox state of sediments.
Table 10: Corrected redox potential of sediments in core samples from the proposed wharf
location (sites LR1 to LR6).
Redox (mV)
Core length (cm)
LR1 60 254 19 60
LR6 90 100 69 61
Redox potential measurements indicate that anoxic conditions do not occur at the site at sediment
depths up to 90 cm.
Settling rate experiments indicate that sediments at the wharf site contain a significant colloidal fraction.
These fine colloidal particles have the potential to remain in suspension for protracted periods following
disturbance.
It is expected that the top 90 cm of sediment represents the majority of the deposition influenced by
anthropogenic inputs of contaminants, and that concentrations recorded are representative of similar
habitats in Long Reach. It is considered that the disturbance due to pile driving of sediments below 90
cm will be minimal.
Sediment samples were collected from 6 sites in the immediate vicinity of the proposed wharf as part of
the April 2005 survey (Aquenal, 2005a). The following parameters were monitored: arsenic (As),
beryllium (Be), cadmium (Cd), chromium (Cr), copper (Cu), lead (Pb), manganese (Mn), nickel (Ni),
vanadium (V), zinc (Zi), and mercury (Hg). The concentrations of each parameter were assessed against
the ANZECC 2000 sediment quality guidelines where relevant.
The ANZECC (2000) lower guideline level known as the Interim Sediment Quality Guideline Low value
(ISQG Low) represents a contaminant threshold, which if exceeded, provides environmental managers
with an indication that sediment quality may require closer assessment and further monitoring.
The corresponding upper guideline value, labelled the Interim Sediment Quality Guideline High value
(ISQG High), represents a contaminant threshold, which if exceeded provides environmental managers
with an indication that contaminant concentrations detected in sediment are likely to pose an ecological
threat. Concentrations above the ISQG High threshold indicate that sediment requires a management
action (remediation). In this instance, contaminated sediment should not be disturbed or disposed of at
sea due to the risk of ecological impact.
Compliance assessment
Concentrations for most metals were detected below the ISQG low trigger value, although there were
several exceptions relating to mercury, arsenic and nickel. In the case of mercury, three samples each in
the top 10 cm (grab) and 0-50 cm (core) contained concentrations exceeding the ISQG-Low trigger
value. In the grab samples, these elevated concentrations were found at sites LR2, LR3 and LR6, while
in the 0-50 cm core samples, they were found at sites LR2, LR4 and LR6 (Appendix 25, Volume 11).
One 0-50 cm sample from site LR6 contained an arsenic concentration exceeding the trigger value,
whilst the same sample recorded a nickel concentration equivalent to the trigger value. Each of the
parameters assessed have been graphically presented in the following section to easily enable
assessment of guideline compliance for each parameter.
20
10
0
Arsenic (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
70
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-18 Arsenic concentrations in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1 to LR6) at
the proposed wharf location.
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Beryllium (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-19 Beryllium concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1
to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
0
Cadmium (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-20 Cadmium concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1
to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
380
370
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Chromium (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-21 Chromium concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites
(LR1 to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Copper (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-22 Copper concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1 to
LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
230
220
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Lead (mg/kg)
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-23 Lead concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1 to
LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
1000
800
600
400
200
Manganese (mg/kg)
0
L R1 LR2 L R3 LR4 L R5 LR6 LR1 L R2 LR3 L R4 LR5 L R6
1000
800
600
400
200
0
L R1 LR2 L R3 LR4 L R5 LR6
Sample: B (>50 c m)
Site
Figure 2-24 Manganese concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites
(LR1 to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Nickel (mg/kg)
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Sample: B (>50 c m)
Site
Figure 2-25 Nickel concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1 to
LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
50
40
30
20
10
0
Vanadium (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
50
40
30
20
10
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Sample: B (>50 c m)
Site
Figure 2-26 Vanadium concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1
to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
420
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Zinc (mg/kg)
420
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
Figure 2-27 Zinc concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1 to
LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
1.00
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
Mercury (mg/kg)
LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6 LR1 LR2 LR3 LR4 LR5 LR6
1.00
0.25
0.20
0.15
0.10
Figure 2-28 Mercury concentrations recorded in sediment samples collected from six sites (LR1
to LR6) at the proposed wharf location.
The very fine, deep sediments at this site were also linked to elevated heavy metal concentrations,
although ANZECC and ARMACANZ (2000) sediment trigger values were only slightly exceeded or
equalled for three metals. In samples from other sites, only the trigger value for mercury was exceeded,
with values of 0.2 mg/kg recorded in a number of surface and 0-50 cm sediment samples, compared with
a trigger value of 0.15 mg/kg. While recommended trigger values do not exist for many of the metals
analysed, based on available guidelines, levels of heavy metal contamination at the site are regarded as
low.
Particle size and metals concentration
When examining the distribution of elevated heavy metal concentrations in light of particle size data,
there is no clear relationship between percentage of fines (silts/clays) and mercury concentration in the
grab samples, since samples from all six sites had similar proportions of fines.
However, the elevated concentrations of mercury, arsenic and nickel in the 0-50 cm core sample from
site LR6 are consistent with particle size data. At this sediment depth, LR6 contained a much higher
proportion of fines than all other sediment samples collected, reflecting a higher surface area for
absorption of contaminants such as heavy metals. The heavy metal results indicate that low levels of
contamination occur in some sections of the proposed wharf site, particularly where fine sediments are
trapped beneath surface layers.
2.8.13 Summary of Key Findings from the Baseline Survey: Wharf Facility
Key species:
The native Van Diemans Land siphon shell (Siphonaria diemenensis) occurs in the intertidal zone of
the proposed wharf facility. This species is a limpet listed as protected under the Tasmanian Living
Marine Resources Management Act 1995.
The threatened Gunns screw shell (Gazameda gunnii) was not recorded at the wharf site and is
unlikely to occur in this area due to adjacent disturbances and distance from the estuary mouth.
The introduced East Asian bivalve (Theora lubrica) occurs in sub-tidal sediments in low densities near
the proposed wharf facility.
The Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas), an introduced target pest, inhabits the intertidal and sub-tidal
environments in high densities of the proposed wharf facility
The introduced New Zealand half crab (Petrolisthes elongatus) occurs in the intertidal zone of the
proposed wharf facility.
The introduced target marine pest species Asian bag mussel (Musculista senhousia) occurs in more
protected muddy intertidal habitats in adjacent bays.
The presence of other introduced species in neighbouring port facilities is likely to facilitate their
recruitment and colonisation of the pulp mill wharf. The proposed wharf development does not
present a new risk in relation to introduced species. The wharves already located in Long Reach
receive shipping from temperate parts of Asia, which contain species of the highest risk to Tasmania.
Ecological values
Fish species recorded from the proposed wharf site during the baseline survey include a range of
marine/estuarine species as well as migratory species that utilise both fresh and marine waters during
different stages of their life cycle.
For the migratory species, movement between fresh and marine habitats occurs primarily in spring,
making them particularly vulnerable during this period. Summer is an important period for shark species
that enter the estuary to give birth. Shark pups have been recorded in Bell Bay (CSIRO 1993).
The Tamar Estuary is currently utilised by several aquaculture enterprises, which are regulated under the
MFPAs auspices under the 2001 Tamar Estuary Marine Farming Development Plan. They include:
Van Diemen Aquaculture in Rowella (opposite the Gunns Tamar Woodchip Mill);
AbTas Seafoods located at Garden Island in the lower reaches of the estuary; and
Seahorse Australia Pty Ltd at Beauty Point.
The commercial production of finfish is permissible within Zone 1 of the Tamar Estuary MFDA, which
encompasses the western waters of Long Reach between an imaginary line from Big Dragon Rock to
Little Dragon Rock (Figure 2-29). Van Diemen Aquaculture Pty Ltd, which occupies approximately 6.45
hectares, was granted a lease in 2001 (DPIWE, 2000a) and is the only venture currently licensed to
operate within Zone 1 (under marine farming lease number 178 - MF 178). This operation produces
AbTas Seafoods are a land-based venture situated on Garden Island in the lower Tamar estuary
specialising in the production of juvenile abalone (NTRDB, 2002).
Zone 2 of the Tamar Estuary MFDA is located at the Inspection Head Wharf at Beauty Point situated on
the western bank of the Tamar River (Figure 2-29). This Zone comprises waters underneath the northern
and eastern section of the wharf facility, extending through to the inside edge of the southern section of
the wharf and the waters enclosed by the wharf to the foreshore (DPIWE, 2004a).
This area is zoned for the culture of Sygnathids (seahorses, sea dragons and pipefish) and plankton,
which is currently undertaken by Seahorse Australia Pty Ltd as a land based venture. Seahorse Australia
produces seahorses for the aquarium trade and for Asian medicinal markets (Northern Tasmanian
Regional Development Board, 2002). Seahorse Australia is permitted to harvest Sygnathid brood stock
from the wild, which are grown to maturity in a strictly controlled environment. This requires daily intake
of fresh saline waters from the Tamar Estuary in addition to the wild harvest of plankton, crustaceans
and zooplankton as feedstock.
This venture has entered into a 30-year lease with the Bell Bay Port to utilise buildings and facilities
currently occupied by this company at the Inspection Head Wharf. Although current operations do not
require deployment of sea cages within this zone, future expansion of this operation may result in
utilisation of waters in this manner within the lease boundary.
Commercial Fisheries
There are currently five commercial fishing licences, which permit harvest of finfish species in the Tamar
Estuary and adjacent coastal waters (DPIWE, 2005). The Department indicate that confidentiality
requirements prevent the disclosure of information pertaining to targeted species and the associated
individual catch rates. However, annual catch weights for all fisheries harvested from the Tamar Estuary
and adjacent coastal waters between 1994 and 2004 are presented in Figure 2-30.
Commercial fishers are permitted to use nets in the lower estuary up to an imaginary line drawn between
Sheeptail Point and Point Rapid (at the southern end of Long Reach). Species harvested with nets
include trevally pike, yellow-eyed mullet, salmon and cod (DPIWE, 2000). Flounder are also harvested
along the shallow mudflats on the western side of the Tamar Estuary, particularly from Middle Island to
Little Dragon Rock.
120000
100000
kg Fish harvested
80000
60000
40000
20000
0
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
Year
Figure 2-30 Annual commercial fisheries harvest (kg) for the Tamar Estuary and adjacent coastal
waters between 1995 and 2004. Source: DPIWE, 2005
Recreational Fisheries
One hundred and ten finfish species have been documented to occur in the Tamar Estuary (Pirzl and
Coughanowr, 1997). Their distribution is correlated to salinity tolerance and the availability of suitable
habitat. The most common fish species known to inhabit the estuary are mullet (Aldrichetta forsteri),
pufferfish (Sphareroides hamiltoni), garfish (Hemiramphus melanochir), flounder and cod (Pirzl and
Coughanowr, 1997).
A paucity of data exists on the population status of non-commercial species targeted throughout
Tasmanian waters (SoE, 2003). The current condition of fisheries resources targeted by recreational
fishing pressure and the associated economic value of this activity within the Tamar Estuary is largely
unknown.
Results of the Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute 2000-2001 recreational fishing survey
indicate that recreational fishing pressure in the Tamar was almost entirely attributable to line fishing in
estuarine waters (Lyle, 2005). Minimal spear fishing activity is undertaken, while shore based fishing
effort was found to be more important than boat-based fishing. Residents from the surrounding region
including Launceston and the north-eastern region accounted for the vast majority of the fishing
pressure. Species which dominated the recreational harvest are: flathead (Platycephalus bassensis)
followed by Australian salmon (Arripis trutta), cod (Pseudophycis bachus) and flounder (Lyle, 2005).
Although not recorded during the Aquenal 2005 survey, marine mammals enter the lower reaches of the
Tamar Estuary. These species include pinnipeds (Australia sea lions, seals) and cetaceans (dolphins,
Humpback whales and Southern Right whales). The List database records the following observations for
the Tamar River:
southern bottlenose whale (Hyperoodon planifrons) between Low Head and George Town;
short-finned pilot whale (Globicephala macrorhynchus) - just off the river mouth; and
southern right whale (Eubalaena australis).
Australian fur seals are known to regularly frequent the river, being attracted to the Van Diemen
Aquaculture salmon farm directly opposite the Tamar woodchip mills.
The Tamar Estuary is an important natural asset given the variety of environmental values associated
with its unique geophysical setting, diversity of botanical and zoological assemblages, and key habitats
that support these species. Key habitats within the Tamar Estuary include; seagrass meadows, soft
sediments, wetland communities and sandy beaches (DPIWE, 2001). The environmental values
associated with these resources have been formally recognised through the establishment of a number
of reserves and sanctuaries throughout the estuary system.
Low Head, located on the eastern point of the estuary mouth, provides habitat for two seagrass species.
Large seagrass beds of Amphibolis antarctica are found here, a species that occupies other areas of the
estuary but not in such high densities (Barrett and Wilcox, 2001). A second seagrass species Posidonia
australis, has also been identified here. As part of a state-wide estuary survey, Low Head was the only
estuarine site found to support Posidonia (Edgar et al., 1999), although this species has previously been
recorded from other sites in northern Tasmania (Rees, 1994). Posidonia was also identified covering
extensive areas in Pilots Bay and Lagoon Bay intermixed with low densities of Heterozostera tasmanica
and Amphibolis Antarctica (Barrett and Wilcox, 2001).
Two additional species, Z. muelleri and Z. tasmanica are the only seagrass species that occur in Long
Reach, located further upstream of the estuary mouth. The seagrass Zostera muelleri is also known to
exist on the mudflats of the intertidal zone in the lower reaches of the Tamar Estuary, and represent an
important resource for marine biota (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997).
The seagrass beds in the Tamar Estuary, particularly those near the estuary mouth, provide an important
breeding ground for many commercially fished and non-commercial species, and are an important
source of food and shelter for juvenile fish (Pirzl and Coughanowr ,1997).
Kelp forest communities represent areas of high biodiversity and productivity. They provide important
habitats for a diverse range of species. Kelp communities provide habitat for the recruitment of fish and
invertebrate species associated with rocky shore environments including the recruitment of important
fisheries species such as the rock lobster and abalone. Drift plants that become detached from the rock
substrate also provide ecological benefit to the environment. Plant fronds provide an important food
source for a range of species, they assist in the dispersal of invertebrate species by transporting
attached individuals in coastal currents and finally, plants that are left exposed on the shoreline from tide
action become important nesting and foraging habitat for migratory shorebirds.
The Tamar Wetlands also comprise one of the largest remaining areas of vegetation dominated by
Phragmites australis, the common reed. Swamp paperbark communities are also present in the wetlands
while tidal mudflats surrounding Tamar Island and Lucks Flats are colonised by Phragmites australis,
Juncus krausii and Schoenoplectus pungens.
Avifauna
In addition to the Tamar Wetlands, the Tamar Estuary in general also provides critical habitat, breeding
and feeding grounds for waterfowl and a variety of seabird species. This includes a colony of fairy
penguins located at Low Head at the mouth of the Tamar Estuary.
Sharks
The lower reaches of the Tamar Estuary provide critical recruitment grounds for sharks that use the
estuary as a breeding and refuge area. The waters south of a line between West Head and Low Head
1
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au
The Tamar Estuary has been classified as a Class A estuary, which signifies the highest conservation
ranking prescribed to Tasmanian estuarine systems, due in part to its exceptionally high diversity of
macro-invertebrates (Edgar et al., 1999). Species diversity of these assemblages generally decreases
with increased distance from the river mouth as evidenced by the findings of several studies (Edgar et
al., 1999; Miedecke and Partners, 1993; Aquenal 2004a).
During the Edgar et al. (1999) study, 116 macro-invertebrates were recorded from Low Head, which
exceeds the number of species recorded at all other Tasmanian estuaries sampled, with the exception of
North East Inlet (120 species). A large portion of the species found were not recorded from any other
sites and were considered predominantly marine in origin.
In a separate study, 81 species of intertidal macro-invertebrates were recorded at Deceitful Cove, which
is considered relatively high and is despite elevated concentrations of metals in the sediments (Miedecke
and Partners, 1993). Forty-five species were recorded by Aquenal (2004a) near the existing Gunns
woodchip wharf, while approximately 30 species of macro-invertebrates were recorded from Paper
Beach, just upstream of the Batman Bridge. These findings are consistent with the general trend that
reduced species diversity is associated with increased distance from the estuary mouth.
A variety of historical and current anthropogenic processes continue to influence the ecological condition
of the Tamar Estuary. These include point and diffuse sources of pollution, sedimentation and
colonisation of the Tamar Estuary by exotic species.
Contaminants have historically entered the Tamar River through a range of industrial, agricultural and
municipal processes. These have included:
There have been significant decreases in most end-of-pipe emissions over the past 5 to 10 years,
particularly due to sewage treatment plant upgrades and improved wastewater treatment at Temco and
Comalco.
Sedimentation
Sediment deposition in the upper reaches of the Tamar Estuary is a result of broad-scale catchment
development, underlying catchment geomorphology and strong tidal currents (Tamar Region NRM
Report; DPIWE, 2000). The estuary receives sediments from both the South and North Esk Rivers,
which tend to accumulate as fine-grained silt deposits in the upper reaches of the Tamar River through
the action of tidal currents. The inter-mixing of sediment flows from the North and South Esk Rivers with
the estuary leads to the deposition of sediment that also serves as an effective mechanism to trap heavy
metals (A. Seen et al, 2004).
Sedimentation in the upper reaches is of ongoing concern given that this process poses difficulties for
vessel navigation and increases flood risks along the North and South Esk Rivers. Dredging campaigns
have been historically conducted to enable safe passage for boating traffic. However, management of
the dredge spoil in the upper reaches of the Tamar River is also becoming a difficult environmental issue.
Elevated concentrations of heavy metal (cadmium, zinc and chromium) have been detected from dredge
spoil removed during dredging campaigns undertaken during the last 50 100 years. In addition,
ongoing management of maintenance dredge spoil is constrained by a limited existing stockpile capacity
and few alternative disposal options (Pirzl and Coughanowr, 1997).
Ecologically, sedimentation within the upper reaches of the Tamar is also likely to negatively affect tidal
mudflat habitats through deposition and potential exposure of marine biota to heavy metal contamination.
Potential exists for the establishment of other exotic pest species including toxic dinoflagellates and the
northern Pacific seastar.
Rice grass
Rice grass (Spartina anglica) is a salt marsh plant that typically inhabits the upper intertidal zone of
temperate estuaries. It was introduced to the Tamar in 1947 with the objective of stabilising mudflats and
assisting in the reclamation of intertidal lands. Rice grass communities facilitate the reclamation process
by increasing the rate of sediment deposition due to its dense growth habit and root network. As a result,
rice grass communities have the capacity to stabilise shorelines and riverbanks. However, this species
can eventually form rice grass terraces and marsh islands, which impacts on estuarine hydrodynamics,
ecology and amenity. Wind and currents readily disperse the fertile seeds and consequently colonisation
of new areas is easily facilitated. This species has spread throughout the Tamar estuary, and now
represents Tasmanias (and Australias) largest infestation (Pirzl and Coughanowr 1997).
Tidal mud flats along the banks of most of the Tamar Rivers middle and upper reaches have become
heavily colonised by rice grass. Efforts are currently focussed on containment of this species using
herbicides.
Pacific oyster
The Pacific Oyster (Crassostrea gigas) was first introduced in Tasmania by the CSIRO to Pittwater in
southern Tasmania after the collapse of the native oyster fishery (Mitchell et al 2000). The first shipments
of oysters arrived in 1947 and 1948, and were supplemented in 1951 and 1952. The Pittwater population
performed poorly so Port Sorell was selected as an alternative introductory location and the oysters
flourished. Oyster spats spread from Port Sorell to the Mersey River (west of Port Sorell) and the Tamar
River estuary (to the east) due to the general tidal movement of water along the north coast of Tasmania
(Mitchell et al 2000). In 1955, the first Pacific oysters appeared on rocks in West Arm in the Tamar River,
and by 1959 had replaced a large proportion of existing native oyster (O. angasi) populations in that
area.
Mosquito fish
Mosquito fish (Gambusia holbrooki) were discovered in the Tamar wetlands in 2001 and are found in
most mainland states and territories of Australia. In Tasmania, this species extends as far south as the
Kingston and Snug areas. G. holbrooki has an aggressive nature and it is a voracious predator of other
fish species, frog ova, larvae, juveniles and aquatic invertebrates. The fish thrive in shallow, warm, slow
moving to still water and are tolerant of large fluctuations in salinity levels, low dissolved oxygen
concentrations and generally poor water quality. The species has been declared a controlled fish under
the Island Fisheries Act 1995. The main source of spread of this species includes accidental or
deliberate release from captive environments into the wild or dispersal from existing populations.
An existing stormwater outfall from the Gunns Tamar woodchip mills currently discharges into the Tamar
River at Long Reach and is monitored annually. This reach of the River also receives cooling water
discharges from the Bell Bay Power Station. No other industrial or sewage discharge points are located
at Long Reach, although Van Diemens Aquaculture operation is situated 1.7 km upstream on the
opposite bank of the Tamar woodchip mills. Finfish farms deposit organic waste under their fish cages.
Sewage discharges from the George Town Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) and industrial sources
at Bell Bay into Deceitful Cove and Big Bay north of Long Reach occur. All the WWTP and industries
operate under permit conditions from DPIW, and are required to meet targets and objectives set out in
Environmental Improvement Programs (EIP) (Meander Valley Natural Resource Management Strategy,
2000).
The site of the proposed wharf development in Long Reach retains a range of natural features and
values, although it has been modified by various historical and present-day disturbances. Nearby parts of
Bell Bay have been reclaimed and support large-scale shipping operations. Land-based industrial and
stockpile sites bordering the estuary, as well as activities further upstream in catchments, provide
additional sources of wind- and water-born inputs. While industrial activities are regulated under
environmental legislation, the cumulative effect of past and present disturbances has resulted in some
modification of habitats and biological community structure near the proposed wharf site.
2.9.1 Objectives
The purpose of the detailed botanical survey undertaken for the Draft IIS was to:
Detail the flora species and Ecological Vegetation Communities within the vicinity of the proposed Bell
Bay site;
Identify any threatened ecological values within the study areas listed under the:
Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBCA);
Tasmanian Threatened Species Protection Act 1995 (TSPA);
Tasmanian Nature Conservation Act 2002;
Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement 1997;
Forest Practices Act 1985 and Forest Practices Regulations 1999; and
Natural Heritage Trust 2 Bilateral Agreement between Commonwealth and Tasmanian
Governments.
Outline the potential impacts of the pulp mill and associated infrastructure on ecological values;
Evaluate the development of the pulp mill and associated infrastructure against relevant local, state
and commonwealth government legislation and policy, and international agreements;
Outline potential management measures and legislative requirements to minimise potential impacts
on botanical values; and
Provide recommendations on permits and processes required to facilitate the approval of the pulp mill
and associated infrastructure.
2.9.2 Methodology
A detailed discussion of the survey methodology is provided in Appendix 29, Volume 12. The following
provides a summary of the approach and details of survey timing and limitations.
Background Review
Background reviews included the following sources:
TASVEG Mapping;
GTSpot;
EPBC Act Protected Matters Search Tool;
Threatened Flora CD;
Land Information System Tasmania; and
Literature review:
Site assessments
For the purposes of field work descriptions, the following areas are referred in this and subsequent
sections:
Bell Bay site the project site as defined in Figure 2-1 and containing the pulp mill, landfill, quarry and
water supply reservoir;
Pulp mill site the section of the Bell Bay site west of the East Tamar Highway; and
Landfill, quarry and water reservoir site - the section of the Bell Bay site east of the East Tamar
Highway.
Timing
Site assessments at the pulp mill site were initially undertaken during autumn 2005. As the scope of the
project changed, additional assessments were required in these areas and along the effluent and the
water supply pipelines. These additional assessments were undertaken between mid autumn and early
winter 2005.
Due to the seasonal dormancy of many species, spring surveys for the project were also undertaken
from 19-30 September 2005, 24-28 October 2005 and 7-11 November 2005, in order to detect any
species that were not evident during the initial survey.
Most of the threatened species recorded within the study area prefer open habitats such as grassland,
slashed easements, track margins, swampy depressions, wetlands and heathlands. These habitats were
specifically targeted during spring surveys.
Sensitivity analysis
The ecological (flora) sensitivity of the study area was determined according to the State conservation
status of ecological vegetation communities, their bioregional conservation priorities, their potential to
have a critical ecological function and the presence of threatened species. Sensitivity was determined at
three levels:
1. Low sensitivity
Non-native vegetation that has low conservation value (e.g. Agricultural land, Plantations for
silviculture); and
Permanent easement (FPE) native vegetation that undergoes regular disturbance (e.g. slashing).
3. High sensitivity
Ecological Vegetation Communities of State conservation status;
Native vegetation that may be inadequately reserved in Tasmania, and/or may have a very high
conservation priority in the region (Forest Practices Authority, 2005);
Ecological Vegetation Communities that have a critical ecological function (e.g. coastal dune
vegetation); and
Sites supporting populations of State or nationally listed threatened flora species.
2.9.3 Limitations
This ecological assessment covers vascular plant species (ferns, conifers and flowering plants). Non-
vascular flora (e.g. mosses, liverworts, lichens) and fungi were not sampled as part of this assessment,
as this is not routinely undertaken as part of flora surveys such as this.
Limitations of the vegetation survey and assessment are outlined in detail below.
Timing of Survey
The entire study area was initially assessed from early autumn to mid winter. This is generally not
considered the optimal time for conducting complete flora surveys in the Tamar area, as it is not possible
to locate or identify many native flora species at this time of year due to a lack of reproductive material.
Therefore, additional spring surveys were undertaken from 19-30 September, 24-28 October and 7-11
November 2005 in order to identify spring-flowering seasonal species such as orchids, lilies and annual
forbs, and confirm the identity of other non-flowering species that were previously identified to genus
level.
Despite the large number of additional species recorded during the spring surveys (including many
threatened species), it is possible that a few late spring or summer flowering species may have been
overlooked or not observed. Based on GTSpot records from within 5 kilometres of the entire study area,
only three species (Corunastylis nuda, Euphrasia scabra, Orthoceras strictum) that flower exclusively
over late spring/summer are threatened. None of these species has been recorded within 5 km of the
study area since 1945. Therefore, it is unlikely that any of these species persist within the study area.
However, if any of these species were present, it is unlikely that they would significantly alter the
conclusions of the Draft IIS, unless large populations were recorded in areas proposed to be subject to
direct disturbance.
It should also be noted that additional areas (Tamar woodchip mill access road area and proposed
woodchip conveyor belt, mill power supply and a small area near Windermere Road on the water supply
Species
A total of 367 plant taxa (306 indigenous, 61 introduced) was identified for the pulp mill site. The area
surveyed for the site is shown in Figure 2-31 and Appendix 29, Volume 12.
TASVEG mapping
A total of 11 Ecological Vegetation Communities (EVCs) have been previously mapped within the Bell
Bay site area according to the TASVEG database. These communities are Eucalyptus amygdalina
coastal forest and woodland (DAC), Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD),
Eucalyptus viminalis grassy forest and woodland (DVG), Permanent easements (FPE), Extra-urban
miscellaneous (FUM), Allocasuarina verticillata forest (NAV), Bursaria Acacia woodland and scrub
(NBA), Melaleuca ericifolia swamp forest (NME), Inland heathland (undifferentiated) (SHU), Melaleuca
squarrosa scrub (SMR) and Coastal Scrub (SSC). Photographs of many of these EVCs are included in
Appendix D of Appendix 29, Volume 12.
Current assessment
The mapping generally corresponded with the TASVEG mapping; however, there were some differences
in terms of the classification of vegetation communities and the boundary between communities, largely
owing to the finer resolution of mapping that was undertaken during this project (1:10,000). The current
assessment indicated that 23 Ecological Vegetation Communities were present, based on the TASVEG
classification system.
Boundaries between communities were usually readily identifiable. However, in some instances, it was
difficult to determine actual boundaries for mapping purposes because of the ecotonal nature of the
boundary between some communities. For instance, the boundary between Eucalyptus amygdalina
forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD) and Eucalyptus viminalis grassy forest and woodland (DVG)
was difficult to determine in some areas, owing to the gradually shifting dominance in the eucalypt
canopy.
Along the Tamar River boundary of the pulp mill and wharf sites, a narrow coastal vegetation community
is present. This community is actually a complex of two coastal vegetation communities and has been
mapped and described accordingly as Saline sedgeland/rushland (ARS) Coastal grass and herbfield
(GHC) complex in the Draft IIS.
Other mapping complexities occurred within the pulp mill site, particularly in poorly drained areas where
the eucalypt canopy was relatively sparse and the understorey comprised a dense scrub. These areas
The location of these communities within the pulp mill site is shown in Figure 2-31. A list of Ecological
Vegetation Communities recorded during the site assessment is given in Figure 2-31. General EVC
descriptions are provided in Appendix 29, Volume 12, while photographs of most EVCs are shown in
Appendix D of Appendix 29, Volume 12. Quadrats and specific survey points recorded within the pulp
mill site are outlined in Appendix E of Appendix 29, Volume 12.
5446000
5445000
! ! !
NAV ARS_GHC NAV
FUM
FPE
OSM
! ! ! ! !
FSM DAD
! ! ! ! ! DAD
! ! ! ! ! DAD
DOV
! ! ! !
SMR
NBA ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! FPE
! ! ! !
NAV
EA
GSL
DAD
FPE S T
DAC TA
M
NAL
NAL
DAD
AR
HI
G
DAD
FPE
! ! ! !
NBA
HW
! ! ! ! DAC
AY
! ! ! !
GSL ! ! ! ! FPE NAL
FPE FUM FUM
ORO
! ! ! ! ! !
DAC
! ! ! ! DAC
! ! ! ! FPF DAD c/o
GSL DAC
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
GHC
NAL
! ! ! ! ! !
! ! GSL
! ! ! !
SMR
! ! ! ! ! !
DAD FPE ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! FUM DAD
ARS_GHC ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
FPE FPE NAV
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
OSM ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
DAC c/o
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !DAC
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
GSL
5444000
5444000
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! DAD c/o
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! GRP ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
DAC DAD
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
ORO ! ! ! ! ! GSL
NAL BE SMR DAD
LL
BA
FPE
ORO
Y
LI
DAD
N E
DAD
! ! !
Q11 NAD
! ! ! NAV
GRP
FPE
! ! !
! ! ! GSL FPE
NNP
DAD
! ! !
GSL! ! ! ! ! ! ! GSL
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! DAD
! ! ! ! ! NAD
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! DAD
DVG
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
ORO ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
FPE
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !NAV
! ! !
NAV
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
_
^
LAUNCESTON
ARS_GHC
OSM
BEL
LB
DAD
SRI
ARS_GHC AY
LIN
FUM
E
NBA
ORO
5443000
5443000
HOBART
LL
BE
B AY
L INE
FIGURE 2-31
ECOLOGICAL
491000 492000 493000 494000 495000
Date: 16/06/06 Legend Ecological Vegetation Communities
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
VEGETATION
! ! ! ! !
Zone 55, GDA94 Water Pipeline AHL ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! !
DAC c/o DVG FPL FWU NAL Not Assessed SCH SMR (modified)
Source: Base data sourced from Effluent Pipeline ARS_GHC DAD FAG FRG GHC NAV OAQ
! ! ! ! !
SHL SRI
the LIST- www.thelist.tas.gov.au.
! ! ! ! !
COMMUNITIES
All other infrastructure supplied by National/State Highway ASF DAD c/o FMG FSM GRP NBA ORO SHW WVI
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
Gunns Pty Ltd Railway
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\ DAC DAS FPE FUM ! ! ! ! GSL NME OSM SHW (modified) EVC codes are outlined
vol_2\fig2_31_veg_communities_ in the Ecological Vegetation
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
DAC (modified) DOV FPF FUR NAD ! ! ! ! !
NNP SAC SMR
mill_site.mxd ! ! ! ! ! Communities section of the
report for each site
! ! ! ! !
491000 491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500
5446000
5446000
5445500
!
( !
(
1:15,000
!
(
!
( ! !
(!
( !
(
( !
(
(!
! ( !
(!
(#
*
!
( !
(
!
(
_
^ !
(
(!
!( !
(
!
(! (!
(!
(
!
(
!
( !
(
!
( !!
( !
(
(#
* *
#
!
( !
(
!
( !
(
!
5445000
5445000
( !
(
! (
(( !
! !
(
(!
! ( !
!
(
(
!
(
!
(!
(
!!
( (
!
(!( !
(
!
(
!
(
(!
!(
!
(!
(
!
(
!
(
5444500
5444500
!
(
Ta !
( !
((
! !
(
!
(
m
!
( !
( !
(
(!
! ( !
ar
((
! !
(
!
( !
(
R
!!
(( ! !
( !
(
( (
!
iv
!
( !
( !
(
!
(
er !
(
!
( !
( !
(
!
((
! !
(
(!
! (
!
( !
( !
(
!
( !
(
!
( !
(
!
( !
(
!
(!
5444000
5444000
(
*
# !
((
! *
# !
(( (!
! (
!
!!
(
(!(
!
(
!
(
!
( !
(
!
( !
(
!
(
!
(
!
(
!
( !
(
!
(
!
(
!
Threatened Species
(
5443500
5443500
Aphelia pumilio (rare) _
^
Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare)
Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare)
Stylidium despectum (rare)
_
^
LAUNCESTON Threatened Species Waypoints
( Aphelia pumilio (rare)
!
( Arthropodium strictum (rare)
!
( Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare)
!
*
# Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare), Aphelia pumilio (rare)
5443000
5443000
( Juncus amabilis (rare)
!
HOBART
( Lepidosperma viscidum (rare)
! !
(
!
(
( Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare) !
( !
(
! !
(
*
# Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare), Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare)
FIGURE 2-32
_ Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare), Lepidosperma viscidum (rare), Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare)
^
*
# Tricoryne elatior (vulnerable), Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata (rare), Stylidium despectum (rare)
_ Veronica plebeia (rare)
LISTED
^
VEGETATION
491000 491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500
Legend
Date: 16/06/06 Threatened Species Transects
SPECIES
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Effluent Pipeline
Zone 55, GDA94 Water Supply Pipeline Aphelia pumilio (rare)
Source: Base data sourced from the River Lepidosperma viscidum (rare)
LIST- www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other
infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. Railway Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare)
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ National/State Highway Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare),
fig2_32_listed_vege_species.mxd Major Arterial Road; Arterial Road; Access Road Lepidosperma viscidum (rare)
Pulp Mill - Extent of Works Transect
491000 492000 493000 494000 495000
5446000
0
-
75 150 300 450
Metres
1:15,000
5445000
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
H IG
HW
AY
5444000
5444000
BE
LL
BA
Y
LI
N E
_
^
LAUNCESTON
BEL
LB
AY
LIN
E
5443000
5443000
HOBART
L
BE
LB
AY L IN E
FIGURE 2-33
491000 492000 493000 494000 495000
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
VEGETATION
Zone 55, GDA94 Legend Flora Sensitivity
Source: Base data sourced from Water Pipeline Sensitivity Rank 1 (low)
the LIST- www.thelist.tas.gov.au.
SENSITIVITY
All other infrastructure supplied by Effluent Pipeline
Sensitivity Rank 2 (medium)
Gunns Pty Ltd National/State Highway
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\
Railway Sensitivity Rank 3 (high)
vol2\fig2_33_vege_sensitive.mxd
Note: Refer to report for sensitivity rank descriptions
Table 11: State conservation status and bioregional conservation priorities of vegetation communities, Pulp Mill
TASVEG TASVEG Ecological Floristic community RFA community Bioregional Conservation priority State
code Vegetation Conservation
Community Floristic RFA status
ARS-GHC Saline NA NA NA NA -
complex sedgeland/rushland
Coastal grass and
herbfield complex
#
DAC Eucalyptus amygdalina DRY-hAM (Heathy E. AC (Coastal E. np N -
coastal forest and amygdalina forest) amygdalina forest)
woodland
FUM Extra-urban NA NA NA NA -
miscellaneous
Vegetation condition within the pulp mill site varies according to disturbance history. Previous reports
have indicated that parts of the site have been burnt relatively frequently (Environmental and Technical
Services 1989). Evidence suggests that this is the case, with few mature and senescent trees now
remaining (although there are frequent stags and dead trees throughout the site). However there is no
evidence of fire at the site within at least the last 5-10 years. The largest trees within the study area occur
on the protected south facing slopes above William Creek, the gully at Q19 and the Eucalyptus
amygdalina coastal forest and woodland (DAC) north of Q31. Trees in these areas reach heights up to
30 m. The remainder of the forest and woodland within the study area is dominated by regrowth up to
20 m in height, where most trees have a diameter at breast height of less than 60 cm.
Clearing of native vegetation for the HEC transmission line easement, firebreaks, roads, tracks, gas
pipeline, railway and the existing Tamar woodchip mill has also led to fragmentation of the extant
vegetation, including waterways and vegetation along drainage lines. The degree of fragmentation is
indicated on Figure 2-31, where many of these disturbances have been mapped as Permanent
easement (FPE). Almost all of these easements contain grassland/sedgeland, bracken dominated or
scrub vegetation depending on geology. Sites on well-drained dolerite generally support species-rich
grassland/sedgeland communities with affinities to Lowland sedgy grassland (GSL). Sites on poorly
drained dolerite are usually dominated by scrubby vegetation with affinities to Melaleuca squarrosa
scrub (SMR). Sites on sand deposits are commonly dominated by Pteridium esculentum or heathy
shrubs.
It appears as if logging has also been previously undertaken at the site, as evidenced by the prevalence
of cut stumps, particularly within Eucalyptus amygdalina dominated communities. These areas now
appear either as a dense scrub with scattered emergent/regrowth eucalypts, or as grassland/sedgeland
with scattered regrowth/mature eucalypts. Areas such as this have been mapped with the suffix c/o to
indicate that they have been cut over (Figures 1-2). Other areas mapped as eucalypt-dominated forest
may have also been logged in the past.
The area dominated by Bursaria Acacia woodland and scrub (NBA) to the south of Big Bay (Figures
1-2) was previously cleared and used as unimproved pasture for livestock grazing. Judging by the
degree of native species recolonisation in this area, grazing is likely to have ceased at least 40 years
ago. This area is now effectively functioning as woodland dominated by Acacia mearnsii, with minimal
eucalypt regeneration. The understorey is dominated by native species and contains few introduced
species.
The cover of introduced species is characteristically very low (<1%) across the site, with areas of native
vegetation supporting only occasional weed species such as the ubiquitous Hypochoeris radicata. The
only areas where weeds are relatively abundant are highly disturbed areas near access points to the
East Tamar Highway and areas within the existing Tamar woodchip mill. Small areas at the existing mill
site (near the proposed additional woodchip stockpile area and along the access road) have also been
planted with either Tasmanian blue gum (Eucalyptus globulus subsp. globulus) or non-indigenous
Australian natives.
Conservation Significance
An outline of the definition of national, state, regional and local significance is provided in Appendix 29,
Volume 12.
Previous assessments
An assessment of the western portion (west of the East Tamar Highway) of the study site by
Environmental and Technical Services (1989) classified the site as being of local conservation
significance. This survey recorded two species of state conservation significance, Eryngium ovinum and
Pimelea flava, although they were not noted as being of state significance in the report. This report also
indicated that apart from William Creek, the flora species and their associations were of negligible
botanical interest.
The assessment of Big Bay and its environs by Ritz et al. (1980) did not attribute a level of significance to
the site.
Current assessment
In addition to the appraisal of the Bell Bay site, this assessment also separately addresses areas within
the Tamar woodchip mill which will be potentially impacted by new infrastructure (such as the conveyor)
and changes to the woodchip mill layout as a result of plant upgrade as described in Volume 1.
For assessing conservation significance of the pulp mill, it has been divided into two sections, which are
outlined below. Sections are generally based on similar broad land use types (e.g. Section 1 large area
of native vegetation; Section 2 industrial site with patches of native vegetation).
1. Pulp Mill site (Pulp Mill, Wharf, Landfill, Quarry and Water Reservoir areas)
Part of the pulp mill site (between the highway and the Tamar River) has been previously assessed as
having local conservation significance (Environmental and Technical Services 1989). However, results of
the current survey suggest that the previous level of significance attributed to the site should be
upgraded.
The current site assessment suggests that it has state significance, owing to the presence of:
Five species of state significance (rare) with large populations (estimates ranging from 11,400 to
162,300 plants);
Five species of state significance (rare) with small populations (estimates ranging from <10 to 100
plants);
One unconfirmed species of state significance (vulnerable) with a small population (estimate <10
plants);
Although the known ecological values at the site suggest that it is of state conservation significance
(according to the criteria outlined in Appendix A of Appendix 29, Volume 12), many of the threatened
species present at the site are also present in the local/regional area. Due to the generally less intensive
nature of surveys in the surrounding area, the accurate distribution of these species is poorly known and
population estimates are difficult to make. If further detailed surveys were undertaken in the
local/regional area (and across the state) a more complete picture of threatened species distribution and
abundance would be available, which would enable a more accurate determination of whether a
population of a given species on site constituted a state significant (at least 1%) proportion of that
species. However, such an assessment was beyond the scope of this study. Therefore, this
assessment of significance is based on the known distribution and population estimates for threatened
species, which indicate that the site has state conservation significance.
2. Pulp Mill site (existing Tamar Woodchip Mill and access road)
The current site assessment suggests that this section of the pulp mill has local significance, owing to the
presence of:
One species of State significance, Pimelea flava subsp. flava (rare), with a moderate to large
population (estimate of 170 plants);
Potential habitat for two species of National significance;
Potential habitat for up to 15 additional species of State significance; and
One Ecological Vegetation Community of State significance (endangered).
No nationally significant species have been recorded within the Mill Site during this study or any previous
study (e.g. Environmental and Technical Services 1989) (according to the authors knowledge).
A number of orchid specimens were recorded (i.e. Caladenia sp., Pterostylis sp., Thelymitra sp.), which
were unable to be identified to species level due to the absence of fertile material. Subsequent spring
surveys found numerous species from each of these genera; however, none was threatened at the
National level. It is possible that some of these unidentified Caladenia specimens may be the nationally
Species recorded within 5 kilometres of the study area or with habitat predicted to occur in the local area
The GTSpot database contains records of one nationally significant species, Caladenia caudata, from
within 5 km of the pulp mill site (Table 11).
In addition, the EPBC Act Protected Matters Search Tool predicts the occurrence of, or suitable habitat
for, three species of National significance in the 5 km radius search area that encompasses the study
area. The likelihood of occurrence for these species is listed in Table 11. In summary, there is suitable
habitat for one of these species, Glycine latrobeana, which is outlined below.
This species occurs in heathy and grassy open eucalypt forest and woodland, often in association with
Allocasuarina spp. Although it has not been recorded within the local area since 1961, there is potentially
suitable habitat for this species within the pulp mill site. The lack of fire within the past 3-4 years would
also serve to make identification of this species at the site very difficult, as it is usually only recorded
within 3-4 years of fire. Therefore, it is possible that the species persists at the site.
This species occurs in dry sclerophyll forest, native grassland and woodland, usually on flat sites with
loose, sandy soil (Lazarus et al., 2003). Potentially suitable habitat exists for this species across much of
the pulp mill site, although it was not recorded despite intensive surveys across multiple seasons.
A number of orchid specimens were recorded (i.e. Caladenia sp., Calochilus sp., Chiloglottis sp.,
Corybas sp. s.l., Microtis sp., Pterostylis sp., Thelymitra sp.), which were unable to be identified to
species level due to the absence of fertile material. Subsequent spring surveys found numerous species
from many of these genera; however, none was threatened at the State level. It is possible that some of
these unidentified Caladenia specimens with the spider-orchid leaf morphology may be the fire-
dependent State significant species, Caladenia patersonii, as this species has been recorded within 5 km
of the pulp mill. However, this is considered unlikely, given the habitat requirements of this species and
the fact that it has not been recorded in the local area for 60 years.
Species descriptions of all threatened species recorded within the pulp mill site are provided in Appendix
29, Volume 12.
Aphelia pumilio is restricted to two tracks/firebreaks and two open grasslands at the pulp mill site (Figure
2-32), where it is locally abundant. It has not been recorded anywhere else within the broader study area.
However, its tiny size makes it very difficult to observe in the field, implying that some individuals or
patches may have been overlooked.
Aphelia pumilio is sensitive to competition and requires bare ground (TPLUC 1996). Although it
commonly grows along infrequently used tracks, it is uncertain whether this species would respond
positively to soil disturbance.
This species can occur in massive numbers in small areas, owing to its tiny size and high density.
Population densities were often over 100 plants per m2, with one large patch containing approximately
1 000 plants per m2 in certain areas (Patch site 18).
Based on the number of individuals recorded, the total population estimate for this species is 162,300
plants within the pulp mill site (Table 3.3 of Appendix 29, Volume 12).
Scientific name Common name Aust. Tas. Source Likelihood of occurrence No. sites Population size
status status estimate
Brunonia australis blue pincushion - v GT Possible. Occurs in grassy woodlands and dry - -
sclerophyll forests dominated by Eucalyptus
amygdalina, or less commonly E. viminalis or E.
obliqua. It can persist in disturbed sites such as
roadside cuttings (Lazarus et al. 2003). Nearest known
occurrence recorded in 2003, <5 km away (GT).
Caladenia caudata tailed spider- V r GT, Unlikely. Occurs in heathy and grassy open eucalypt - -
orchid PMST forest and woodland, often with Allocasuarina spp., and
in heath on sandy and loamy soils (Jones et al. 1999).
Nearest known occurrence recorded in 1961, <5 km
away (GT).
Caladenia patersonii Patersons spider- - v GT Unlikely. Occurs in low shrubby and sedgy heath in - -
orchid moist to well-drained sand and clay loams (Jones et al.
1999). Nearest known occurrence recorded in 1947, <5
km away (GT).
Epacris exserta South Esk heath E v PMST Unlikely. Occurs on lower slopes and swamp edges in - -
dry scrub/dry sclerophyll forest between 10-575 m
above sea level, and on the banks of several rivers
(Keith 1998).
Epilobium pallidiflorum showy willowherb - r GT Possible. Occurs in wet habitats such as riparian areas - -
and wet herbfields (Lazarus et al. 2003). Nearest
known occurrence recorded in 2002, <5 km away (GT).
Eryngium ovinum blue devil - v ETS Present. Recorded in 1989 on stony ground under Unknown Unknown
transmission lines near Big Bay. Assume that the
species persists given that land use has not changed in
this area in the past 16 years.
Glycine latrobeana clover glycine V v PMST Possible. Occurs in dry sclerophyll forest, native - -
grassland and woodland, usually on flat sites with
loose, sandy soil (Lazarus et al. 2003).
Glycine microphylla small-leaf glycine - v GT Possible. Occurs in dry sclerophyll forest and woodland - -
(Lazarus et al. 2003). Nearest known occurrence
recorded in 2002, <5 km away (GT).
Lachnagrostis aequata even blowngrass - r GT Unlikely. Occurs in coastal habitats (Lazarus et al. - -
2003). Nearest known occurrence recorded in 2000, <5
km away (GT).
Limonium australe yellow sea- - r GT Possible (on margins of Tamar River). Occurs in - -
lavender saltmarsh and coastal mudflats. Nearest known
occurrence recorded in 2000, <5 km away (GT).
Pimelea flava subsp. flava yellow riceflower - r CS, ETS, Present 181 14,200
GT
Only one individual of Arthropodium strictum was recorded at the pulp mill site (Threatened species
waypoint 235), where it was found on the margin of a track in Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and
woodland on dolerite (DAD) (Figure 2-32). Active searching in the nearby area suggested that no further
plants were present. Therefore, the total population estimate for this species is < 10 plants at the pulp
mill site over an area of less than 0.1 ha.
Evidence from the Water Supply Pipeline suggests that Arthropodium strictum responds positively to
periodic biomass reduction. However, it is uncertain how the species would respond to soil disturbance
associated with the proposed development.
Eryngium ovinum was previously recorded in 1989 on stony ground under the HEC transmission lines in
the vicinity of Big Bay (Environmental and Technical Services 1989). Although detailed searches at
various times of the year failed to relocate this species, it is assumed that the species still persists within
the pulp mill site as land use has not changed in this area since it was discovered at the site.
This species may tolerate a certain degree of disturbance, as it tends to reduce competition from other
species (TPLUC 1996).
Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata is scattered throughout the pulp mill site, particularly on tracks and in
open grassy areas to the south of the HEC transmission line easement where it is locally abundant
(Figure 2-32). Its small size and cryptic nature (non-flowering specimens are extremely difficult to detect
in the field) implies that some individuals or patches may have been overlooked during the field
assessment. It should be noted that all areas of potential habitat were surveyed during the brief flowering
season for this species.
This species has a strong affinity with seasonally moist disturbed areas associated with infrequently used
tracks and easements in Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD). Periodic
biomass reduction via slashing appears to favour the persistence of this species by maintaining available
light at sufficient levels and helping to minimise competition from grasses and sedges (T. Wills pers.
obs.). Hypoxis vaginata var. brevistigmata also commonly occurs in native grasslands such as Lowland
sedgy grassland (GSL) and Rockplate grassland (GRP), usually in seasonally moist patches of bare
earth between grass tussocks.
This species can occur in large numbers in small areas, owing to its small size and relatively high
density. Sampling indicated that in any given population, approximately 20% of individuals were
flowering in unison. Because plants were extremely difficult to find when not in flower, population was
estimated by multiplying the number of flowering individuals by five (the approximate ratio of flowering to
non-flowering plants). Based on the number of individuals recorded, the total population estimate for this
species is 17 400 plants within the pulp mill site (Appendix 29, Volume 12).
Only one individual of Juncus amabilis was recorded at the pulp mill site (Point location 236, refer to
Figure 2-32), where it was found in a poorly drained area on the margin of a track in Eucalyptus
amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD) (Figure 2-32). Active searching in the nearby area
suggested that no further plants were present. Therefore, the total population estimate for this species is
< 10 plants at the pulp mill site.
Evidence from the Effluent Pipeline suggests that Juncus amabilis commonly occurs in disturbed
environments such as pasture. However, despite the rhizomatous nature of the species, it is uncertain
how the species will respond to any form of soil disturbance.
Lepidosperma viscidum is restricted to the HEC transmission line easement and a few open grasslands
at the pulp mill site, where it is locally abundant on dolerite (Figure 2-32). It has not been recorded
anywhere else within the local area.
This species occurs in open grassy/sedgy areas of Permanent easement (FPE) and Rockplate
grassland (GRP), thriving in regularly disturbed areas (e.g. slashing, fire) where there is an absence of
trees and a low cover of shrubs.
Based on the number of individuals recorded, the total population estimate for this species is 31,600
plants within the pulp mill site (Appendix 29, Volume 12).
Pimelea flava subsp. flava occurs primarily on tracks and easements at the pulp mill site and along the
access road to the Tamar woodchip mill, where it forms large populations on dolerite bedrock (Figure
2-32). The species responds positively to soil disturbance, with mass germination from the soil seed
bank along the edge of tracks and in easements, given the appropriate environmental conditions.
However, there is evidence that the species is drought intolerant (Adamzewski 2001 in Lazarus et al.,
2003), with large numbers of seedlings often dying in the first year or two following germination (T. Wills
pers. obs.).
Pimelea flava subsp. flava also occurs as scattered individuals in: a) Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and
woodland on dolerite (DAD) where it generally favours more protected aspects of moderate fertility, b)
the margins of Eucalyptus ovata forest and woodland (DOV), and c) Eucalyptus amygdalina coastal
forest and woodland (DAC).
Based on the number of individuals recorded, the total population estimate for this species is 14,200
plants within the pulp mill site (Appendix 29, Volume 12).
Ranunculus sessiliflorus var. sessiliflorus was recorded at Q91 (Threatened species waypoint 50) in the
landfill area of the pulp mill site, where four plants were found in a grassy variant of Eucalyptus
amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD) (Figure 2-32). Active searching in the nearby area
suggested that no further plants were present. Therefore, the total population estimate for this species is
< 10 plants at the pulp mill site over an area of less than 0.1 ha.
Only one individual of Spyridium parvifolium var. parvifolium was recorded at the pulp mill site
(Threatened species waypoint 251), where it was found on the margin of a track in Eucalyptus
amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (Figure 2-32). Active searching in the nearby area
suggested that no further plants were present. Therefore, the total population estimate for this species is
less than 10 plants at the pulp mill site over an area of less than 0.1 ha.
This species is likely to respond positively to fire-induced disturbance. However, its response to substrate
disturbance is unclear.
Stylidium despectum is restricted to two populations at the pulp mill site, where it is locally abundant
(Figure 2-32). Its tiny size and short flowering season makes it very difficult to observe in the field,
implying that some individuals or populations may have been overlooked.
This species occurs in open areas of Lowland sedgy grassland (GSL) near the coast, usually in
seasonally moist patches of almost bare earth. Populations near the coast occur on moist, mossy
rockplates, in association with a range of tiny forbs less than 5 cm in height, including Aphelia pumilio
(rare). The soil surface is often characterised by algal growth, which is likely to dry out in summer,
leaving a flaking, crusty surface. Stylidium despectum is a sensitive species that grows in a specialised
habitat within the study area. Any disturbance to the substrate is likely to be detrimental to the species.
However, appropriate fire frequencies may aid the persistence of this species (Lazarus et al. 2003) by
repressing the growth of nearby shrubs and tussock grasses.
This species can occur in massive numbers in small areas, owing to its tiny size and high density. Based
on the number of individuals recorded, the total population estimate for this species is 11,400 plants
within the pulp mill site (Appendix 29, Volume 12).
A non-flowering specimen closely resembling Tricoryne elatior was recorded at Q34 (Point location 1) on
the pulp mill site in Lowland sedgy grassland (GSL) near the coast (Figure 2-32). Subsequent site visits
in spring failed to relocate the plant. Therefore, owing to a lack of fertile material and the fact that the
species has not previously been recorded from the local area, its identification cannot be confirmed with
certainty. The total population estimate for this species is less than 10 plants at the pulp mill site.
Disturbances such as fire and light grazing are unlikely to be detrimental to the persistence of Tricoryne
elatior as they reduce competition from the dense grass sward. However, it is unknown what the impact
of direct soil disturbance will be upon this species.
Veronica plebeia was recorded in Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD) at the
Mill site (Threatened species waypoint 171), where 10 plants were found (Figure 2-32) over an area of
less than 0.1 ha. Active searching in the nearby area suggested that no further plants were present.
Species recorded within 5 kilometres of the study area or with habitat predicted to occur in the local area
The GTSpot database contains records of seven additional state significant species from within 5 km of
the pulp mill site. The likelihood of occurrence for each of these species is outlined in Table 11. In
summary, six of these species have the potential to occur within the study site, due to the presence of
suitable habitat.
This species occurs in grassy woodlands and dry sclerophyll forests dominated by Eucalyptus
amygdalina, or less commonly E. viminalis. It can also persist in disturbed sites such as roadside
cuttings. It is possible that this species occurs within the study site, particularly given that most flowering
specimens are collected from November to January (field survey was only conducted in November
during this period).
This species occurs in low shrubby and sedgy heath in moist to well-drained sand and clay loams (TSU
2001a). It usually only flowers in the first 3-4 years following fire. It is possible (albeit unlikely) that this
species is present in marginal habitat within the study site (e.g. within the HEC transmission line
easement). However, the overall probability of this species occurring within the site is low, especially
given that the most recent record of this species within 5 km of the pulp mill was from 1947. Furthermore,
no individuals were recorded despite the survey being undertaken during each month of the flowering
period for this species (September to November).
This species occurs in wet habitats such as riparian areas and damp herbfields. Numerous gullies,
drainage lines, small creeks and wet depressions provide potential habitat within the study site.
Epilobium pallidiflorum is a perennial species and despite extensive survey effort, no Epilobium plants of
any form were found within the site. In summary, it is still possible that this species occurs within the
study site.
Glycine microphylla occurs in dry sclerophyll forest and woodland, which is the dominant habitat type
within the pulp mill site. Despite intensive surveys in suitable habitat during the flowering time of this
species (September-November), no individuals were recorded. Therefore, it is unlikely, but still possible
that this species occurs on site, owing to the presence of large areas of potentially suitable habitat.
Limonium australe has been previously recorded from the edges of the Tamar River outside the study
area, where it occurs in saltmarsh and coastal mudflats, often growing in association with species such
as Austrostipa stipoides. A thin band of potential habitat is present along the banks of the Tamar River at
Wilsonia rotundifolia occurs in coastal and inland saltmarsh. A thin band of potential habitat is present
along the banks of the Tamar River at the pulp mill site. Most of the coastline (c. 80%) was traversed on
foot during the field surveys, with no sighting of the species. However, there is a possibility that small
numbers may occur on sections of the coastline that were not covered on foot.
Six state significant Ecological Vegetation Communities are present within the pulp mill site. These are
listed below:
This EVC is restricted to the headwaters of William Creek in the landfill/quarry/water reservoir area of the
pulp mill site. It occupies an open valley floor and comprises a dense shrubby understorey, with an open
Eucalyptus ovata canopy to 25 m in height. It appears that parts of this EVC may have been previously
cut over in the past.
Remnant lowland grasslands are considered one of the most threatened ecosystems in Tasmania
(Barker 1999). Although Rockplate grassland is not listed as a threatened community, it has strong
affinities with Lowland Themeda grassland (GTL) and could be considered a facies of this community,
which is endangered within Tasmania. However, until a statewide survey of this community is
undertaken, the conservation status of this EVC will not be fully understood (L. Gilfedder pers. comm.).
This EVC is restricted to four small, isolated patches (each less than 1 ha) on rocky spurs and open
areas within Eucalyptus amygdalina forest and woodland on dolerite (DAD) within the pulp mill site.
Allocasuarina littoralis forest is restricted to three localised patches within the study area. The largest
patch (> 4 ha) occurs at the pulp mill site on sandy soils immediately adjacent to the HEC transmission
line easement. This patch is fragmented by two access tracks/fire trails. The remaining patches occur on
dolerite and are small (<1 ha), with one occurring on the shore of the Tamar River (Big Bay) and the
other near the proposed Water Reservoir.
This EVC is confined to a small patch (<1 ha) on the edge of the Tamar River at the Tamar woodchip mill
(between the Tamar River and woodchip stockpile areas no. 1 and 3). The patch is surrounded by
heavily modified industrial land and is proposed to be used for the installation of a wood chip conveyor
belt. Despite the surrounding land use, the patch is in moderate to good condition, with low levels of
weed invasion.
This EVC is restricted to a narrow band along William Creek in the south of the pulp mill site. It has
previously been recognised as being of botanical interest in the local area as a relic example of a
previously more widespread vegetation community (Environmental and Technical Services 1989). This is
a fire-sensitive community that has persisted in the deeply incised William Creek gully, owing to the high
degree of topographic protection, which has helped safeguard the site from fire.
Riparian scrub is confined to two small creek lines within the pulp mill site; one in the north of the site
and the other in the south of the site (tributary of William Creek). Both sites are terminated by the HEC
transmission line easement, which dissects each creek line. This EVC effectively continues underneath
the transmission lines in both cases; however, these areas have been mapped as Permanent easement
(FPE) for the length of the pulp mill site.
Sensitivity
The majority of the pulp mill site contains areas of high to medium sensitivity (Figure 2-33). Most areas
have at least medium sensitivity owing to the presence of well reserved vegetation communities;
however, the presence of threatened species acts to increase the sensitivity of many of these areas to
high.
For the purposes of the Draft IIS, terrestrial fauna are defined as all reptiles, amphibians, terrestrial and
semi-aquatic mammals, non-aquatic invertebrates and non-pelagic birds.
All work was undertaken under the auspices of the Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment Permit To Take Threatened Fauna for Scientific Purposes No. TFA 05038 and Animal
Ethics Committee approval number DPIWE 62-0405.
2.10.1 Methodology
A detailed discussion of the survey methodology is provided in Appendix 29, Volume 12. The following
provides a summary of the approach and details of survey timing and limitations.
A number of tasks were undertaken to assess the terrestrial fauna and associated habitats in the
proposed development area and to provide an overall evaluation of the study area and it terrestrial fauna
value. The main tasks included:
Desktop Review fauna record database searches, literature reviews and species reviews;
Habitat Assessments; and
Desktop Review
A desktop review was undertaken to determine the occurrence of threatened and migratory species in
the study area and study region. Fauna records from within at least 500 m (study area) of the project
footprint and 5 km (study region) of the project footprint were obtained from the following databases:
Tasmanian Parks and Wildlife Service and Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment
GIS (Natural Values Report) (GTSPOT) (2005);
The Commonwealth Department of the Environment and Heritage EPBC (2005) Protected Matters
Search Tool (EPBC Act Protected Matters Report);
The DPIW Threatened Species Unit database;
The Birds Australia Atlas of Australian Birds;
Threatened Fauna Handbook (Bryant and Jackson, 1999); and
Forest Practices Authority (FPA) Threatened Fauna Manual.
In addition, the available previous studies undertaken within or adjacent to the study area were reviewed
and these included:
Botanical and Zoological Study, Four Mile Creek Wildlife Sanctuary (Environment and Technical
Services Pty Ltd, 1989);
Tasmanian Natural Gas Project (Duke Energy International, 2001); and
Supporting Study #8, Vegetation, Flora and Fauna (Tas) (Basslink) (AJ North and Associates, 2000).
The desktop review formed the basis of the habitat assessments and field surveys.
2.10.2 Objectives
The specific aims of the fauna study were to conduct fauna investigations in relation to the construction
and maintenance of the project. These investigations aim to:
Provide an overview of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna present on or that may utilise the study area
and surrounding areas, including species lists and significance status under the Tasmanian
Threatened Species Protection Act 1995 (TSP), Appendix 7 of the Tasmanian DPIWE Consultants
Brief (DPIWE, 2004), the Tasmanian Regional Forestry Agreement (RFA) and the Commonwealth
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC) including migratory species
protected under the Japan-Australia Migratory Bird Agreement (JAMBA), the China-Australia
Migratory Bird Agreement (CAMBA) and the Bonn Convention;
An evaluation and comment on the actual or potential presence or absence of any threatened,
migratory or otherwise significant species of fauna known or predicted to occur in the study area and
surrounding areas;
An assessment of, map of, and comment on, the potential for habitats of listed fauna species within
the study area;
Recommendations for the management and management of potential fauna impacts, including advice on
any further assessments that may be required.
5460000
Five Mile Bluff
Bass Strait
Low Head
LO
W 0 2
- 4 6 8 10
HE
AD R
Kilometers
Greens Beach
OA
5450000
B
AD
Ti
E
LL
RO
Y
BA
LI N
po
SO
E
Ta
L
go
m
KE
ar
re
R i ve
e
r
Beauty Point
Hi
_
^ SC
lls
Rowella NO
R TH E A S T E R N LIN E
5440000
5440000
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield
Proposed Pulp Mill
N E
LI
RN
TE
5430000
5430000
AS
Gravelly Beach
HE
RT
NO
W
T
ES
TA
M
AR
IG
HW
H
AY
BE
L LB
AY
5420000
5420000
LIN
E
BA
SS
HI
H
W
G
AY
S M AN H I G H
TA WA
Y
Launceston
5410000
5410000
FIGURE 2-34
460000 470000 480000 490000 500000
HADSPEN
510000 520000 530000 540000 DESKTOP
Date: 16/06/06
Legend
DATABASE
SEARCH
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Pipeline
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
_
^ Approximate Site Location
Builtup Area
River
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001,
AREAS
500m search buffer
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. National/State Highway
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol2\ 5km search buffer
fig2_34_desktop_search_areas.mxd Major Road
Railway
491000 491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500
5446000
5446000
-
150 300 450
Metres
1:15,000
5445500
5445500
5445000
5445000
EA
ST
TA
M
AR
5444500
5444500
HI
G
HW
AY
5444000
5444000
5443500
5443500
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443000
5443000
HOBART
FIGURE 2-35
491000 491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500
Date: 8/3/05 Legend
TRANSECT
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
Zone 55, GDA94 Roads Effluent Pipeline Vegetation DAD FAG FSM NAD NNP SMR
Source: Base data sourced from supplied by the LIST-
National/State Highway Water Supply Pipeline ARS DAD c/o FMG FUM NAL SAC SRI
LOCATIONS
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied
by Gunns Pty Ltd Major Arterial Road Bell Bay Transects ASF DOV FPE FWU NAV SCH Not Assessed
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\
fig2_35_transect_locations.mxd Arterial Road Quarry Transects DAC DSC FPF GHC NBA SHL
Access Road DAC c/o DVG FPL GSL NME SHW
Habitat Assessment Methods
Floristic and structural features of vegetation form a habitat type that provides resources to support
communities of fauna. Habitat types correspond broadly to vegetation communities but habitats do not
represent rigid boundaries, as many species move between habitats or utilise more than one habitat,
according to changing conditions or seasons. An assessment of the habitat value present in a local,
regional and national context, when linked with the fauna recorded at the site, provides an integrated and
more accurate assessment of the potential for the habitat listed fauna species than field surveys alone.
This method also allows the assessment of the magnitude of impacts associated with loss of habitat.
High: Ground flora containing a high number of indigenous species; vegetation community structure,
ground, log and litter layer intact and undisturbed; a high level of breeding, nesting, feeding and roosting
resources available; a high richness and diversity of native fauna species.
Moderate: Ground flora containing a moderate number of indigenous species; vegetation community
structure, ground log and litter layer moderately intact and undisturbed; a moderate level of breeding,
nesting, feeding and roosting resources available; a moderate richness and diversity of native fauna
species.
Low: Ground flora containing a low number of indigenous species, vegetation community structure,
ground log and litter layer disturbed and modified; a low level of breeding, nesting, feeding and roosting
resources available; a low richness and diversity of native fauna species.
The assessments considered a number of habitat features during the assessment to classify habitat
types and value, including:
the presence of nesting / shelter sites such as tree hollows, litter, fallen timber, hollow logs,
decorticating bark and logs;
cover abundance of ground, shrub and canopy layers and flowering characteristics of shrubs and
trees;
emergent vegetation within and around water bodies and the presence of free water;
Habitat Usage
Habitat usage by fauna was documented through analysis of tracks, scats, diggings and other traces.
Traces of threatened and significant species that might occur within the subject site were the focus of the
surveys. Searches were conducted during the entire survey period and included:
searches for owl and other raptor pellets;
scats;
raptor nests;
tracks and diggings;
identification of road kills; and
other indicators of fauna such as scratches on trees and runways through vegetation.
Field Survey
The aim of the fauna surveys was to identify fauna assemblages, distribution and abundance of fauna
(including threatened or significant species) across a range of habitat sites within the study area.
Detailed descriptions of the weather conditions experienced throughout the study period are provided in
Appendix B of Appendix 29, Volume 12.
Permits
All work was undertaken under the auspices of the Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment Permit To Take Threatened Fauna for Scientific Purposes No. TFA 05038 and Animal
Ethics Committee approval number DPIWE 62-0405.
Development of Methodologies
The methodologies utilised for the field surveys were based on a combination of generally accepted
ecological field methods (advocated by State agencies) and consultation with zoologists from the
University of Tasmania. The NSW Department of Environment and Conservation has a draft Threatened
Biodiversity Survey and Assessment: Guidelines for Development Activities (DEC, 2004) that outlines
recommendations for flora and fauna survey designs. In the absence of detailed guidelines for Tasmania,
this document was used as a guide for the survey design. Specialist advice relating to method design,
including survey techniques, frequency and duration particular to Tasmanian conditions was sought from
representatives from the University of Tasmania, in the absence of responses from DPIWE zoologists. Dr
The survey was designed to sample representative faunal habitats on the study sites (identified from the
desktop review and the habitat assessments), with particular emphasis on targeting any threatened or
otherwise significant species potentially located within the study area.
Details on elliot and cage trapping, hair funnels, vertebrate pitfall traps, diurnal bird surveys, eagle nest
searches, diurnal reptile and herpetofauna searches, spotlighting surveys, call back: birds; and
invertebrates are provided in Appendix 29, Volume 12
Threatened species are those listed as protected, migratory or of conservation significance under the
Tasmanian TSP Act 1995, the Tasmanian RFA, Appendix 7 of the Tasmanian DPIWE Consultants Brief
(DPIWE, 2004), the Action Plans produced by Environment Australia and/or the Commonwealth EPBC
Act 1999. Migratory species are those protected under the auspices of the Commonwealth EPBC Act
(1999). Table 12 shows the species of threatened and conservation significant status identified from
within 500 metres (study area) of the boundaries of the project footprint (including pipelines).
Table 13 details the migratory and marine species, (avian species that may overfly marine areas), that
are not also listed as threatened from within the study area. The full lists for all species identified within
both 500 metre and 5 km of the study area (including non-threatened species) are included in Appendix
29, Volume 12.
Invertebrates
None of the families identified contain threatened species in either the study area or study region; hence
identification to genus and species was not required to elucidate the presence of threatened species.
No threatened invertebrates were identified from the desktop searches to have been recorded within the
Bell Bay area (including the pulp mill, wharf, landfill and quarry sites).
Desktop Summary
The desktop analysis considered species at both a local context (at least 500 m buffer from the project
footprint) and a regional context (at least 5 km buffer). The desktop results are a combination of actually
recorded species and species predicted to occur based on bioclimatic modelling and other inferences.
The study region (5 km buffer) searches have been summarised below in Table 12, Table 13 and Table
14. The full 500 m (study area) and 5 km (study region) searches are presented in Table 15 and Table
16.
The desktop search results for the Bell Bay site include the pulp mill, wharf, landfill, quarry and water
reservoir due to their close proximity to one another.
TAS Forestry
EPBC Act TPS Act Agreement Conservation Location Location
#
Class Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Status Status Significant Recorded* Predicted
Haliaeetus
Birds Accipitridae leucogaster white-bellied sea-eagle Mi, Ma v B P
Dasyurus maculatus
Mammalia Dasyuridae maculatus spotted-tailed quoll VU r A.1 yes P
Nominated
Mammalia Dasyuridae Sarcophilus harrisii tasmanian devil for listing v yes P
Pseudomys
Mammalia Muridae novaehollandiae New Holland mouse e P
TAS
Forestry
EPBC TAS Agreement Conservation Location Location
#
Class Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Status Status Significant Recorded* Predicted
Circus approximans
Birds Accipitridae gouldi swamp harrier Ma yes P
Aegotheles cristatus
Birds Aegothelidae tasmanicus australian owlet-nightjar yes P
Calyptorhynchus
funereus
Birds Cacatuidae xanthanotus yellow-tailed black cockatoo yes P
Haematopus
longirostris
Birds Haematopodidae longirostris pied oystercatcher yes P
Pelecanus
Birds Pelecanidae conspicillatus australian pelican Ma yes P
Platycercus
Birds Psittacidae caledonicus green rosella yes P
Platycercus eximius
Birds Psittacidae diemenensis eastern rosella (tasmanian) yes P
Arenaria interpres
Birds Scolopacidae interpres ruddy turnstone Mi, Ma yes P
Isoodon obesulus
Mammalia Peramelidae affinis southern brown bandicoot yes P
Potorous tridactylus
Mammalia Potoriodae apicalis long-nosed potoroo yes P
Species with common names underlined are species that have been recorded from within the study area (that is, 500 m search).
* This column gives results of species recorded from both previous studies and the field assessment for this project.
# This column gives the results of species not recorded from previous field studies, but instead those that are predicted to occur on site based on bioclimatic modelling and other
inferences. Predicted locations presented in normal font are derived from the EPBC online search, the Tasmanian Threatened Fauna Handbook and the Tasmanian Threatened
Fauna Manual.
Mi = migratory under EPBC Act; Ma = marine under EPBC Act; A.1 = ; A.2 = ; A.3 = ; B = NT = Near Threatened as listed in the Action Plan for Australian Birds (Garnett and
Crowley, 2000) and for Australian Marsupials and Monotremes (Maxwell et al. 1996).
E = Efffluent outfall area, effluent pipeline corridor and workers accommodation facility; P = Bell Bay site; WP = water supply pipeline corridor.
Accipiter faasciatus
Birds Accipitridae fasciatus brown goshawk Ma P
Coracina
Birds Campephagidae novaehollandiae black-faced cuckoo-shrike Ma P
Corvus tasmanicus
Birds Corvidae tasmanicus forest raven Ma P
Cacomantis
Birds Cuculidae flabelliformis prionurus fan-tailed cuckoo Ma P
Larus novaehollandiae
Birds Laridae novaehollandiae silver gull Ma P
Neophema
Birds Psittacidae chrysostoma blue-winged parrot Ma P
Zosterops lateralis
Birds Zosteropidae lateralis silvereye Ma P
Species with common names underlined are species that have been recorded from within the study area (that is, 500 m search).
* This column gives results of species recorded from both previous studies and the field assessment for this project.
# This column gives the results of species not recorded from previous field studies, but instead those that are predicted to occur on site based on bioclimatic modelling and other
inferences. Predicted locations presented in normal font are derived from the EPBC online search, the Tasmanian Threatened Fauna Handbook and the Tasmanian Threatened
Fauna Manual.
Mi = migratory under EPBC Act; Ma = marine under EPBC Act.
E = Efffluent outfall area, effluent pipeline corridor and workers accommodation facility; P = Bell Bay site; WP = water supply pipeline corridor.
Amphibians 3 1 1 0 0
Birds 82 6 6 18 10
Invertebrates
- Insects 5 0 0 0 0
- crustaceans 0 1 1 0 0
- gastropods 0 1 1 0 0
Non-marine 14 1 4 4 0
Mammals
Reptiles 3 0 0 0 0
TOTAL 107 10 11 17 10
Table 17: Number of species from each of the fauna groups from the 5 km desktop search
(study region)
Amphibians 8 0 1 1 0
Birds 153 0 8 38 23
Invertebrates
- insects - 21 1 1 4 0
arachnids 1 0 1 0 0
- crustaceans 0 1 1 0 0
- gastropods
1 0 1 0 0
Non-marine 20 1 4 4 0
Mammals
Reptiles 11 1 1 0 0
TOTAL 216 4 18 43 27
Birds
Desktop analysis revealed 153 bird species have been previously recorded in the study region. Eighty-
two of these have been recorded in the study area, with six additional species predicted to occur. Of the
153 species, eight species are listed under State or Commonwealth legislation (masked owl
(Tasmanian), eastern curlew, swift parrot, great crested grebe, fairy tern, white-bellied sea-eagle, wedge-
tailed eagle, grey goshawk). Six of these have been recorded within the search area.
Thirty-eight of the 153 species recorded from the study region are conservation significant within
Tasmania. Eighteen of these have been recorded in the study area.
Migratory or marine species are listed as threatened under Tasmanian or Commonwealth legislation or
considered conservation significant in Tasmania made up 27 of the species revealed in the study region
search. Ten of these have been recorded in the search area.
Invertebrates
Twenty-three invertebrate species have been previously recorded in the study region. Of these, four are
listed as threatened under State or Commonwealth legislation (one insect - the broad-striped ghost moth,
one arachnid - the cataract gorge spider, one crustacean the Mt Arthur burrowing crayfish (Engaeus
orramakunna) and one gastropod the cataract gorge snail (Pasmaditta jungermanniae). The Bell Bay
site is well outside the known range of both species and unlikely to result in impact.
Mammals
Twenty mammal species were identified from the desktop assessment (excluding marine mammals)
within the study region. Four of these species are listed under State Or Commonwealth legislation
(spotted tailed quoll, Tasmanian devil, New Holland mouse, eastern barred bandicoot) and four have
been designated as being of conservation significance (Tasmanian bettong, long nosed potoroo,
southern brown bandicoot, eastern quoll). Of the species listed under state or commonwealth legislation
all have been previously recorded within the study area except the New Holland mouse, but this latter
species has been predicted to occur. All four species of conservation significant have been recorded in
the study area.
Reptiles
Eleven reptiles were identified within the study region by the desktop search. None of these species are
listed under State or Commonwealth legislation, or are considered conservation significant in Tasmania.
One species protected under State legislation the glossy grass skink - is predicted to occur in the study
region (but not the study area).
Habitat mapping does not necessary correspond to the vegetation classifications, as habitat, and not the
finer attributes of vegetation communities, was the basis of the assessment. The habitat type in adjacent
areas was also a factor in the habitat classification. For example, some sections along road edges that
have been classified as easement in the vegetation assessment have been classified as open woodland
in the habitat assessment as they contain the edge of large contiguous patches of woodland. In addition,
the names given to the habitat types are reflective of habitat attributes and not the land use. For
example, some areas on private land with a grazed under-storey, no mid-storey and scattered large
eucalypts were classified as parkland, as the habitat attributes they contain are most closely aligned to
those predominantly found in parkland areas. Due to the large size of the study area, some smaller areas
of similar habitats are considered as one (for example, drainage lines and intermittently waterlogged
areas) (Figure 2-36).
Permanent easement
Location: Occurs intermittently throughout the entire study area.
Habitat Features: Consists of regularly slashed low vegetation, generally to around a metre in height,
which is most often a modified subset of the intact vegetation immediately adjacent, but also contains
weed species. Most often these are powerline easements, with utilities above the vegetation.
Characteristic Fauna: A subset of the fauna utilising the adjacent habitats would be expected to occur
in permanent easements. A number of woodland bird species were observed foraging in the shrubs
found in this habitat. Where grassy, other fauna species may use these areas to feed at night (e.g.
wallaby, pademelon, wombat). Where shrubs are allowed to grow, vegetation may assist movement of
fauna between adjacent intact habitat areas. These open areas may also represent potential foraging
habitat for birds of prey such as the masked owl or eagles.
5446000
5445500
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
5445000
5445000
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
EA
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
ST
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
TA
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
M
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
AR
5444500
5444500
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
HI
G
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
HW
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
AY
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
5444000
5444000
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
5443500
5443500
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
_
^
LAUNCESTON
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
5443000
5443000
HOBART
491000 491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500 FIGURE 2-36
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
Legend LOCAL
HABITAT
Zone 55, GDA94 Roads Habitat Grassland Coastal dune mosaic Weed dominated Unvegetated area
Source: Base data sourced from supplied
National/State Highway Creeks and wet gullies Native grassland Heathland Plantation Permanent easement
by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
CLASSIFICATION
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd Major Arterial Road Drainage line Grassland bordered by Coastal marshland and!
! ! ! !
Tall forest Not assessed
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ woodland species in road verge! ! ! ! ! sedgelands
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
fig2_36_habitat_map.mxd Arterial Road ! ! ! !
Riparian weed infestation
! ! ! !
Woodland
! ! ! !
Grassland interspersed with Sand beach
Access Road Parkland and gardens weed dominated vegetation Rock
Rock
Location: This habitat is located in small patches along the coastal strip of the Bell Bay pulp mill site.
Habitat Features: This habitat is comprised of loose rocky substrate, comprised mainly of boulders with
some cobble, which is tidally affected and has no vegetative cover.
Characteristic Fauna: Unlikely to provide core habitat for any terrestrial species.
Drainage lines
Location: A number of drainage lines and poorly drained and/or intermittently waterlogged areas and
associated limited riparian vegetation occur throughout the study area. All are characterised by low
vegetation (less than 12 metres).
Habitat Features:
Type 1: Drainage Lines
Drainage lines are often highly modified, with no or very limited riparian zone. The vegetation is
mostly low (less than three metres high) paper bark, tea-tree and sedges with occasional larger
individuals. Some roadside drains also contain these habitat features. Whilst some of these areas are
modified natural watercourses, along both pipeline routes several drains/ditches are man-made as a
result of road engineering. There is limited ground cover, vertical structure or woody debris.
The vegetation in this habitat type is most often pure to almost pure stands of Melaleuca ericifolia with
a dense, uniform canopy. A large patch, (around 30 m x 1.2 km) exists along the water supply
pipeline, whilst a triangular shaped patch around 120 m wide occurs in the construction camp
footprint. A small stand of M. squarrosa also occurs within the workers accommodation facility
footprint.
This habitat type occurs within the workers accommodation facility footprint and is comprised of low
wet heathland species with interspersed waterlogged areas.
Characteristic Fauna: The drainage lines and some of the waterlogged areas may be used as a source
of drinking water for fauna occurring within the surrounding grassland and woodland habitats. The
vegetation provides some protective cover and foraging resources for a variety of ground-dwelling fauna
including small mammals, lizards, snakes and some bird species, but, given the wet nature, the often
dense vegetation and the lack of structure in the form of tree hollows and woody debris, are unlikely to
provide core habitat for species other than semi-aquatic and amphibious species. When wet, some of the
more open waterlogged areas may provide resources for waterbirds. Pure stands of Melaleuca ericifolia
can provide a forage resource for the grey goshawk. Common froglets, banjo frogs and spotted marsh
frogs were heard calling from some of these areas. In particular, the wetlands, steams and farm dams
These drainage lines may also be potential breeding sites for a variety of aquatic macro-invertebrates
(depending on how permanent the water is), thus providing food resources for insectivorous birds, frogs
and possibly fish.
Habitat Features: This habitat type consists of coastal marshland and tidal mudflats with limited
vegetation cover or sedgeland dominated by saline tolerant species.
Characteristic Fauna: Relatively few vertebrate species other than intertidal birds (including migratory
bird species) would utilise or rely on this habitat type.
Native grassland
Location: This habitat is located in small patches throughout both the pulp mill and mill facilities area.
Characteristic Fauna: As this habitat type occurs in patches interspersed amongst woodland, the fauna
utilising this habitat is likely to be a subset of those occurring in the surrounding woodland habitats.
These patches are not large enough to support grassland dependant vertebrates, however, macropods
and other browsers may utilise these areas for forage resource.
Woodland
Location: A number of woodland areas occur throughout the study area and surrounding larger study
region. This habitat type dominates the pulp mill and mill facilities area and numerous large patches are
found throughout the water supply pipeline corridor. There are fewer patches of this habitat type along
the effluent pipeline, however, one relatively large area occurs just south of Cimitiere Creek.
Habitat Features: Woodland habitat encompasses a variety of vegetation communities that share
common habitat attributes. These areas are characterised by a relatively high floristic and structural
diversity compared to some of the other habitat types encountered throughout the study area footprint.
They have an over-storey dominated by mature eucalypts, most often Eucalyptus viminalis and E.
amygdalina. Within the mill facilities area an area dominated by E. ovata occurs. There are occasional
patches of Allocasuarina spp. In some areas this habitat type is degraded and may be dominated by
successional species such as acacias.
Habitat condition within the Bell Bay site varies according to disturbance history. Previous reports have
indicated that parts of the pulp mill site have been burnt relatively frequently (Environmental & Technical
Services, 1989). Evidence suggests that this is the case, with few mature and senescent trees now
remaining (although there are frequent stags and dead trees throughout the site). It appears as if logging
has also been previously undertaken at the site, as evidenced by the prevalence of cut stumps,
particularly within Eucalyptus amygdalina dominated sections of the Woodland habitat (see flora report).
Based on the fact that most of the habitat displays good structural characteristics (i.e. has intact
overstorey, midstorey and ground layer vegetation) and has a very low level of introduced vegetation
species, the general condition of the habitat within the site is considered to be moderate to high.
Moderate areas displayed greater evidence of past clearing, logging and high fire frequencies that have
resulted in some degree of habitat modification, whilst areas displaying lesser degrees of disturbance
and larger habitat trees were considered high quality habitat.
Characteristic Fauna: In the larger areas within the Bell Bay pulp mill site and mill facilities area and
along the water pipeline corridor, the structure and diversity of this habitat type is likely to support a
diverse range of woodland species. This habitat provides nesting tree hollows, dens and other breeding
environments as well as a range of foraging resources for birds, mammals and reptiles.
It is expected that the larger tracts of this vegetation in the Bell Bay site and water supply pipeline
support a diverse number of woodland species and are large enough to support the home ranges of
threatened species that utilise woodland, such as Tasmanian devils and quolls, wedge-tailed eagle and
masked owl. Along the effluent pipeline corridor, woodland is usually restricted to smaller patches,
generally considered too small to support viable populations of many fauna species on their own.
However, in conjunction with other larger areas of grassland and native grassland habitats that often
adjoin them, these areas may assist in supporting species with larger home range requirements such as
Tasmanian devil and quolls. Scats of a spotted-tailed quoll were found along the effluent pipeline
corridor, around 200 m south of the Bridport road turn off on the East Tamar Highway. In addition, two
road kill spotted-tailed quolls were observed nearby, along Bridport Road in woodland habitat. Other
2
See footnote 4 on page 120.
A variety of small woodland birds would be expected to feed on invertebrates found on the leaves,
trunks, branches and bark of the trees. When in flower, the eucalypts would attract a variety of
indigenous birds to feed on the nectar resources. The ground-layer vegetation provides protective cover
and foraging resources for a variety of ground-dwelling fauna including small mammals, lizards, snakes
and some bird species. The rocky areas within the mill facilities area were observed to support a high
number of reptiles including, Whites skinks, ocellated skinks and metallic skinks.
A variety of fauna could use the small number of hollows that are present within this habitat, including
potentially possums, bats, parrots, black cockatoos and owls. The trees within the woodland may be
used as roosting sites by diurnal and nocturnal birds of prey. The ground-dwelling fauna and small
woodland birds may become prey items for the diurnal and nocturnal raptors. A Tyto spp. (likely a
masked owl) was flushed from a roost site in the Bell Bay pulp mill site 3 , whilst a wedge-tailed eagle nest
occurs close to the mill facilities area (see Figure 2-35).
Habitat Features: These habitats are characterised by moist vegetation, most often within a gully or
steep setting. The vegetation is a mixture of the surrounding vegetation and moisture tolerant/riparian
species. There is a high floristic diversity, with all height stratums well represented, and a low incidence
of weeds. An important feature of this habitat type is the presence of water resources for drinking by
fauna.
Characteristic Fauna: These areas are likely to contain a subset of the surrounding fauna and may be
used as a refuge or source of drinking water for species that occur in adjacent habitats. In addition, these
habitats may also support habitat specific fauna such as amphibians.
Vertebrates
Seventy-seven (77) species of vertebrates were identified in the study area during the field assessment
(4 amphibians, 49 birds, 18 mammals and 6 reptiles).
Among these species, 12 are listed under State or Commonwealth legislation or are of other
conservation significance:
3
See footnote 4 on page 120
One species of conservation significance, the tawny-crowned honeyeater, was recorded additional to the
threatened or conservation significant species identified in the desktop assessment for the study region.
Fauna recorded during the survey of the Bell Bay site are summarised below Table 17, (those in bold are
threatened species and species of conservation significance).
Table 18: Fauna recorded during the survey of the Bell Bay site
Amphibia -
Aves Australian magpie, black currawong, grey currawong, black-faced cuckoo shrike,
forest raven, grey fantail, laughing kookaburra, welcome swallow, superb fairy
wren, yellow-throated honeyeater, Tasmanian masked owl
Mammalia swamp antechinus, cat, rabbit, Bennetts wallaby, house mouse, swamp rat,
bandicoot, Tasmanian bettong, long nosed potoroo, brushtail possum,
common wombat
Reptilia mountain dragon, three lined skink, Whites skink, metallic skink, blotched blue
tongue lizard
Invertebrates
The field surveys sampled 22 groups of invertebrates (annelids, arachnids, insects and gastropods see
Appendix H of Appendix 29, Volume 12). Fifteen groups were identified within the Bell Bay Site (pulp mill,
landfill, quarry, water reservoir). None of the families identified contain threatened species recorded in
either the study area or study region. Hence identification to genus and species was not required to
elucidate the presence of threatened species. The full results of the invertebrate assessment are
presented in Appendix I of Appendix 29, Volume 12.
Habitat Assessment
Six habitats were differentiated and assessed as potentially affected by the project development. Of
these two are considered to represent low habitat values for native fauna. The area of habitat considered
low quality to be cleared or otherwise impacted is approximately 8 ha. 1.4 ha of habitat was considered
low to moderate quality. Three habitat types were considered moderate to high quality of which 88.32 ha
of will be impacted, with the majority from the Woodland habitat type.
4
See footnote 4 on page 120.
The following sites are the formal reserves located within the vicinity of the Bell Bay site which could
potentially be affected. Additional reserves are considered in Volume 3 in relation to the proposed
pipeline alignments.
Long Reach Private Sanctuary (and Long Reach Conservation Area)
The Long Reach Private Sanctuary was formerly known as the Four Mile Creek Private Sanctuary. The
Australian Aluminium Production Commission (AAPC, now Comalco) proposed 1,365 hectares south of
Bell Bay at Long Reach on the eastern side of the Tamar River, for gazettal as a wildlife sanctuary on 19
December 1952 under the Animals and Birds Protection Act 1928. The sanctuary also incorporated
Crown land components of the coastal strip and the rail line through the middle of the block.
Part of the sanctuary was revoked in 1958 (Statutory Rules #154, 1958) to establish better management
boundaries following the construction of the new Launceston-George Town Road (East Tamar Highway).
Following the enactment of the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1970 (NPW Act), the reserve
automatically became a wildlife sanctuary, known unofficially as Four Mile Creek Wildlife Sanctuary.
The area was also listed on the Register of the National Estate in 1980, primarily because of the nature
conservation values associated with the private reserve.
In 1986, Comalco approached the then National Parks and Wildlife Service (PWS) with a view to
revoking particular areas that no longer had conservation values (particularly the Gunns woodchip mill,
Bell Bay thermal power station and the Bell Bay golf course). A period of boundary clarification and
discussions ensued, with proclamation documents drafted.
Following the rezoning of the land to Major Industrial in 1990, Comalco requested the PWS to not
proceed with the earlier request, but revoke the entire reserve under the NPW Act. Comalco also
approached the then Australian Heritage Commission to remove the lands listing on the then Register of
the National Estate, but as yet this has not occurred.
With the enactment of the Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement (Land Classification) Act 1998, and
subsequent amendments to the NPW Act, two classes of private reserves were created under the NPW
Act: private nature reserves and private sanctuaries. Therefore, whilst the private part of the reserve is
now a private sanctuary, the Crown lands (coastal strip and rail line) are Conservation Areas. The
unofficial names for these classes should have automatically defaulted to Four Mile Creek Private
Sanctuary and Four Mile Creek Conservation Area, reflecting the two tenures. However, as there is
already an existing, formally named, Four Mile Creek Conservation Area near Falmouth, the reserves
have now been informally named Long Reach Private Sanctuary and Long Reach Conservation Area.
These areas of Crown Land were gazetted in 1973 under the Forestry Act 1920 and are now managed
under the Forest Practices Act 1985, in accordance with the Forest Practices Code and such activities,
as the Forest Practices Board considers compatible with establishing forest, or growing or harvesting
timber.
A small area of Tippogoree Hills State Forest will need to be acquired to allow construction and operation
of the proposed landfill, as detailed in Appendix 55, Volume 16.
There are no informal reserves in the immediate vicinity of the Bell Bay site (DAFF, May 2005).
Access to the subject site is currently via a Type B t-junction 5 that connects to the East Tamar Highway.
The access is situated approximately 3.5 kilometres north of the Batman Highway junction with the East
Tamar Highway. East Tamar Highway has two northbound lanes adjacent to the access junction, and an
outside passing lane for the southbound lane for vehicles to pass stationary right turning vehicles
entering the woodchip mill access.
A private sealed rural access road approximately 1.2 kilometres in length provides the primary access to
the existing woodchip mill. The access road is two-lane/ two-way configuration and has a posted speed
limit of 60 kilometres per hour. The access junction is shown in Figure 2-38.
Two existing wharfs provide water vessel access to the existing woodchip mills from the Tamar River.
5
Austroads Guide to Traffic Engineering Practice, Part 5, Intersections at Grade. Separate left turn or shoulder bypass lane for
right turning traffic.
Figure 2-38 Tamar Woodchip Mill Access from East Tamar Highway (source: LIST Database,
DPIW)
The existing woodchip mill at Tamar contains two main car parks for staff and visitors for approximately
200 vehicles.
Log truck deliveries are separated from staff, delivery and visitor traffic at a t-junction towards the
western end of the access road. There is a large amount of log truck storage within the existing site.
On arrival at the Tamar woodchip mill the wood trucks queue for access to the weighbridge. The
incoming holding area allows for approximately 12 loaded trucks. The trucks move from the
weighbridge to either the north or south mill detwitching stations, which provides swinging bollards that
lay against the load to allow the log binding chains to be removed safely before moving to the unloading
bay. Once the truck is in position in the unloading area the driver moves to safety cabin clear of the truck
where he has radio contact with the loader operator. The load will be removed by a Rago Wagner which
has a lifting capacity of 40 tonnes. The loader operator moves into position and clamps the load under
the guidance of the truck driver.
The turn around time for unloading varies due to the many different trailer configurations from 2 axle
drive with 2 axle trailers (27 tonne pay load) to the B-doubles with 2 axle drives and 2 x 3 axle trailers (45
From general observations, the current Tamar woodchip mill generates approximately 105 light vehicle
movements per day.
Approximately one third of the existing light vehicle movements are entering or leaving the site during
typical morning or afternoon peak hours (35 vehicles per hour).
For the purposes of this Transport Study, these three regions have been further broken down to reflect a
notional 35 catchment areas within Tasmania. Each of these geographic zones contains forest resource
(plantation and native forest) where wood is available for harvest. These catchment areas and the
existing road transport routes to the three Gunns operated woodchip mills is shown in Figure 2-39.
MQ Meander
SQ Sheffield DW Derwent
SZ Scottsdale EH Eaglehawk
TR Targa GN Glamorgan
WK Winkleigh GT Geeveston
KG Kingston
NG Nugent
TT Ti Tree
Freight in Tasmania is transported across its road, rail and port facilities 6 . Road freight utilises
Tasmanias Federal, State, Local and private road network and forms the bulk of the transport task in
terms of mass. Tasmanias roads infrastructure is relatively mature. ABS census data indicates that in
2001, road freight accounted for 2,712 million tonne-kilometres on Tasmanian roads, with an average of
70 tonne kilometres per vehicle. Articulated vehicles accounted for 1,504 million tonne-kilometres of this
freight, which equates to 21 million tonnes of freight for 2001.
Being an island state, Tasmania relies heavily on sea freight transport. There are five major seaports in
Tasmania:
6
This report does not consider air freight as it is not directly relevant to the transport component of the pulp mills development.
In 2003-03, Tasmania imported 0.9 million tonnes of freight, and exported 7.7 million tonnes from/to the
overseas market. Similarly, Tasmania received 3,745 million tonnes of freight from other Australian
origins, and shipped 6,177 million tonnes to other Australian destinations in 2002-03 7 .
Tasmanias rail network connects between the major ports and operates solely as a freight corridor. Rail
infrastructure in Tasmania is also relatively mature and is anecdotally not generally considered to be in
good condition.
Australias future freight task has been forecast under AusLink. According to AusLink, the total freight
task is forecast to almost double in the next 20 years in Australia. Different growth rates of bulk and non-
bulk freight are projected to have significant implications for transport infrastructure planning and
investments for the respective land transport modes.
Domestic non-urban bulk freight is expected to grow at 2.2 per cent per annum between 2000 and 2020
to 375 billion tonne-kilometres. This part of the transport task is heavily geared towards rail and coastal
shipping. Much of this is carried on private or purpose built intrastate rail lines. Despite this, road's share
of the bulk market is expected to grow with road traffic doubling to approximately 84 billion tonne-
kilometres by 2020 in Australia 8 .
AusLink also identifies that non-bulk freight transport (in tonne-kilometres) is expected to increase at a
significantly higher rate than overall traffic - vehicle kilometres travelled by both cars and trucks. The
lower growth rate in overall traffic reflects the slowing of growth in the car passenger transport task as
population growth slows and as the growth in vehicle ownership levels stabilises. In contrast, the higher
growth in non-bulk transport freight according to AusLink is related to:
Continued economic growth;
The ongoing shift to just in time delivery as a replacement for point of sale inventory;
Increased specialisation of production, making manufacturing in particular more transport-intensive;
Increased differentiation of consumer tastes making retailing more transport-intensive;
The concentration of warehousing resulting in more and longer trips; and
Increased use of freight services as their prices continue to fall in real terms.
7
(Source: Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics, Australian Sea Freight, 2002-03).
8
(Source: AusLink http://www.auslink.gov.au/policy/overview/background/whitepaper/1.aspx)
Timber freight transport between resource catchment areas to respective woodchip mills is conducted on
the existing road network throughout Tasmania. The road network consists of State roads, local roads
and private roads. The main freight transport routes are shown in Figure 2-39.
Based on objective measurements of level of use and type of use, State roads have been categorised
into a draft road hierarchy. Targets are given for each road category to allow them to be used safely,
efficiently, and with appropriate levels of user comfort and convenience.
The State Road Hierarchy as outlined in the DIER document Draft Tasmanian Road Hierarchy and
Targets, 1999, has been developed to achieve the following:
Creates the basis for a single road management system;
Provides roads that perform a similar function with comparable target standards throughout
Tasmania;
Facilitates the strategic allocation of road funding;
Maximises transport efficiency;
Provides appropriate road safety design for the numbers and mix of vehicles; and
Provides consistency of road service.
Tasmanias road hierarchy consists of the following Categories:
Category 1 Trunk Roads These are the most important strategic roads interconnecting Tasmanian
regions and areas;
Category 2 Regional Freight Routes These are Tasmanias major regional roads for carrying
heavy freight between regions and areas;
Category 3 Regional Access Roads These roads are the main access roads to Tasmanias
regions, but carry less heavy traffic than Regional Freight Roads;
Category 4 Feeder Roads These roads allow safe travel between towns with more than 1,000
people and between major tourist destinations; and
Category 5 Other Roads These roads make up the remainder of the State roads.
The State road network road hierarchy as well as the main rail freight routes are shown in Figure 2-41.
Midland
Hwy
Lyell Tasman
Hwy Hwy
Road Hierarchy
Map provided by
DIER
In terms of overall length, the local road network represents the majority of roads within the state, much
of which are not used by log truck road freight. A total of 14,075 kilometres of roads are owned and
maintained by Local Government organisations in Tasmania.
Forestry Tasmania own approximately 3,946 km of roads in Tasmania (source: DIER). Many of these
roads are accessed by log trucks to cart timber resources out of Forestry areas. The majority of these
roads are gravel construction and are not typically accessed by the public.
Other privately owned roads include Hydro Tasmania roads, which account for approximately 366 km of
roads in Tasmania.
The Tasmanian rail network consists of approximately 900 km of track that is primarily utilised as a
freight system. No regular passenger services operate on the rail network other than for individual small
tourist railways.
Tasrail, formerly a subsidiary of the Commonwealth Government owned Australian National Railways
(ANR), previously operated the Tasmanian rail system which linked all major ports and cities. In
November 1997, it was sold to the Australian Transport Network, a partnership of Tranzrail and
Winsconsin Central Railways.
Pacific National purchased the Australian Transport Network, whose operations include Tasrail and ATN
access in Victoria, in February 2004. Pacific National is currently owned by Toll Holdings Ltd.
The main cargo carried by Tasrail is cement, which is carried from Railton to the port at Devonport.
Other major commodities carried are coal, logs, containers and newsprint. Tasrails freight task, as
measured by the total tonne kilometres of goods carried, decreased by about 15%, from 450 million net
tonne kilometres in 1989 to about 380 million net tonne kilometres in 1995. Whilst the freight task has
not been measured since 1995, reports suggest that since privatisation the amount of freight carried by
Tasrail has increased.
Gunns do not currently utilise the rail network for log freight transport for their existing woodchip mill
operations.
Bass Strait is Australias busiest navigation route, with trans-Bass Strait traffic between the mainland and
northern Tasmania, trade into the Port of Melbourne (Australias busiest port) and eastwest shipping
(Source: NSR Environmental Consultants Pty Ltd, 2001).
Shipping destinations on the northern Tasmanian coast include Bell Bay (within the Tamar estuary),
Devonport and Burnie.
In the 2002-03, there were 15.5 million tonnes of sea cargo throughput from Tasmanias four main
seaports (Hobart, Launceston, Devonport and Burnie). The Bell Bay Port had the greatest cargo mass
tonne throughput in 2002-03, with 5,297,470, followed by Burnie with 3,883,532 9 .
DIER maintains a database of road traffic accidents (RTA) reported to Police in Tasmania. In Tasmania,
it is a legal requirement that all RTAs that involve a fatality, injury or RTA requiring a vehicle to be towed,
are reported to the Police.
In order to assess the likely impacts to road safety as a result of changes to log freight modes of
transport and log truck movements throughout the State, five years of truck RTAs and rail level crossing
RTAs have been investigated in this Draft IIS and is covered in the following sections.
9
(Source: ABS AusStats -
http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/94713ad445ff1425ca25682000192af2/665cb2c85cec7ff4ca256c3200241593!OpenDo
cument)
Whilst the DIER RTA database should capture all semi-trailer log truck RTAs, the way the database is
structured makes it unclear whether b-doubles are log trucks or other freight commodities. For this
reason, b-double RTAs have been included to ensure that all RTAs that may involve log trucks has been
captured, although it is acknowledged that some over reporting is likely to occur with the inclusion of non-
log truck b-double RTAs in the analysis.
A summary of the reported RTA history of all log truck and b-double RTAs on all Tasmanian roads was
obtained from DIER, for the past five years between 1 January 2000 and 31 December 2004. The data
was summarised and the following key findings were obtained:
Of all Tasmanian road accidents reported over the past 5 years, a total of 51 RTAs involved log trucks
and b-doubles (0.12% of all reported road RTAs in Tasmania);
2.2% of all heavy vehicle RTAs involved log trucks and b-doubles in Tasmania during this time;
Almost half of all log truck and b-double RTAs involved only the truck and no other vehicle(s) involved
(49.0%);
Only 0.7% of all reported RTAs on Tasmanian roads result in a fatality compared to 11.5% of all log
truck and b-double RTAs resulting in a fatality;
The most common outcome of a log truck RTA was property damage without any vehicles being
towed; and
RTAs involving log trucks and b-doubles were widely dispersed throughout the State, with the
Tasman Hwy and the Midland Hwy recording the most RTAs.
The distribution of log truck and b-double RTAs is shown in Figure 2-42.
The Launceston City Council municipal area had the highest rate of log truck and high productivity
vehicle RTAs with 9 RTAs reported. The Hobart City Council municipal area had the next highest
incidence of log truck and high productivity vehicle RTAs, with 6 reported RTAs. Glamorgan Spring Bay
Council and Derwent Valley Council municipal areas each had 4 reported RTAs.
Southern Midlands Council, Devonport City Council, Kentish Council, West Coast Council, and Latrobe
Council each had no recorded log truck or high productivity vehicle RTAs during this timeframe.
Log truck and b-double RTAs occurring on various roads and by road owner is shown in Table 20.
Domain Highway 1
Brooker Highway 1
Arthur Highway 1
Other 20
TOTAL 51
It can be seen from Table 21 tthat the majority of log truck and high productivity vehicle RTAs occurred
on State owned highways, accounting for 65% of all these RTAs. Of these State roads, Tasman
Highway and Midland Highway had the highest number of reported RTAs, with 5 and 4 reported
respectively. Huon Highway, Gordon River Road and Bass Highway all had 3 reported RTAs.
The higher incidence of log truck and high productivity vehicle RTAs recorded on Tasman Highway can
most likely be attributed to its length, as it is the longest State road in Tasmania.
Hobart City Council and Launceston City Council had the highest number of log truck and high
productivity vehicle RTAs on council owned roads, with 5 and 4 RTAs recorded respectively. This is
consistent with higher total RTAs across all road users within these municipalities, being the most
populated and heavily trafficked regions in Tasmania.
Only one RTA was reported on the East Tamar Highway, which provides the sole road access to the
subject site.
The distribution of RTA severity is shown in Table 22. This compares the RTA severity of all Tasmanian
road RTAs with all log truck and high productivity vehicle RTAs
RTA severity Log truck and b-double All Tasmania road RTAs Difference between log
RTAs (percentage and (percentage and total) truck/ b-double and all
total) RTAs percentage
It can be seen that log truck/ high productivity vehicle RTAs result in higher proportions of fatalities and
minor injury RTAs compared to all road users. Conversely, log truck/ high productivity vehicle RTAs
resulting in minor and major property damage were lower compared to all road users. The general
overall higher severities of log truck/ high productivity vehicle RTAs is most likely linked to the
substantially higher mass of the trucks compared to the majority of other vehicles. The higher mass
leads to substantially greater kinetic energy that must be dissipated during a collision and hence greater
damage/ injury as a consequence.
The log truck trends for these seven years are presented in Figure 2-43, showing the breakdown of RTA
severities over this timeframe.
Whilst there appears to be a general decline in total log truck RTAs between 1998 and 2001, followed by
a large decrease in 2001 and then a progressive increase between 2001 and 2004, the variation in RTA
rate is more likely due to random fluctuations with no specific identifiable trends. It was attempted to
compare log truck RTAs to seasonal variations in forestry freight movements, however no specific annual
forestry freight movement data was available from ABS or DIER over this timeframe.
Given that log truck RTAs were not specifically recorded in Police records prior to 1998, longer-term
trends in articulated heavy vehicle RTAs were investigated to determine any seasonal variation of these
heavy vehicle RTAs in more detail. RTA data of articulated trucks were obtained from DIER between
1986 and 2004. These RTAs include semi-trailers, high productivity vehicles and log trucks. The total
articulated heavy vehicle RTAs are shown in Figure 2-44.
There appears to be a general reduction of articulated truck RTAs over this eighteen-year timeframe
although a strong degree of variation is present between individual years. This is despite an overall net
increase in vehicle registrations in these vehicle categories over the same timeframe.
Five years of summary railway level crossing RTA data was provided by DIER between 1 January 2000
and 31 December 2004. This data is provided in Appendix 43, Volume 15. The key findings from the
RTA data are summarised as follows:
40% of all RTAs at rail-level crossings involved trains (with the remaining 60% involving only vehicles
and no involvement with a train);
Of the 8 RTAs recorded that involved trains, 3 resulted in the occupants being admitted to hospital, 1
resulted in serious injury, 3 were minor property damage, 1 involved major property damage. No fatal
RTAs were recorded;
The railway level crossing on Derwent Park Road was the only location where multiple RTAs were
recorded in the five year timeframe all three RTAs at this location involved trains;
Only 3 RTAs occurred on the State road network, none of these RTAs involved trains, and none of
these RTAs involved personal injury; and
One RTA involved a log truck at West Parade in Deloraine this RTA did not involve a train.
It is important to note that the TERNZ report is critical of the road RTA data available in Tasmania, citing
that is it difficult to work with and of mixed quality. Added to this is the fundamental difficulty of the size of
Tasmania and the relatively small number of RTAs resulting in relatively large statistical variability.
Consequently, a relatively high level of uncertainty can be expected from results derived from this data.
The study investigated RTA trends of large heavy vehicles with a GVM greater than 22.5 tonnes. The
major findings of the report can be summarised as follows.
16.3% of all heavy truck RTAs were identified as rollover RTAs.
The rollover RTA rate for log trucks, woodchip trucks and stock trucks was significantly higher than
that of the rest of the large heavy vehicle fleet.
The distance travelled by trucks as a proportion of the distance travelled by all vehicles is similar to
other Australian States.
A fatality rate of 2.2 per 100 million km for heavy vehicle operations was calculated (the rate for truck-
involved fatal RTAs is the same as the rate for truck-involved fatalities).
The overall road RTA fatality rate on a population basis is slightly higher than the three neighbouring
Australian States.
The truck-involved fatality rate per distance travelled for Tasmania is similar to the other Australian
States but the proportion of fatal RTAs involving a heavy vehicle is lower.
Semi-trailers are over represented in the RTA statistics. B-doubles have a lower rollover rate
compared to other heavy truck types.
Of the 42 commodities in DIER freight movement data, log freight was the single largest sector,
accounting for 25% by vehicle-kilometres of the total freight movements. Furthermore, log trucks
make up 32% of the vehicle-kilometres by large heavy freight vehicles and are even more dominant
as the single largest freight commodity.
Log trucks have slightly more RTAs than would be expected from their proportion of the traffic
volume, but the difference is not statistically significant. When log trucks, woodchip trucks and stock
trucks are grouped, the rollover RTA rate is three times higher than the rest of the large heavy vehicle
fleet. The rollover RTA rate for log trucks alone is at least 2.5 times that of the other large heavy
vehicles.
The TerNZ report is the most comprehensive study regarding heavy vehicle RTAs that has been
undertaken in Tasmania. As such the findings of the TerNZ study have been utilised within this report to
determine potential road safety implications of the pulp mill.
It should also be noted that the TerNZ report made a number of recommendations relating specifically to
truck design, standards and loading. These particular issues are beyond the scope of this study, but it is
considered that changes to these factors may affect the findings of this study.
The minimal RTA history associated with rail level crossings makes it very difficult to determine any
specific identifiable trends on a statewide basis. Furthermore, the lack of recent rail freight data (for all
freight commodities) makes it difficult to determine the likely road safety implications of increased rail
freight. If rail freight is to be utilised for the pulp mill, the increase in rail freight is unlikely to trigger any
specific rail related road safety upgrades.
The 2005 TERNZ report provides a recent and comprehensive review and analysis of Tasmanian heavy
vehicle RTA data and measures to reduce the RTA risk. As such, the conclusions and recommendations
of the report are useful for understanding the current road safety issues and the actions that are
potentially required to improve road safety associated with heavy vehicle movements in Tasmania. Three
key findings of the TERNZ report are highlighted below which have particular relevance to this report:
Statistical analysis of the Tasmanian road RTA data is difficult and has a relatively high level of
unreliability, which is consistent with the findings of this report.
The safety performance of heavy trucks in Tasmania relative to overall level of road safety is no
worse than a number of other Australian states analysed and is possibly slightly better.
A fatality rate of 2.2 per 100 million km for heavy vehicle operations was calculated (the rate for truck-
involved fatal RTAs is the same as the rate for truck-involved fatalities). This rate will be used to
review the heavy vehicle RTA risk associated with the proposed development.
The overall road crash fatality rate on a population basis is slightly higher than the three neighbouring
Australian States.
In order to adequately assess the implications of the pulp mill on the transport network, it is important to
consider the existing road transport network that will be utilised for the operation of the development.
Traffic and transport data is therefore required across Tasmania, starting with roads in close proximity to
the site, and other Gunns woodchip mills working outwards to include relevant major arterial and
collector roads throughout Tasmania.
Tamar Woodchip Mill Access Road Gunns Sole vehicular access to subject site
East Tamar Highway State Sole arterial road access to subject site
Batman Highway State Links eastern and western shores of the Tamar
River near subject site
George Town Main Road George Town Main Road corridor through George Town centre
Council linking to Low Head
East Tamar Hwy, north May 2004 4,276 vehicles per day 20.1% B
of Batman Hwy
East Tamar Hwy, south May 2004 4,414 vehicles per day 14.6% B
of Bridport MR
East Tamar Highway is generally a two-lane, two-way road with frequent overtaking areas provided
along its length. Lane widths are generally 3.5 metres with sealed shoulders of approximately 1 metre
on each side of the road near the existing Longreach woodchip mill.
Batman Highway
The Batman Highway provides a high-level arterial connection between East Tamar and West Tamar
Highways. The Highway crosses the Tamar River at the Batman Bridge.
The Batman Highway connects to the East Tamar Highway at a t-junction with an Austroads Type C
configuration with a dedicated left and right turn lanes from East Tamar Highway into Batman Highway.
Batman The Highway carries roughly half the traffic volume compared to East Tamar Highway.
It should be noted that the information provided in Figure 2-45 was for the years 1997 and 1998 and
some increase in truck movements may have occurred on other roads since this time. It is unlikely that
heavy vehicle traffic volumes would have reduced below 700 trucks per day in the roads listed above
under current (2006) conditions.
Midland
Hwy
Lyell
Hwy
Tasman
Hwy
The existing LOS of roads identified with heavy vehicle volumes in excess of 700 vehicles per day along
with other key sections of these roads are also provided in Table 24, determined by Austroads
guidelines. It should be noted that where appropriate, roads with more than two roadway carriageways
have been converted to two-lane, two-way equivalents.
It is further noted that the DIER traffic counts may not include the exact locations corresponding to the
road links indicating truck movements in excess of 700 trucks per day in Table 21, and that traffic
volumes usually vary along a road corridor at each point of access.
Midland Highway near Epping Forest 5,292 vpd 460 trucks per day 8.7% B
Midland Highway north of Breadalbane 11,113 vpd 345 trucks per day 3.1% C
Midland Highway north of Bridgewater 13,137 vpd 473 trucks per day 4.0% C/D
Bass Highway east of Burnie 15,188 vpd 744 trucks per day 4.9% B
Bass Highway west of Devonport 14,897 vpd 700 trucks per day 4.7% B
Bass Highway west of Launceston 13,100 vpd 328 trucks per day 2.5% B
Tasman Highway at Triabunna 2,377 vpd 112 trucks per day 5.0% A/B
Tasman Highway, Tasman Bridge 61,184 vpd 3,120 trucks per day 5.1% D/E
Channel Highway at Kingston 12,536 vpd 539 trucks per day 4.3% C
Huon Highway at Summerleas Rd, 7,803 vpd 499 trucks per day 6.4% C
Kingston
East Tamar Highway, south of Batman 4,510 vpd 248 trucks per day 5.5% B
Highway
East Tamar Highway, north of Batman 3,770 vpd 460 trucks per day 12.2% B
Highway
Brooker Highway, Risdon Road, Hobart 47,581 vpd 557 trucks per day 1.1% D/E
The LOS analysis in Table 25 has been conducted using Section 3.4 of Austroads Part 2, Roadway
Capacity (Analysis for Planning Purposes). It should be noted that more detailed analysis of LOS
including various adjustment factors specified in Section 4.2 of the Austroads Guide has not been
undertaken due to the unknown factors and assumptions required for analysing long sections of road
corridors.
Davey Street Hobart City 2005 estimated volumes 35,000 vpd N/A
Council from historic traffic data (estimated)
Macquarie Street Hobart City 2005 estimated volumes 35,000 vpd N/A
Council from historic traffic data (estimated)
Bathurst Street Hobart City 2005 estimated volumes 10,000 vpd N/A
Council from historic traffic data (estimated)
Harrington Street (between Hobart City August 2004 11,500 vpd 3.3%
Brisbane and Patrick Sts) Council
Brooker Avenue Hobart City 2005 estimated volumes 45,000 vpd 1.5%
Council from historic traffic data (estimated) (est)
For this reason, DIER supplied 2003 statewide traffic data has been utilised for the purposes of
assessing traffic impacts arising from the pulp mill. Only growth rates for the East Tamar Highway have
been considered in detail in the Draft IIS, as the performance of the intersection of the pulp mill access
has been analysed at a more micro level compared to the remainder of Tasmanias road network.
It should be noted that no consistent growth rate that can be applied across whole road network. Some
high traffic growth can equate to relatively low increase in traffic volume due to existing low volumes.
Conversely, some roads with low traffic growth may experience a relatively high traffic volume increase
each year due to the existing high traffic volumes.
Continued traffic growth on these sections of road will result in a further deterioration of the LOS at these
locations. It is further noted that Channel Highway, and Midland Highway (north of Breadalbane) are
currently operating at the upper level of LOS C. Further increases in traffic volume on these roads may
result in a reduced LOS D.
Rail Network
A north-south freight-only railway line connects Bell Bay to Hobart via Launceston. The Bell Bay
extension of the Hobart-Launceston line was constructed in 1974 to the serve the Bell Bay Industrial
area.
This rail line currently passes through the pulp mill site, with an existing spur line extending from the main
line to the existing woodchip mills owned by Gunns. The rail line continues northward in a meandering
fashion, crossing over the East Tamar Highway at a number of locations, to the outskirts of George Town
where it diverts into Bell Bay and finishes at the Bell Bay Port facility.
This rail line is not currently utilised by the existing Gunns woodchip mill operation at Tamar.
The proposed wharf facility will be constructed within the greater Bell Bay Port, which is encompassed by
the existing Bell Bay Industrial Estate. Bell Bay is situated approximately 3 km south of George Town
and is a strategically significant focal point for both Tasmanian and national industry and commerce. The
co-location of the Bell Bay Industrial Estate and the Bell Bay Port ensure that Bell Bay is an important
commercial centre established to facilitate domestic and international trade.
The Bell Bay Industrial Estate is an area of approximately 2,000 hectares and is zoned for major and
heavy industry under the George Town Municipality planning scheme. Major tenants operating within the
estate include: the Bell Bay Port, Comalco, TEMCO, Bell Bay Power, Ecka Granules Australia, Gunns
Ltd, CHH Pinepanels, ARTEC, Tas Fibre P/L, SVP Industries, FEA Timber, the Mobil Fuel Depot and a
range of supporting industries (Figure 2-46). The Estate has recently been connected to natural gas,
through the Bass Strait sub-sea pipeline, and to the national electricity grid, via BassLink in 2005. The
Bell Bay Power Station is also situated within the Bell Bay Industrial Estate.
The Bell Bay Port is Tasmania's largest port. This facility handled over 470 vessels and 5.28 million mass
tonnes of cargo in 2003/04, including 88,202 twenty-foot equivalent units (teus) of container freight.
Forest products (woodchip) consigned by Gunns, Artec, and the Tasmanian Fibre Company, comprise
the dominant commodity exported through the port during 2003/04 (POL, 2004).
The Bell Bay Port coordinates shipping operations from nine berths situated within the Bell Bay Industrial
Estate including Gunns existing woodchip export berths. The Bell Bay Port will provide services for
1. No. 1 Comalco Berth (152.4 metres in length, 5.4 metres high, 10.8 metre draft);
2. No. 2 Berth (86.6 metres in length, 5.03 metres high, 8.4 metre draft);
3. No. 3 Berth Bulk and General (152.5 metres in length, 5.18 metres high, 11.8 metre draft);
4. No. 4 Bulk Liquids Berth (54.5 metres in length, 5.00 metres high, 12.0 metre draft);
5. No. 5 Container and General Berth (206 metres in length, 5.00 metres high, 12.0 metre draft);
6. No. 6 Multi-purpose Berth (313.6 metres in length, 5.05 metres high, 9-12.0 metre draft);
7. Inspection Head: Two Berths for aquaculture, tourism and cruise vessels (334.3 metres in
length, 5.33 metres high, 9.9 metre draft).
8. Thermal Power Station Berth (26.2 metres in length, 5.66 metres high, 12.3 metre draft);
9. Gunns North Woodchip Berth (217 metres in length, 5.64 metres high, 11.5 metre draft); and
10. Gunns South Woodchip Berth (229 metres in length, 6.86 metres high, 11.2 metre draft).
GTC WWTP
Pinepanels
Te
No. 6 Multipurpose Berth
m
co
No. 5 Container Berth
No. 3 Berth
No. 2 Berth
Comalco
Rowella
Bell Bay
Power Station
Gunns Tamar
Woodchip Mill
Berths
Figure 2-46. Commercial Berths and other Major Wharf facilities in the Bell Bay Port
Bell Bay Port EMS
The Bell Bay Port has recently gained certification for their Environmental Management System (EMS) to
ISO 14001. Certification of the EMS provides the port with a recognised management tool designed to
identify and prioritise the management of potential and actual environmental impacts associated with
cargo handling, maintenance, general port operations, emergency response and staff training (Port of
Launceston, 2004).
The EMS comprises an important component of the ports Integrated Management System (IMS), which
also includes Occupational Health and Safety (certified to AS 4801) and a Quality Management System
(certified to ISO 9001) (Port of Launceston, 2004).
AQIS Quarantine and Biosecurity
The Australian Quarantine Inspection Service (AQIS) are chartered with the responsibility of
implementing Federal and State Government biosecurity management regulations for the control of
exotic pests and diseases. Federal quarantine regulations are enforced by AQIS under the
Commonwealth Quarantine Act 1908. An AQIS office is located within the Bell Bay Port estate, where
biosecurity compliance assessment of all shipping activities associated with the port is undertaken.
The Quarantine Act 1908 does not cover all of the domestic quarantine requirements. Under Tasmanias
quarantine import requirements within the Plant Quarantine Act 1997 and the Animal Health Act 1995,
some fruits, vegetables, plant material and fish products are restricted under State legislation, but are not
restricted under the Commonwealth legislation. Other State legislation that has quarantine linkage
includes the Seeds Act 1999, Inland Fisheries Act 1995, and the Genetically Modified Organisms Control
Act 2004.
From the above, a vessel calling to another Australian port, for example, and refuelling before coming on
to Tasmania, could be still carrying or have unsecured quarantinable material when it arrives in
Tasmania. When the First Port Inspection was undertaken interstate, it is quite possible that restricted
items listed above would not be placed under bond.
In view of this situation, it has been a long term mandatory requirement that all vessels visiting
Tasmanian ports are subject to at least a surveillance check even if they have been cleared under
Commonwealth legislation in another State or Territory.
In Tasmania, both international and domestic quarantine functions are undertaken by Quarantine
Tasmania, Department of Primary Industry and Water, on behalf of AQIS, under a Memorandum of
Understanding arrangement.
Prior to berthing at the Bell Bay Port facilities, all shipping vessels are required to submit a mandatory
Pre-Quarantine Arrival Report (Pratique) to AQIS for review. The Pratique details the following:
Vessel particulars;
Human health status;
Pets / livestock onboard; and
Recent shipping itinerary to determine risk of pest species translocation from known sources and
countries of origin.
If the Bell Bay Port is the first port of call in Australian waters for the incoming vessel, certified AQIS
personnel are required to undertake a First Port Inspection. This requires a targeted inspection for
quarantine risk material (such as food stores from certain countries) and the presence of onboard exotic
pests and diseases. AQIS staff inspect the following facilities: ships galley, stores, mess rooms, holds,
engine room, forecastle, crew quarters, mast houses, and other areas on board the vessel.
AQIS have authority to implement a range of management strategies to ensure compliance to Australian
quarantine regulations. These include:
Onboard quarantine of risk material (such as food stores) are sealed and isolated under bond by
AQIS. These goods are not to be tampered with until exiting Australias territorial waters;
Fumigation for pests;
Incineration of wastes; and
Deep burial of wastes / product at an approved waste handling facility.
Each ship must also produce a current De-ratting Certificate, which is a requirement under Article 53 of
the International Health Regulations (1969). De-ratting certificates are valid for six months and can be re-
issued by at any international port by a designated health authority as defined under Article 17 of the
regulations. AQIS are authorised to re-certify this certificate if appropriate.
For international vessels entering the Bell Bay Port, which have previously been engaged in domestic
trade between ports within Australian waters (cabotage) a Second Port Inspection may be required.
This requirement is triggered if quarantine issues that warrant continual monitoring in Australian waters
have been identified and documented by AQIS at the preceding Australian port of call. The Second Port
Inspection is conducted at the Bell Bay Port to confirm that the ship has complied with all AQIS
requirements outlined to the vessel at the port of departure.
If it is intended to apply for Phytosanitary Certification to accompany the mill product to its destination,
then vessels will be subject to an empty hold inspection before any cargo is loaded into the vessel. This
requirement comes under the Commonwealth Export Control Act (1982). This inspection would be
undertaken by Quarantine Tasmania staff on behalf of the Commonwealth.
It is a mandatory Australian Government requirement that all international shipping operators comply with
ballast water management protocols stipulated in the Government policy document - Australian Ballast
Water Management Requirements. The Australian ballast water management requirements are also
consistent with the International Maritime Organisation guidelines for minimising the translocation of
introduced marine pests in ships ballast water (AQIS, 2001).
All vessels entering and exiting the Bell Bay Port, including those commissioned to export woodchip and
pulp from Gunns loading facilities are required to comply with the Australian Ballast Water Management
Requirements implemented by AQIS.
Tasmania has a ballast water monitoring/surveillance system whereby 10% of all vessels carrying ballast
water are sampled and the sample forwarded to an approved laboratory for analysis.
International shipping traders will be required to utilise one of the following ballast water management
options available under Australias mandatory ballast water management requirements:
Implement a Ballast Water Decision Support System (BWDSS) to determine if ballast water onboard
is low risk;
Non-discharge of high risk ballast water in Australian ports or waters;
Internal transfer of high risk ballast water from tank to tank within the ships hull; or
Full ballast water exchange at sea - conducted outside the Australian 12 nautical mile perimeter and
at a depth greater than 200m;
Discharge of high-risk ballast water anywhere inside Australian waters (12 nautical miles from the
coastline) is prohibited.
Figures from the Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics (BTRE) for Port movements into the
south Eastern Australia Region 2004-05 show the following inward and outward freight movements at
Bell Bay to and from Australian and overseas ports (Table 27).
Dry Bulk 23 53 91 81
Gas 6 1 0 0
Tanker 8 0 0 0
General 20 34 23 16
Other 9 0 0 2
Livestock carrier 0 2 0 0
Chemical Tanker 0 1 0 0
Subtotal 66 91 114 99
Shipping traffic associated with the export of woodchip from the Gunns Tamar operation in 2002/2003
(2,200,000 t) and 2003/2004 (2,400,000 t) was approximately 60 vessels per annum (Table 27).
Table 28: 2002-2005 shipping movements associated with Gunns export of woodchip at Bell
Bay
Average (2002/03 -
2004/05) 56 2,173,176 39,061 36,021 56,580
* Part loading (2 holds) only; ^ Figures rounded up; (t) = tonnes; pa = per annum; Source: Gunns, pers.comm 2005
Waste disposal facilities servicing areas near the water supply pipeline are provided in Launceston
(Remount), Beaconsfield and George Town.
Domestic garbage collected from the Launceston City Council area, West Tamar Council area,
Blackstone Heights, Prospect Vale, Hadspen and Dorset area are deposited at Remount Refuse
Disposal Area. Domestic waste collected in George Town is disposed of at the Mt George Refuse Site
In addition to receiving domestic waste, the Remount Refuse Area is a level 2 landfill which typically
receives asbestos, contaminated soils (low levels), and general low-level hazardous materials. In
2001/02, the total quantity of controlled waste to this landfill was estimated as 1,175 cubic metres placed
in purpose-dug pits, recorded and surveyed. Permanent records of all disposals are kept on site.
There are two small waste transfer stations near George Town, located at Exeter and Pipers River.
George Town Council currently provides weekly kerbside domestic garbage collection services to
approximately 97% of its population (based on 2000 figures). Launceston City and West Tamar Councils
provide kerbside domestic collection to 100% of rural and urban residents, as shown in the table below.
Launceston City 100% Jones 2008 Weekly 85L, 140L and 240L bins
West Tamar 100% Jones 2006 Fortnightly 85L, 140L and 240L bins
In addition, kerbside recycling collection services is offered to approximately 65% of George Town
residents and all residents of the Launceston city and West Tamar Council areas.
All councils provide kerbside collection for recyclables with the exception of George Town Council, which
does not recycle paper and cardboard products from the following:
2.15 Noise
The Environmental Management and Pollution Control (Miscellaneous Noise) Regulations 2004 are the
only noise guidelines currently ratified by the Tasmanian Department of Tourism, Arts and Environment
(DTAE). The Regulations contain provisions on neighbourhood noise sources such as off-road
vehicles, lawn mowers, power tools and heat pumps. Hence, for this study NSW Department of
Environment and Conservation (DEC) publications, Environmental Noise Control Manual ENCM and the
Industrial Noise Policy (INP) have been used as a frame of reference.
The Site is located within a generally hilly landscape, currently covered in mature vegetation. The
nearest sensitive noise receiver (house) is located on the opposite (western) side of the Tamar River
approximately 1,000 m from the wharf facility and 1.5 km from the pulp mill.
The site is located in an existing, dispersed heavy industrial area, with an existing power station and
other industry and commercial premises located within a 5 km radius of the site. The community at
Unattended noise monitoring at locations representative of the local noise environment while the
woodchip mill was not operating to establish the rating background levels in the vicinity of the pulp
mill;
Unattended noise monitoring at locations representative of the local noise environment while the
woodchip mill was operating to establish the background levels in the vicinity of the pulp mill while the
woodchip mill is in operation;
Attended noise measurements to determine primary noise sources in the vicinity of the site; and
Analysis of the data and comparison of existing noise levels to noise criteria in the NSW DEC INP.
Unattended noise monitoring was undertaken over the period from 4 May 2005 to 8 May 2005 while the
woodchip mill was not operating at the two closest residences (Locations 1 and 2, see Figure 2-47), and
also between the period 8 May 2005 to 13 May 2005, while the woodchip mill was operating. Monitoring
was undertaken at Location 2 while the existing woodchip mill was operating between 16 May 2005 and
20 May 2005.
A site inspection was conducted to determine appropriate long-term noise monitoring locations for the
assessment. Location 1 is located opposite the Site, across the Tamar River and is currently subject to
noise from the existing surrounding industry (Bell Bay Power Station and current woodchip mill).
Location 2, also located across the Tamar River to the south west of the Site experiences a similar noise
environment. As such, both noise monitoring locations were deemed sites indicative of the local noise
environment and a noise logger was placed at these locations.
Background noise monitoring was carried out during operation of adjacent industries, which area all
considered part of the ambient background noise environment. As specified above, the industry in
question (Gunns' woodchip mill), was not operational for a period of the monitoring.
Additionally, noise data obtained from the Tasmanian DPIWE was utilised in this assessment to further
describe the ambient noise environment in the region.
Two Acoustic Research Laboratories Pty Ltd Type 2 continuous noise loggers were used to monitor the
noise environment at the following locations:
Location 1 - Residence at Blackwood Hills across the Tamar River; and
Location 2 Residence at salmon farm, located across the Tamar River.
Measurement Started at 14:30 4 May, 2005 (mill shutdown) 17:15 3 May, 2005 (mill shutdown)
22:00 8 May, 2005 (mill operational) 11:30 16 May, 2005 (mill operational)
Measurement Stopped at 21:45 8 May, 2005 (mill shutdown) 23:45 7 May, 2005 (mill shutdown)
10:30 13 May, 2005 (mill operational) 12:45 20 May 2005 (mill operational)
Frequency Weighting A A
Noise Logger
Location 1
PROPOSED
PULP MILL
SITE Existing
Chip Mill
Noise Logger
Location 2
65
60
55
50
45
SPL Db(A)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
14:30
19:30
10:30
15:30
20:30
11:30
16:30
21:30
12:30
17:30
22:30
0:30
5:30
1:30
6:30
2:30
7:30
Time: 2:30pm 4th May 05 to 9:45pm 8 May 05
65
60
55
50
45
SPL Db(A)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
14:30
19:30
10:30
15:30
20:30
11:30
16:30
21:30
12:30
17:30
22:30
0:30
5:30
1:30
6:30
2:30
7:30
Figure 2-48 15 Minute Statistical Noise Results Location 1 (top) and Location 2 (lower) Mill
Shutdown
65
60
55
50
45
SPL Db(A)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
22:00
13:00
18:00
23:00
14:00
19:00
10:00
15:00
20:00
11:00
16:00
21:00
3:00
8:00
4:00
9:00
0:00
5:00
1:00
6:00
2:00
7:00
Tim e: 10:00pm 8 May 05 to 10:30am 13 May 05
65
60
55
50
45
SPL Db(A)
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
11:30
16:30
21:30
12:30
17:30
22:30
13:30
18:30
23:30
14:30
19:30
10:30
2:30
7:30
3:30
8:30
4:30
9:30
0:30
5:30
Figure 2-49 15 Minute Statistical Noise Results Location 1 (top) and Location 2 (lower) Mill
Operational
Table 31: Noise Monitoring Results Background (LA90) Noise Levels (dB(A)) at Location 1
(Chip Mill Shutdown
Day Evening Night
Date
7 am to 6 pm 6 pm to 10 pm 10 pm to 7 am
4/05/05 39.2 39.4 40.8
8/05/05 39.2
Rating Background
39.2 38.4 37.7
Level
Table 32: Noise Monitoring Results Background (LA90) Noise Levels (dB(A)) at Location 2
(Chip Mill Shutdown)
Day Evening Night
Date
7 am to 6 pm 6 pm to 10 pm 10 pm to 7 am
3/05/05 40.8 36.2
Table 33: Noise Monitoring Results Background (LA90) Noise Levels (dB(A)) at Location 1
(Chip Mill Operational)
Day Evening Night
Date
7 am to 6 pm 6 pm to 10 pm 10 pm to 7 am
8/05/05 43.2 38.7
20/05/05 38.1
Rating Background
38.9 37.9 37.9
Level
Background noise levels provided in the above table were sourced from the Tasmanian DPIWE report,
however locations of the noise monitoring were not available. As a result, these locations were not
included in further assessment or noise modelling..
However, Environmental and Technical Service Pty Ltd (ETS, 1991 and ETS, 1998) undertook 2
acoustic surveys of the existing noise environment of the Rowella region in 1991 and 1998 respectively.
As the locations for each monitoring point was provided in the reports, these locations were used for
further modelling and assessment. Background noise levels as reported in the ETS reports are provided
in the following table.
W0 40 46 33
W1 39 38 28
W2 38 39 30
W2A 35 37 30
W3 34 37 31
W4 33 38 30
1
Note Day, evening and night time periods are classified between 7 am 6 pm, 6 pm 10 pm and 10 pm to 7 am respectively.
Where more than one background noise level was provided in the report for a location, the median was obtained and used as the
background noise level, in which is consistent with the NSW INP guidelines. Where only one background noise level was
available for either a day, evening or night time period for any respective location, this was used as the background noise level.
There has been a small number of noise complaints associated with operation of the existing woodchip
mills since inception. The small number of complaints may be due to the fact that the mills have been
operating since 1972 and residences have become accustomed to the mills noise levels being part of
background noise.
Noise complaints have typically related to specific noise sources which have included:
Some systems have been put in place to mitigate some of the noise sources. Trucks are required not to
use air brakes as they approach the mill. Reversing beepers on some vehicles have been replaced with
strobe lights for night work.
In considering the existing noise environment for areas potentially impacted because of changes to the
transport network as a result of the pulp mill, it is necessary to consider the three main transport modes
being road, rail and shipping.
The existing transport network for road and rail is discussed in Section 2.12.
There are limited numbers of freight movements in Tasmania and on lines of relevance to the project.
Regular movements include:
A daily train from Launceston to Bell Bay and return, usually 6 days a week.
The weekly paper train from Boyer Paper Mill can deliver to either Burnie or Bell Bay;
A daily container train from Burnie to Hobart;
Railton to Devonport cement train subject to shipping;
Weekday coal trains to Devonport from Fingal; and
Up to four trains arriving or departing from Hobart each day.
Rail speed is relatively slow given the steep and winding network.
Whilst the number of existing train movements in Tasmania is small, the infrequency of movements may
contribute to a higher level of annoyance than might otherwise be expected. People tend to become
accustomed to regular noise events, but infrequent and/or irregular events can be more disturbing.
On busy lines such as the Railton to Devonport line, early morning and night movements can cause
disturbance. On the Bell Bay line, a daily return trip on a regular timetable is less likely to cause
disturbace, particularly when they occur in daylight hours. The train to Bell Bay typically departs
Launceston at approximately 7.00 am, and departs Bell Bay at about 7.00 pm, although the return time is
variable. The evening paper train from the Boyer Paper mill arrives at Bell Bay on a Wednesday and
returns on Thursday morning.
There have been some complaints about train movements on the Bell Bay line, generally relating to
nighttime trains (DTAE pers. com.).
Noise impacts from existing rail operations on the Bell Bay line are primarily limited to those irregular
services which run late in the evening or early mornings.
Records indicate that on one occasion during 2004 a group of concerned residents of the region
requested that ships, (associated with the Gunns existing Tamar woodchip wharf facilities), shut down
engines as soon as they are safely docked. Ships have always shutdown main engines after docking.
However generators are operated. Ship Captains have been directed to minimise noise during night time
activities (per comms Gunns).
Arrival and departure times are influenced by a number of factors including tides and as such, can occur
at most times of the day or night.
2.16 Vibration
There are no significant existing sources of ground vibration within the Bell Bay site or surrounds.
Localised vibrations from trucks and log moving equipment do not affect the pulp mill site or surrounding
lands.
Anecdotal evidence from the Bell Bay Port suggests that whilst they have not received any complaints
regarding vibration as a result of ship movements, some residences have commented that they have felt
such vibrations at some time.
There are no working quarries within the immeadiate vicinity of the pulp mill site.
2.17.1 Introduction
The visual assessment for this volume has concentrated on the pulp mill site (which includes the landfill,
quarry and water supply reservoir) given that the key permanent visual impacts will be associated with
the mill rather than related off-site infrastructure. Whilst the construction phase impacts from the
proposed pipelines will create a noticeable visual impact in some areas, these are considered to be short
term, as the pipeline will be buried along its complete length and all easements will be rehabilitated
consistent with surrounding land uses where permissible. Much of the alignments will not be visible to the
public as they will be on private land with a limited number of potential viewers. Visual impacts
associated with pipeline construction will therefore be minimal and have been addressed accordingly in
Volume 3.
A detailed visual assessment of the Bell Bay Industrial Zone was undertaken by de Gryse in 1994. As the
dominant features of this area have not significantly altered since then, this assessment has been used
as a basis for describing the visual environment for the mill site and surrounds. The following
assessment utilises the finding of that report, supplemented by current observations and by the
For the purposes of this assessment, the area immediately opposite the proposed mill site has been
referred to as the Rowella Peninsula in order to differentiate this area from the grouping of residences at
the end of Rowella Road which is referred to as the Rowella community.
Where possible, this assessment has attempted to be objective and to incorporate multiple sources of
visual characteristic and values. It is, however, recognised that visual assessment is highly subjective
and individuals will associate different visual experiences to the study area. The use of computer-
generated imagery has therefore been included in the assessment (more specifically Section 4.17) to
minimise the reliance on written assessment and to reduce the subjective element.
The visual characteristics of the Bell Bay Industrial Zone and surrounding areas are dominated by:
The Tamar River and valley;
Infrastructure associated with various industrial uses;
The East Tamar Highway;
Native and plantation forests; and
The Tippogoree Hills.
The characteristics of the Tamar River Valley are seen to be a broad river estuary edged by a low rolling
landscape and bound by low hill to the east and west with elevations varying to a maximum of 200
metres. Residential settlement is mixed with agriculture and forestry land uses (de Gryse, 1994).
At Bell Bay, south of George Town, the presence of a belt of existing heavy industrial activity already
gives this area an industrial characteristic.
de Gryse (1994) describes the bounding hills of the area to be not particularly remarkable, although long
vistas can be gained from Bradys Lookout (near Exeter approximately 18 km from the proposed mill site)
and Mt George Lookout. From these elevated positions, the broad expanses of the Tamar River can be
seen against agricultural or industrial landscapes that are ringed by the treed hillsides of the enclosing
valley walls.
The vegetation along roadways provides visual screening that is, the road users view of industrial uses
is screened and the vegetation provides a contrast to the built environment.
Vegetation screening potential and pattern exert a strong influence on the capacity of the landscape to
visually absorb development and exerts a strong influence on the cultural perception of the areas visual
value. (de Gryse, 1994).
that whilst not necessarily aesthetically beautiful, industrial landscapes have a place in the
visual landscape for their interest, that is for the fascination found in their workings and the
outward expressions of those working which are reflected in their form and visible by-
products..this fascination suggest that industry not be hidden totally from view
The proposed site has limited visual quality and existing areas that are able to act as visual
buffer zones.
In studies by Williamson and Chamber (cited in Scenic Spectrum, 2004), the measure of naturalism
(absence of human alterations) was the most significant factor in determining scenic quality rating. Other
Australian studies for water side communities (Green 2000, Green 2000a) concluded that the sea and
natural vegetation were the strongest elements which helped define high scenic quality and naturalness;
beauty, distinctiveness and historic buildings where the qualities which best defined town character.
Green (2000a) also concludes that a towns character, as defined by the community, is critically defined
by environmental aesthetics, naturalness, change, uniqueness, community sentiment and identity.
Given the above, it is reasonable to conclude that the scenic quality and town/locality character within the
Tamar Valley are closely linked to the views over the river and the natural backdrop of the surrounding
hills. This assessment recognises that the regional area has high scenic values for both residents and
visitors and that such values are an important reason people chose to live in and visit the area.
The assessment has also considered the existing industrial land use concentrated within the Bell Bay
Industrial Zone. Some viewers will consider the industrial areas as a visual blight, whilst others will
consider it characteristic of the area and of visual interest.
Specific to the pulp mill site, de Gryse (1994) undertook to define the visual setting for unused lands
within the Bell Bay Industrial Zone, including the proposed mill site. He classified the site as having the
following characteristics:
Moderate scenic quality (based on landform, vegetation and water form). The Tippogoree Hills are of
High Scenic Quality due to the long, low ridgelines tending northwest and southeast, ridges forming
distinctive boundaries to the broad river valley, major river reaches and well managed landscapes.
The existing woodchip mills have low scenic interest (scattered buildings of limited architectural
character, disturbed open stockpiles of industrial nature, common industrial developments such as
towers).
The study specifically looked at three areas of interest to this assessment, being the Tamar 1, Tamar 2
and Williams Creek sites. These correspond to the north-western end of the proposed mill site, south-
eastern end of the proposed mill site and the landfill/quarry/water reservoir sites respectively (Figure
2-50). The analysis for each of these areas is provided below.
Tamar 1 The site is relatively well screened along the southern approaches of the East Tamar
Highway by vegetation and landform. It is more visible from the northern approaches of the Highway and
the River. Driving south from George Town, vegetation screens the site in many areas but it will be
visible at various times. The site is very exposed from the river, particularly from the north. From the
south along the river, the site is screened by vegetation and landform. The site will be visible from Beauty
Point and Rowella, with the most problematic views being the close views from Rowella. Views from
Beauty Point should sit well within the landscape if appropriately screened.
Tamar 2 This site itself is well screened from the East Tamar highway ,but the elevation of the site will
mean tall structures will be visible from the highway, river and distant views. A small number of residents
in Rowella will be directly affected and little can be done to mitigate this impact.
Williams Creek A relatively large area of this site will be unseen. Careful design and staged
development and rehabilitation will limit the visual impacts in developing this area.
The Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme (1991) identifies the Tippogoree Hills as a Skyline
Protection Area. Under the Scheme:
5.10.6.3 ii) A lot shall not be located such that the resulting residential use or development could
significantly alter, or have an adverse impact on the environment, flora and fauna habitats,
watercourses, skyline and tree and particularly areas where defined as Skyline Protection Areas.
The landfill, quarry and water supply reservoir fall within this area.
32/11709/335662
1
Photographic Sheet 2-3. Night photos from Beauty Point (top) and Bell Bay Port lookout (bottom)
2.17.6 Night Views
Night views of the area differ significantly from daytime views in that all scenic elements, other than
perhaps reflections on the water, are removed from the view through lack of illumination. Subject to
weather and lunar cycles, long views are dominated by moonlight and human lighting.
Lighting from residential dwellings, streetlights, the port and major industrial facilities dominates any
views over the River from Rowella, Beauty Point, Clarence Point or Bell Bay as shown in the series of
night photos in Photographic Sheet 2-2.
The photograph from Beauty Point clearly shows the lighting (moving from left to right over the photo) of
the Bell Bay Port, Bell Bay Power Station (centre photo) and the Tamar Woodchip Mills on the far right.
Whilst the Mt George lookout is not set up for nighttime viewing (there are no lights to or on the viewing
tower), the fore and middle ground night view is dominated by the industrial facilities within the industrial
estate. Sufficient light is generated from these facilities to illuminate low cloud or mist, giving an orange
glow over the estate when such conditions exist. Longer views are characterised by an urban lighting
pattern from George Town, Beauty Point and other smaller residential clusters. Rural and rural
residential areas have a much more scattered lighting pattern.
The lighting from ship loading or unloading facilities varies with activities at the Port or woodchip mill
wharves. As both facilities can operate throughout the night, the berths may be illuminated all night
during such periods. Tower lights designed to illuminate vessels have the greatest off-site light spill.
The following assessment is based entirely on the Aboriginal Heritage report provided in full in Appendix
14, Volume 8.
The types of Aboriginal site which have been recorded previously in northern Tasmania and which might,
therefore, be expected to occur in the areas proposed for development of the pulp mill are described
below.
Open campsites
Open campsites are one of the most commonly occurring types of Aboriginal site in the region. These
sites are represented by scatters of stone artefacts lying on the ground surface. The remains of fire
hearths may also be associated with the artefacts. In rare instances, open campsites which were used
over a long period may accumulate sediments and become stratified. That is, there may be several
layers of occupation buried one on top of another.
Shell middens
These range in thickness from thin scatters to stratified deposits of shell and sediment up to 2m thick. In
addition to shell that has accumulated as food refuse, shell middens usually contain other food remains
such as bone from fish, birds and terrestrial animals and humus from the decay of plant and animal
remains. They also commonly contain charcoal and artefacts made from stone, shell and bone.
On the coast of northern Tasmania the major shellfish species likely to be represented in middens are
the edible mussel Mytilus edulis, the rock whelk Cabestana spengleri, the turbo or warrener Subninella
sp. and abalone Notohaliotis ruber.
Rockshelter sites
Caves or shelters in cliff lines and beneath boulder overhangs were often used by Aboriginal people as
campsites. Because of the confined area in these shelters and because of repeated Aboriginal
occupation of such sites, the occupation deposits that they contain are often richer than open campsites
and are usually stratified.
Rockshelters will only be found where suitable geological formations are present. They may occur as
sandstone overhangs, shelters beneath granite tors or as limestone caves.
Quarry sites
These are locations where Aboriginal people obtained raw material for their stone tools or ochre for their
art and decoration. Materials commonly used for making flaked stone tools include chert, chalcedony,
silcrete, quartz and quartzite. These materials were obtained from exposed sedimentary rock formations
or picked up as cobbles on the surface. Stone quarries may also be associated with volcanic or
metamorphic rock outcrops.
Burial grounds
Aboriginal burial grounds may consist of a single interment or a suite of burials. Along the Tasmanian
coastline skeletal material is regularly found eroding from calcareous sand deposits but in the
mountainous terrain of the hinterland, burial sites are rarely found because conditions for the
preservation of bone are usually poor. Burial sites are extremely important to the Tasmanian Aboriginal
community and under revised coronial legislation, the Tasmanian Aboriginal Land and Sea Council must
be contacted immediately a suspected Aboriginal burial is located.
All registered and unregistered Tasmanian Aboriginal sites are protected by the State Aboriginal Relics
Act 1975 (administered by the Aboriginal Heritage Office) and the Commonwealth Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984. These Acts prohibit the wilful destruction or disturbance of
any cultural heritage site, place or object, whether on private or public land. These places are considered
to have significance according to the guidelines of The Burra Charter.
The DTPHA is the Tasmanian State Government instrumentality that administers the Aboriginal Relics
Act 1975. All legislation relevant to the discovery of human remains is subordinate to the Coroners Act
1995.
The region between Four Mile Bluff and Launceston is dominated by the estuary of the Tamar River and
Port Dalrymple. The estuary is a ria or drowned river valley formed by coastal submergence
approximately 6,000 years ago. The coastline of the Tamar Estuary is characterized by rolling dolerite
hills, Tertiary basalt flows and sedimentary deposits. The hills are dissected by creeks that flow into
muddy embayments. Some are fringed by sandy beaches but most are eroded with rocky shores.
European occupation has greatly altered the original landscape of the Tamar River region. Most of the
tree cover of the region has been felled for building material and fuel or to create pasture. Swamps have
been drained to further enhance agricultural capacity. The development of urban hubs such as George
Town and Launceston has also transformed the region with suburban sprawl, roads and other
infrastructure. The Bell Bay Thermal Power Station on the outskirts of George Town and Gunns Tamar
woodchip mills are major developments associated with this industry.
Survey Area 1
Survey Area 1 is located on the eastern side of the Tamar Estuary between Big Bay and the Tamar
woodchip mill (Figure 2-51). It covers an area of 195 ha, from the shore of Long Reach to the inland
power line easement. A secondary easement runs from the power line easement to the Long Reach
shore. This has vehicle tracks across the area but no other infrastructure. A network of access tracks has
also been created between the secondary easement and Big Bay to facilitate geotechnical investigations.
Geologically, Survey Area 1 is composed of Jurassic dolerite. This outcrops along the rocky shore and
inland as boulders, sheet rock and rubble. The higher slopes are mantled by sand sheets (or drifts) of
Weathering of the dolerite has produced rolling terrain, with two prominent ridge tops overlooking the
Tamar Estuary. The dolerite ridges are drained by a series of westerly-flowing ephemeral creeks that
debouch into the small tidal inlets of Big Bay, Dirty Bay and an un-named bay close to the woodchip mill.
The Big Bay shore appears badly eroded. Much of the intertidal zone has been colonized by Pacific
oysters.
Most of Survey Area 1 appears to have been disturbed in the past, possibly by clearing or fire. The area
currently supports Eucalyptus amygdalina dominated by dry sclerophyll forest. The sandier soils support
Casuarinas with an understorey of lomandra bushes and bracken fern. Marine grasses grow in Big Bay.
Survey Area 2
This survey area adjoins Survey Area 1 on the eastern side of the powerline easement (Figure 2-51). It is
land-locked apart from a small stretch (approximately 600 m) of coast along Big Bay. The area extends
to the upper catchment of Williams Creek, covering a u-shaped area of 237 ha. Additional to this area is
a proposed easement approximately 700 m long, running down-slope from the Williams Creek watershed
to the East Tamar Highway.
Survey Area 2 is much more developed than Survey Area 1. The East Tamar Highway and railway from
Launceston to George Town have been constructed through the area, leaving a series of road and rail
cuttings. Secondary roads have also been constructed through the area, particularly in the Williams
Creek catchment, presumably for logging.
-
180 270 360 450
Metres
1:15,000
5445000
5445000
EA
ST
TA
M
AR
HI
G
HW
AY
B
EL
L
B
AY
LI
N
E
_
^
LAUNCESTON BEL
LB
AY
LIN
E
HOBART
FIGURE 2-51
HERITAGE
Legend 495000
Builtup Area River Railway Roads
SURVEY
Date: 16/06/06 National/State Highway
Quarry Outfall Dam
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
Zone 55, GDA94 Water Reservoir Water Supply Pipeline Gas Pipe - Local Major Arterial Road
AREAS
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
Heritage Survey Area Mill Layout Leachate Pipeline Arterial Road
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied
by Gunns Pty Ltd Effluent Pipeline Transmission Line Access Road
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\
fig2_51_heritage_survey_sites.mxd Landfill Boundary
The power line easement between the two survey areas continues through Survey Area 2 behind Big
Bay. The Tasmanian Natural Gas Pipeline also traverses this area, which comes close to the Bell Bay
Thermal Power Station.
The geology of Survey Area 2 is similar to Survey Area 1 being dominated by Jurassic dolerite. However,
surficial sand sheets appear to be absent. The dolerite ridges of the Williams Creek catchment are steep
and rugged, with abundant rock outcrop. These form the lower slopes of the Tippogoree Hills, which are
the backdrop to the area. The slopes closer to Survey Area 1 and Big Bay are more undulating. Steep-
sided ephemeral creeks feed into Big Bay through Survey Area 2.
Like Survey Area 1, this area also appears to have been disturbed in the past, possibly by clearing or
fire. The area currently supports Eucalyptus amygdalina dominated by dry sclerophyll forest, which was
probably its natural cover.
Archaeological excavation of limestone cave deposits in the Maxwell Valley of southwest Tasmania has
demonstrated Aboriginal occupation dating back 35,000 years (Cosgrove, 1995). This period of
occupation includes the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) or Ice Age of 20,000 years ago. It was during this
period that cooler temperatures reduced the forest cover of the region (Kiernan et al, 1983). Late
Pleistocene cave sites are also known in the valley of the Weld River, the Cracroft Valley and the Ida
River karst (Jones et al., 1988; Cosgrove, 1989; McGowan, 1990). Some of these caves have paintings
preserved on the cave walls.
Aboriginal people also occupied the Tasmanian Highlands during the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) when
ice sheets covered most of the Central Plateau. This is demonstrated by the site of ORS 7 in the upper
valley of the Shannon River, which drains the plateau (Cosgrove, 1995a). Beginners Luck Cave in the
Florentine River Valley is another significant Ice Age site. It has stone artefacts and the remains of
butchered animals dating back 20,000 years (Murray et al., 1980).
The LGM lowered sea levels by 150 m causing a land bridge to form between Tasmania and the
Australian mainland. In northern Tasmania, Aboriginal people occupied rockshelters on Hunter Island
and King Island when the islands were joined to the mainland (Bowdler, 1977; Sim, 1994). The
Parmerprar Meethenar rockshelter in the Forth Valley was also occupied at this time (Cosgrove, 1992).
Another early Aboriginal site in northern Tasmania is the Warragarra rockshelter in the Upper Mersey
Valley below the Great Western Tiers (Lourandos, 1983). This shelter contains evidence of Aboriginal
hunting from before 9,000 years ago.
Most coastal sites in Tasmania (and the Australian mainland) date from 6-7,000 years ago when global
sea levels stabilized following the melting of the glaciers and ice-caps. Shell middens in the Furneaux
Group of islands are the oldest dating to 9,000 years ago (Sim, 1994). The Carlton Bluff midden in the
Derwent region began forming 8,000 years ago (Brown, 1986; 1991).
One of the longest, continuous cultural sequences in Tasmania has been excavated at Rocky Cape,
some 20 km east of Smithton (Jones, 1971). Rockshelters containing stratified midden material show
Aboriginal occupation dating back 8,000 years. About 3,500 years ago, the people at Rocky Cape
seemed to have stopped eating fish. Stone tool technology also changed during this period of
This country is inhabited by men; and if any judgement could be formed from the number of huts
which they met; in about the same proportion as New South Wales (Collins, 1971:168).
One of the earliest reports of an Aboriginal site on the Tamar River was that of David (1923) who located
approximately 100 stone artefacts in a loosely cemented raised beach deposit at Regatta Point on the
east bank of the river. Sutherland (1972) re-interpreted this site as a stone quarry or raw material source.
According to Kee (1990), the site has since been obscured by residential development.
Brimfield (1968) went about the region collecting stone artefacts mostly from coastal sites in the north.
He described a bipolar technology whereby the raw material was anvil-rested before being reduced.
Sutherland (1972) recognized that the raw materials used by Aborigines for stone artefact manufacture
reflected the local geology and that exotic stone was also used suggesting networks of trade. He also
concluded that west of Bridport these raw materials were procured largely from local beach deposits as
many of the artefacts retained their waterworn cortex.
Gill (1968) obtained the first (and only) radiocarbon date for the region 7,080 years Before Present (BP),
obtained on charcoal from a fossil bone bed found in a limestone cave at Flowery Gully south of
Beaconsfield. According to Gill, the deposit was a midden formed by human agency. He claimed that one
of the bones was actually an Aboriginal bone implement.
The wider distribution of Aboriginal sites in the region remained poorly understood until systematic
surveys undertaken by Kee (1990, 1991) and Bourke (1998) identified the general site pattern. Shell
middens were located in coastal dunes and along estuarine shorelines near the mouth of the Tamar
River. Open campsites and rockshelters were found inland along rivers and creeks and around
freshwater lakes. Stone quarries followed the distribution of suitable stone sources. The most commonly
used raw material for stone tools was cherty hornfels. Overall, site density is highest in coastal areas and
around lowland lakes and lagoons.
The results of Stone and Stantons (1998) survey of the Stony Head Training Area (SHTA) near
Beechford are also relevant because this landscape is dominated by the Ainslie Sand Formation. Their
survey located twelve Aboriginal sites within 400 m of the Bass Strait coastline. These were mostly stone
artefact scatters located in the linear dune field close to wetlands. Stone and Stanton determined that
Aboriginal sites would be encountered in the SHTA wherever the dune podsol of the Ainslie Sand
Formation was exposed. The much younger coastal dunes of the Waterhouse Sand Formation appeared
less likely to contain Aboriginal sites on the surface.
The sites recorded by Stone and Stanton displayed a variety of artefact types. These included worked
beach cobbles with cortex, straight-edge scrapers, steep-edge scapers, round-edge scrapers, notched
The stone artefact assemblages recorded in the SHTA are large and diverse with evidence of microblade
technology, which contradicts Mulvaneys (1975:161) claim that delicate blade production is unknown in
Tasmania. The microblades of the SHTA were mostly quartz but one chert and one quartz crystal
microblade were also recorded. However, none of the blades had any clear evidence of backing. A small
quartz core with three parallel blade scars was also recorded.
The Tasmanian Aboriginal Site Index (TASI) lists 14 Aboriginal sites in Survey Area 1 and 8 in Survey
Area 2 Table 37). Of these 22 sites, 14 are stone artefact scatters and the remainder isolated artefacts.
Most of these sites were located along vehicle tracks where ground surface visibility was high. One
(TASI 9904) was located below the high water mark in Big Bay.
Culturally sensitive information including the location of known or identified sites has not been disclosed
in the Draft IIS as requested by the Aboriginal Heritage Office DTPHA. Details of specific sites will be
provided to RPDC in order to allow full assessment of the project.
Table 37: Registered Aboriginal Sites in Pulp Mill Survey Areas 1 and 2
Notes
1. The site details are those used by the Aboriginal Heritage Section of the DTPHA
2. The set of sites is derived from the digitised TASI database.
3. The first three and TASI 10001-10003, 10007 and 10009 are in Survey 2.
The Tippogoree Hills was one of 29 Recommended Areas for Protection (RAPs) surveyed by Moore
(1997) for Forestry Tasmania. Moore and Aboriginal Heritage Officer Dean Summers located TASI 7485-
7487 along a vehicle track crossing of Williams Creek. TASI 7487 contains four quartz artefacts, TASI
7485 two artefacts and TASI 7486 one artefact. Unfortunately, Moores (1997) report and the individual
site recording forms contain little more information than this. For TASI 7487, Moore and Summers
entertain some doubt about their finds:
One of the quartz artefacts is clearly cultural. No quartz occurs naturally here 10 , so the other three
quartz pieces are probably cultural also (TASI 7487 Site Recording Form).
Graham (2005) located a further 19 sites in Survey Areas 1 and 2. The 19 in the TASI are either stone
artefact scatters or isolated finds. Most were located along the edge of the transmission line easement or
along the cleared, vacant easement running perpendicular to the sea. The artefacts appear to be flakes
made from quartz, quartzite and chert. Two large cobbles were also recorded as artefacts.
Three of these sites (TASI 10004, 10005 and 10006) have the same, or very similar, grid references, in
which case they seem to be multiple listings of the one site. TASI 9905 and TASI 10008 are also close
and may be duplicate recordings.
Discussion
The results of the survey undertaken for this study confirm that proximity to the coastline (either open
coast or sheltered estuary) is a prime determinant of Aboriginal site location in the Tamar Estuary region.
A pattern emerges of large stone artefact scatters located at bay heads with reliable sources of
freshwater close by. Such sites include Big Bay 1 (TASI 9903) and the East Arm site (TASI 6589).
Smaller stone artefact scatters and isolated artefacts are associated more with ephemeral drainage lines
(e.g. TASI 9905 and 9900), hinterland swamps (e.g. TASI 9942) and the high-energy coast (e.g. TASI
8743). Other sites are of less certain origin (e.g. TASI 9713).
TASI 9903 at the head of Big Bay was the largest site encountered. It is optimally located next to a creek
fed by three drainage lines, overlooking Big Bay. The stone assemblage at this site contains a diverse
assortment of raw materials (quartz, quartzite, chert and siltstone) but little variety in artefact type. All
were waste flakes or flaked pieces <3 cm. No cores were recorded. This suggests that the imported
stone was highly valued and reduced with maximum efficiency.
10
This site is located in the Tippogoree Hills and is not located within the Bell Bay site
Appendix 14, Volume 8 shows a possible origin for these quartz artefacts. The quartz outcrop protrudes
through a track in Survey Area 1. It has been fractured by machinery, which has produced sharp pieces
of quartz that could be easily mistaken for artefacts. Examples of this were also seen in Survey Area 2
where there is actually a mullock heap of quartz rubble used for surfacing the tracks. As noted above
Moore and Summers have already entertained such doubts about their finds.
Only one site in Survey Areas 1 and 2 breaks with the pattern of location adjacent to drainage lines. This
is TASI 9896 located on an elevated ridge top overlooking Dirty Bay and Big Bay in the distance.
Although only three stone artefacts were recorded at this site, it is suggested that these are the visible
signs of a possibly more extensive site that covers all of the north side of the ridge top. This northerly
aspect would have made it favourable for Aboriginal occupation. Sub-surface excavation is required to
test this hypothesis because of the thick vegetation at the site.
Assessment of Significance
The significance of archaeological sites such as those found during this study is usually assessed in
terms of their importance to archaeologists (that is, their scientific significance) and their importance to
Aboriginal people. Once the significance of a site has been assessed, it can be ranked against others
and specific recommendations formulated. Criteria for assessing scientific significance are set out below.
The values used in this assessment have been the subject of some discussion in the archaeological
literature and the information provided is drawn from a number of sources (e.g. Bowdler, 1983). In
making each assessment, it should be noted that degrees of significance are a guideline only and may
vary between site types.
Four Aboriginal sites are the subject of this assessment of scientific significance. They are TASI 9900,
9903, 9905 (Survey Area 1) and 10001 (Survey Area 2). These are all the sites where it was possible to
identify Aboriginal cultural material either in, or close to, areas of proposed impact. Another is TASI 9896,
located in Survey Area 1. The scientific significance of this site is not assessed at this stage because not
enough is known about the site.
Scientific Significance
A number of criteria are used to assess the scientific significance of a site. These include the integrity of
a site, its structure and contents. All of these criteria combine to give a site its value as a research tool for
archaeologists. In addition to the above criteria, a site may also be of scientific significance because of its
representativeness. It is a basic tenet of archaeology that any site which is not represented elsewhere is
ipso facto of great value because archaeologists are concerned with preserving a representative sample
of all site types for future generations.
Site Integrity refers to its state of preservation or condition. A site can be disturbed through a number of
factors including natural erosional processes, destructive land use practices or repeated use of a site in
the past by both humans and animals.
moderate - some disturbance but remaining cultural material allows for some research potential.
high - little or no disturbance to site, good preservation and considerable research potential.
In terms of site integrity, all seven of the Aboriginal sites would rate low. The three in Survey Area 1
(TASI 9900, 9903 and 9905) have been severely damaged by construction of the transmission line
easement and access tracks, with the integrity of TASI 9903 and 9905 being further compromised by
collection of the artefacts. The remainder, which are isolated artefacts, have been disturbed by
agricultural practices (TASI 8473 and 9942), transmission line construction (TASI 9713) and the
construction of a secondary road (TASI 10001). These sites have little research potential, although the
largest, TASI 9903, may be of some interest.
Site structure refers to the physical dimensions of a site that is, its area and depth or stratification. A
large site or a site with stratified deposits usually has more research potential than a small site or surface
scatter. In some instances, however, specific research questions may be aimed at smaller sites in which
case they would be rated at a higher significance than normal.
high - large in situ surface scatters, any site with stratified deposit.
The stone artefact scatter TASI 9903 would rate moderate according to the site structure criterion. This is
because it is a medium to large surface scatter albeit without stratification because it is on an erosional
surface. However, the other stone artefact scatter (TASI 9905) and the five isolated artefacts (TASI 8473,
9713, 9900, 9942 and 10001) rate low because all are small sites, with no sign of stratification in any of
the exposures. In fact, the surfaces of all these sites are degrading and the artefacts in them are present
at or near the surface.
Site content refers to the range and type of occupation debris found in a site. Generally, sites that contain
a large and varied amount of organic and non-organic material are considered to have greater research
potential than those sites with small, uniform artefacts.
The stone artefact scatter TASI 9903 contains a medium amount of cultural material, with a limited range
of artefact types (flakes and flaked pieces) struck from a wide variety of raw materials. It therefore rates
moderate by the site contents criterion. Conversely, the other six stone artefact sites contain only small
Representativeness refers to how often a particular site type occurs in an area and requires some
knowledge of the background archaeology of the area in which the study is being undertaken. Sites that
are representative of the local and regional archaeological record may have value for that reason and if a
site is rare or unique in some way then it is ipso facto significant (Bowdler, 1983).
low - many of the same site type occurring in a single area or region.
moderate - site type occurs elsewhere but not in great quantity or with good preservation.
Based on the results of previous archaeological investigations (e.g. Kee, 1990; Kee, 1991; Moore, 1997)
and information held in the TASI it is clear that stone artefact scatters and isolated artefacts are common
in northern Tasmania, particularly along the coast and inland waterways. The stone artefact sites located
during this study therefore are not unique and are well represented outside the study area. Their
significance is therefore low.
Supplementary Investigations
Towards the end of the Aboriginal site investigation, Gunns Limited requested that the archaeological
survey team of Tim Stone and Steve Stanton also survey some additional areas proposed for
development. These additional areas were either variations of previously surveyed corridors or new
areas proposed for the expansion of Gunns existing Tamar woodchip mill.
According to the Tasmanian Aboriginal Site Index (TASI), no Aboriginal sites have been located
previously in any of these additional investigation areas.
Results
George Town golf course substation corridors: No Aboriginal sites were located along the two corridors
that link Survey Area 1 with the transmission line substation. Most of this distance follows existing
transmission line easements through heavily modified rolling terrain. Ground cover was mostly grass,
Tamar woodchip mill: No Aboriginal sites were located along the road corridor that enters the Tamar
woodchip mill, or along the Long Reach shoreline including proposed OCS site. The road corridor
straddles steep, dolerite hillsides where evidence of Aboriginal occupation would be extremely unlikely.
The shoreline of the woodchip mill proposed for a conveyor belt is also highly unlikely to contain
Aboriginal sites because it is has been completely modified by the construction of breakwater walls,
access roads and wharves. The proposed OCS site, which is set back from the shoreline, has a sealed
road running through it and is also an unlikely Aboriginal site location.
East Tamar Highway/Windermere Road corridor: No Aboriginal sites were located along this small length
of corridor. The area traversed is a lightly-timbered ridgetop with a cover of grass and bracken. Ground
surface visibility was available through patches of sheet-eroded soil and estimated at approximately 10
%. The absence of Aboriginal sites on this ridgetop probably reflects its distance from potable water.
The northern region of Tasmania is widely recognized as having very high cultural significance for the
Tasmanian Aboriginal community. The region contains a wealth of Aboriginal sites, special places, and
areas of cultural importance to Aboriginal people. The Aboriginal community in conjunction with the
Tasmanian government, and private landowners and developers, is actively involved in the management
of many of these culturally significant areas.
Aboriginal sites and other landscape values help to strengthen the links between Aboriginal people and
the land. For this and other reasons, all Aboriginal sites are significant irrespective of their size or the
integrity of the landscape in which they are currently located. Long-term Aboriginal use of the Tamar
River is clearly evident in Survey Area 1. This is shown by the presence of extensive campsites such as
TASI 9903, which result from Aboriginal use of the area and its resources over many generations. Due to
the Aboriginal significance of these sites and the surrounding landscapes in which they occur, and of
other Aboriginal sites which have been identified during this study the Aboriginal Heritage report
concludes that the sites should not be disturbed by the proposed development. The proponents of the
proposed development should recognize Aboriginal interests by ensuring that these sites are avoided
and protected.
In order to assess architectural and historical values, including heritage places listed under the Interim
List or in the Register of the National Estate or in any Planning Scheme, a detailed historic heritage
assessment of the study area was undertaken in three stages from February 2005. The full text of these
reports is provided in Appendix 13, Volume 8.
No historic sites were identified by any cited source prior to the commencement of fieldwork.
Historical Context
This section summarises the principal historic themes and related activities known to have occurred near
the survey area between initial Aboriginal/European contact and the present.
Pastoralism (1830-1940)
The earliest known land purchases in the Long Reach vicinity appear to have occurred further up river at
Big Bay and Donovans Bay (the location of the Bell Bay thermal power station) in 1834. That year saw
surveys carried out for the subdivision of the land there into 640-acre blocks selected by one Arthur F.
Collett. In 1840, the land around Long Reach including the subject allotment was sub divided into similar
640-acre allotments and selected by William Effingham Lawrence who established a large homestead at
Point Effingham and a pastoral property that stretched from George Town south to East Arm. A notable if
short-term visitor to Long Reach at this time was the naval frigate HMS Beagle whose crew beached the
vessel there and careened her bottom before completing their global voyage of scientific discovery. By
the early 1900s, coastal land between George Town and East Arm had become acquired by the Archer
Family who built their homestead Lauriston at the site of the present golf course.
Significance Assessment
This section summarises the various assessment criteria used in the assessment of historic sites and the
collective application of these to individual sites in order to determine their relative significance.
Figure 2-53 Earliest known Crown Survey of the relevant land dated April 7th, 1840. The arrow
indicates the subject allotment
Summary of Results
This section summarises the total suite of sites located/recorded during the survey.
-
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Kilometers
1:10,000
5445000
5445000
Big Bay sea wall
Big Bay tree stump
Big Bay stone piles 1
Stone circle/remnant stone fence
Big Bay stone piles 1
Big Bay house site 1
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
H IG
HW
5444500
5444500
AY
Big Stone wall
Big Stone wall
Stone pile on road line
Big Bay House site 2
Dirty Bay stone piles
Dirty Bay building footing
Dirty Bay stone wall 1
Dirty Bay hut site
Dirty Bay linear stones
5444000
5444000
BE
LL
BA
Y
LI
N E
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443500
5443500
HOBART
Long Reach hut site Williams Creek boat wreckage
Long Reach Bay felled tree and stump
B E LL B
FIGURE 2-54
AY
L IN
E
HERITAGE
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500
Legend
SITES -
Date: 19/10/05
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
Zone 55, GDA94 Effluent Pipeline Roads Heritage Sites Medium Significance
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST- Water Supply National/State Highway Significance Rating Low Significance
EUROPEAN
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Pipeline
by Gunns Pty Ltd Major Arterial Road High Significance Low
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ River
fig2_52_european_heritage_sites.mxd Arterial Road Medium Minimal
Railway
Access Road
Table 39: Summary of Significant Sites
Long Reach hut site 01 E 0493445 Riverine Medium Protect from all impacts
occupation
N 5443224
Dirty Bay linear stones 03 E 0492856 Riverine Low Protect from all impacts
occupation
N 5443958
Dirty Bay hut site 04 E 0492886 Riverine Medium Protect from all impacts
occupation
N 5444051
Big Bay sea wall 06 E 0492714 Riverine Medium Protection from all impacts
occupation Significance required.
N 5444841
Big Bay house site 1 07 E0492235 Riverine High Protection from all impacts
occupation Significance required.
N 5444530
Big Bay stone piles 1 08 (North end) Riverine Medium Protection in association
occupation Significance with adjacent house site
E 0492257 N required.
5444613
(South end)
E 0492290 N
5444546
Big Bay House site 2 11 E 0492519 N Riverine High Protection from all impacts
5444182 occupation Significance required.
Big Stone wall 16 (west end) Riverine High Protection from all impacts
occupation Significance required.
E 0492694
N 5444274
(east end)
E 0492921
N 5444193
Big Bay Creek stone 17 E 0492237 Riverine Medium This site is situated on the
mound occupation Significance Bell Bay power station
N 5445214 property. However, the site
should still be flagged and
protected from any impact.
As ephemeral coastal settlements, these sites appear to be very poorly represented in either the
statutory or data management registers. Certainly, for the Tamar River region, this type of riverine
encampment will appear to have so far escaped investigation by archaeologists. Their numbers, origins
The sites listed above also continue to display a high degree of physical integrity, having lost little of their
definition or contents since their abandonment over a century ago. This physical intactness further
enhances their significance.
Furthermore, the sheer density of features is indicative of a sustained occupational presence that over an
extended period substantially altered the landscape
In summary, these sites are considered to have considerable Local significance. Further research might
feasibly find this threshold to have Regional implications also.
Predictive Modelling
This section discusses the potential for further unknown historic sites to be situated within the subject
allotment.
The definition of the health status of a community is a complex and variable undertaking, which requires
both subjective and objective inputs. For this study, information was available from a number of sources,
including hospital admissions figures and related data, scientific research relating particularly to air
quality and health related impacts, community well-being survey results from 1998 and anecdotal
information from local medical practitioners. The majority of this data has been provided by Tasmanian
Department of Health and Human Services. This information is presented in the following sections. The
most recent publicly available census data is from the 2001 Census.
Hospitalisation Data
A Local Government Area breakdown of the local and regional study areas was gained from the
Tasmanian Department of Health and Human Services, and provided hospitalisation data for
Launceston, West Tamar and George Town (see Table 41 below) between 1999 and 2003. The
Department cautions that there are many factors affecting hospital admission rates other than the actual
health status or disease patterns in a community, including demographic factors such as population
aging and socio-economic status.
The Department of Health also provided a breakdown of cancer statistics for the Tamar Valley as shown
in Table 42 below. The all-causes cancer incidence rates for both George Town and West Tamar over
the period 1997-2001 were significantly lower than the Tasmanian rate.
Mortality statistics given by the Tasmanian Health Department showed all-causes mortality for George
Town over the period 1999-2003 was significantly higher than the Tasmanian rate, and conversely, the
West Tamar rate was significantly lower than the Tasmanian rate (see Table 43 below).
Table 43: Mortality Statistics for the Tamar Valley by Condition, 1999-2003 (Tasmanian
Department Health, 2005)
Of the 25,000 Tasmanian adults in the sample 15,112 responded, a response rate of approximately 60%.
Given the initially large sample size, this reasonably high response rate provided a good basis for
estimation. Because of the use of the electoral role, those surveyed were all over 18 years of age.
Participants were surveyed on a range of questions relating to their overall health, physical and mental
health, health problems and health behaviours (smoking, alcohol consumption and physical activity). The
results from regional Local Government Areas (LGAs) are provided below.
The survey asked respondents to indicate whether their health in general is excellent, very good,
good, fair, or poor. George Town and Break ODay reported the worst self-assessed health status, with
high proportions of fair/good health reported by both LGAs.
Table 44: Ranking of LGA by Fair/Poor and Excellent/Very Good Self-Assessed Health Status
% of Population % of Population
The survey required respondents to report health conditions in a number of categories. George Town
had the highest rate of arthritis and depression, and West Tamar had the highest rate of back, neck and
shoulder problems, for example (see Table 45).
The table below ranks northern region LGAs by the prevalence of two major self-reported conditions:
asthma and arthritis. Launceston had the third highest self-reported rates per 1,000 population for
asthma. For arthritis, rates were the highest in George Town.
Table 46: Ranking of LGAs by Self-Reported Asthma and Arthritis, Northern Region, 1998
The George Town Hospital has 15 beds and is serviced on a part-time basis by the Anne Street Medical
Centre, adjacent to the Hospital. The Anne Street Medical Services Centre has six fulltime and two part
time doctors. The hospital does not have any emergency services facilities. The Hospital is currently
scheduled for redevelopment by way of a replacement 15-bed facility which will include a dentist surgery
and a treatment room. It is expected that construction could commence in the second half of 2006.
In addition to the resident doctors, the Anne Street Medical Centre also provides services for the Asthma
Foundation, diabetes education and a foot-care clinic on a regular basis. An optometrist visits George
Town weekly. An x-ray department is also located in George Town, and the area has a full-time
physiotherapist.
The Launceston General Hospital is a 24-hour facility and has 300 beds providing acute medical
facilities. In addition, Launceston also has two private hospitals the St Vincent and St Lukes
Hospitals. The hospitals provide a broad range of health services. Launceston is fortunate to have all the
medical and health services provided in most large cities of Australia. These include optometrists,
dentists and orthodontists, physiotherapists and chiropractors.
Statistics from 2002 shows that all beds in George Town Hospital and Launceston General were used for
acute purposes only (Public Hospital Beds, Tasmanian regions - 30 June 2002, ABS 2005)
A multi-purpose medical centre, providing general practitioner services, residential aged care, and other
community health services operate in Beaconsfield.
The hospitals in the Launceston area have specialised medical services for children. In addition, the
Child Health Centre provides counselling, support and health/practical parenting information for families,
growth/development assessments for children, and referrals to other health services. The Child and
Family Services Centre also provides services to improve the safety and well-being of children, young
people, families and adults in need of advice, information or support.
Aged care
Aged care services provided in the local area operate out the George Town Hospital and include a
community health nursing service, home care, Meals on Wheels (Red Cross), and a continence nurse.
The council, with applied fees, provides a community car for community use. A nursing home is located
at Low Head. The George Town Community and Health Welfare Care Committee also provide exercise
services for the aged.
Air quality and associated respiratory illness is a highly topical issue in Launceston given elevated
particulate level in the local airshed, particularly in autumn and winter months. Wood heaters have been
identified as the major contributor to air borne particulates in the Launceston airshed.
Wood heaters are the major source of particle emissions in many regions of Australia during the colder
months and have been responsible for exceedances of the ambient air quality standard for particles, as
set out in the National Environment Protection Measure for Ambient Air Quality (Air NEPM) (Natural
Heritage Trust, 2004).
The use and impacts of wood heaters within the Tamar Valley becomes topical each winter as the
associated air quality impacts, particularly in Launceston, become noticeable.
In 2004, it was documented that approximately 50% of Launceston households rely on woodheaters as
their main source of heating, a much greater level of woodheater use than for other major and regional
cities in Australia - (Natural Heritage Trust, 2004). From 1992 until 2001, the Launceston City Council
conducted small scale, low profile woodheater use education campaigns. In 2001, the Federal
Government allocated $2.05M to improving winter air quality in Launceston. In that year, a woodheater
incentive scheme was introduced offering up to $500 for residents to change from wood heating to
another cleaner heating type. The buy-back scheme ceased in 2004.
(from http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/Images/LBUN-5XC8DS?open)
In addition to the installation of a PM2.5 monitor at the Gunns Air Quality Monitoring Station at Rowella,
PM2.5 monitoring within the Tamar Valley has also been undertaken at daily Ti Tree Bend since July
2005.
In May 2003 PM2.5 advisory reporting standards were introduced into NEPM. The advisory reporting
standards and goals for particulates as PM2.5 are outlined in Table 48.
The Tippogoree Hills are marked by lineations, some of which parallel the major normal fault along the
Tamar River (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a). Any reactivation of these structures at the landfill site is considered
unlikely as there are no known active faults in Tasmania, although there are some that are suspected of
having been active in the last thousand years of so, such as the Lake Edgar fault in southwest Tasmania
(Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
Seismic activity in the Tamar Valley is well established by the Australian Geological Survey Organisation
(AGSO) and the University of Tasmania School of Earth Sciences. The Tamar Valley is considered an
area of moderate seismic hazard risk, however all of Tasmanias largest recorded earthquakes occurred
before the Tasmanian seismic network was installed in 1970. Earthquakes that occurred between 1884
and 1994 and caused damage in Launceston have all had their epicentres in the West Tasman Sea.
Whilst a considerable distance from Launceston, these earthquakes are able to have such an effect
because of the unconsolidated sediments found in the Tamar Valley (Hydro Tasmania, 2001). The
average recurrence interval for large earthquakes (with a Richter magnitude 6 or greater) in this zone is
approximately 70 years (Leibe, 2000).
Earthquakes do however continually occur within the region. In January 2006 an earthquake of
magnitude 3.6 was recorded off Devonport. Another of magnitude 2.2 was recorded in April 2006 at
George Town 11 .The potential risk from seismic events is seen as relatively constant throughout the state
but features such as unconsolidated sediments and pre-existing faults may however contribute to high
magnitudes and amplified seismic waves (Michael-Leiba and Gaull, 1989).
The probability of large seismic events causing various types of damage in Launceston is summarised in
Table 49 (Leiba, 2000).
11
Geosciences Australia online database www.ga.gov.au/bin/listquakes accessed 07/06/06
2.20.2 Flooding
Flood maps for the Tamar River at Bell Bay were not available from either DPIW or George Town
Council. Anecdotal information from the Gunns Tamar River woodchip mill operators is that there have
been no identified flood incidents at the woodchip mill site.
2.20.3 Fire
Guidelines used elsewhere in Australia typically consider a combination of site characteristics such as
slope and vegetation cover, and to a lesser extent aspect and vegetation type. Frequency of fuel
reduction burns (or time to last fire) is another key factor in assessing the risks of bushfire. Other factors
which may also be considered are the connectivity of the site, the potential source of fire and prevailing
wind direction.
For the purposes of this assessment, the Bell Bay site has been considered as two parts given
topographic differences between the pulp mill site and the landfill/quarry/water supply reservoir site.
The site is highly fragmented and isolated by the transmission line easement with is a cleared corridor
approximately 90 metres wide. Only a narrow vegetated strip around Big Bay connects with areas to the
north-west and similarly to the south-east. Williams Creek separated the site from the woodchip mill.
Slopes over 30 degrees characterise the banks of the creek.
Potential fire sources are primarily from the existing woodchip mills, the East Tamar Highway and
lightning strikes.
Based on the above, the site has low risk given slope and aspect, but has not had fuel reduction burns
for several years. Fuel loads are consequently high. The site has moderate protection from fire given the
substantial fire break offered by the transmission line easement. Williams Creek, while directly
connecting the pulp and woodchip mill sites, will act as a fire barrier as it is a moist area, less conducive
to sustaining fire than the woodlands on the balance of the site. This isolation negates most risk from
sources at the woodchip mill and Highway.
Prevailing winds will direct any fires from the woodchip mill and Highway away from the site, further
minimising risks.
The site is contiguous with surrounding vegetation which covers the Tippogoree Hills. Other than access
tracks, which are narrow dirt tracks, there is no break from surrounding vegetation in all directions. The
East Tamar Highway borders the site to the south-west.
Potential fire sources are primarily from the East Tamar Highway and lightning strikes. Given the
extensive vegetation cover over the Tippogoree Hills, fires could originate from numerous sources,
particularly to the north-west towards George Town.
Based on the above, the site has low risk given slope and aspect, but has not had fuel reduction burns
for several years. Fuel loads are consequently high. The site has low protection from fire given the
connectivity with surrounding vegetation and no separation from the Highway.
Prevailing winds may direct fires toward the site from the Highway or other sources.
5460000
Greens Beach
George Town
D
5450000
5450000
B
D
OA
Ti
E
LL
OR
Y
BA
LI N
po
E
LS
Ta
go
1.8 r Ri
re
ve
e
r
Beauty Point
Hi
_
^
Rowella lls EA
ST
E R N LIN E
H
NOR T
5440000
5440000
WE
D
Beaconsfield
L
ST
RE
ET
1.1
2.5
1.5
5430000
5430000
Gravelly Beach
1.4
W
T
ES
TA
M
AR
IG
H
H
W
A
Y
1.5
BE
_
^
LL
LAUNCESTON
BA
Y
5420000
5420000
LIN
1.6 2.3
E
1.2
BA
HOBART
SS
HI
HW
G
AY 1.1
1.8 1.2 WA
Y L IN
R A IL
S M AN H I G H
E
TA WA
Y
Launceston
FIGURE 2-56
470000 480000 490000 500000 510000 520000 530000
Legend
SEISMIC
Date: 19/10/05 Outfall Seismic Records
Projection: Map Grid of Australia _
^ Approximate Site Location
Landfill Boundary Magnitude
2.5 - 3.5
RECORDS
Zone 55, GDA94 Railway
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001, Water Pipeline 0.5 - 1.3
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd Major Road 3.6 - 5.3
1.4 - 1.8
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\
fig2_56_seismic_records.mxd National/State Highway
1.9 - 2.4
Effluent Pipeline
Impact Assessment Methodology
3.1 Introduction
This section addresses Section 7 of the Scope Guidelines in respect of the pulp mill. It outlines the
predicted key environmental, economic and social impacts of all components of the pulp mill on a local,
regional and national level (where appropriate). Impacts have been considered for commissioning,
construction, operational and decommissioning phases of the project.
Relevant standards and criteria will be considered for each of the impacts.
Environmental Management Plans for each component of the project and the overall Monitoring Plan will
address how the identified impacts are to be controlled and managed. Proposed monitoring programs
are including in the Monitoring Plan section of Volume 4.
This Draft IIS recognises the potential of cumulative impact effects from the proposal on local and
regional environmental values. During the impact assessment process and impact analysis, cumulative
impacts on important environmental values have been considered and quantified where possible. In
particular, these include air quality, noise, transport, water quality, visual and social impacts.
A summary of environmental costs and benefits to be borne by the community and the environment is
provided for each component of the proposal describing the impact of, or on, key environmental and
social elements.
The environmental costs and benefits summary is a qualitative analysis of the environmental costs and
benefits that may occur as a result of the proposal. This assessment has been made based upon
information provided by previous studies and the professional experience and knowledge of consultants.
A tabular summary of the environmental benefits and costs likely to be incurred as a result of the project
is provided at the end of each section. The table outlines the likely impacts in terms of benefits and costs
for each key element.
Each cost and benefit is rated in terms of the level or severity of the potential impact (the impact rating).
Management strategies, where appropriate, are defined and the impact of the management rated in
general terms (the management rating). Taking the management impact into account, a final cost/benefit
rating for each cost and benefit is provided. The key for each rating used within the cost-benefit
assessment is defined below.
Table 50: Key For Each Rating Used Within The Cost-Benefit Assessment
Major positive impact Classed as impacts that are beneficial to the physical, biological or human
environment. The impact is likely to have a significant positive effect on the
environment.
Moderate positive impact Classed as the impacts that are beneficial to the physical, biological or
human environment. The net impact will not have any short or long term
negative impact on the physical, biological or human environment.
Minor positive impact Classed as impacts that are beneficial to the physical, biological or human
environment and the impact may be managed through normal and
appropriate environmental management practices to enhance the impact.
The net impact will not have any long term negative impact on the physical,
biological or human environment.
Minor negative impact Classed as impacts which are acceptable even without normal and
appropriate environmental management practices. The net impact will not
have any unacceptable long term impacts on the physical, biological or
human environment.
Moderate negative impact Classed as the impacts that are manageable through normal and appropriate
environmental management practices. The net impact will not have any
unacceptable long term impacts on the physical, biological or human
environment.
Major negative impact Classed as impacts that are likely to have a significant negative effect on the
environment. Long term impacts on the physical, biological or human
environment even with environmental management practices.
Substantial negative impact Classed as impacts that are likely to have a substantial negative effect on the
environment. This could include regional or national extinction of flora and
fauna species, short and long term human health impacts or significant
changes to the physical environment on a regional scale.
4.1 Introduction
This Section provides details of the potential impacts of the construction and operation of the pulp mill
component only. The potential impacts have been assessed using the impact assessment methodology
described in Chapter 3.
A description of the technical process of the pulp mill is provided in Volume 1, Chapter 6.
Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme 1991 - Use, Zone and Use and Development
Status
In accordance with Part 4 of the Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme 1991, the pulp mill is
classified as a Heavy Industry. The definition for Heavy Industry is:
means any industry other than a Light, General, Noxious, Hazardous, Extractive, Rural or Service
Industry being of a large scale, which by reason of process, equipment or nature of product, may affect
prejudicially the amenity of the locality by the emission of ash, dust, grit, smell, fumes, smoke, soot,
steam, vapour, noise, vibration, waste or any such thing, and includes all such industries that are
determined to be Scheduled Premises under the Environmental Protection Act 1973 as amended and
which are not defined above.
As illustrated in Figure 4-1, the pulp mill will be located on land within the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone
(IN3). Clause 5.9.2 of the Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme lists Heavy Industry as a
Permitted Use or Development (Permit Required) in the IN3 Zone.
5450000
Kilometers
1:65,000
BE
L
L
B
AY
LI
N
E
Bell Bay
Proposed Pulp Mill
Beauty Point
_
^
Rowella
5440000
5440000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
LAUNCESTON
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield
HOBART
480000 490000 500000
FIGURE 4-1
PLANNING
Date: 16/06/06
Legend
Projection: Map Grid of Australia Effluent Pipeline Planning Scheme Zones Future Urban Industrial
Zone 55, GDA94 _
^ Approximate Site Location
MAP
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au, Water Supply Pipeline Agricultural Rural Residential Maritime / Port and Marine
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001, National/State Highway
Planning scheme zones supplied by DPINE Outfall Rural Particular Use / Special Use / Utility Services Recreation / Tourism
Major Road
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. Business / Commercial Open Space Not Zoned (See ordinance)
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Railway
fig4_1_planning_map.mxd Residential / Village Forest Practices bell_bay_major_industrial
Purpose of Zone
Clause 5.9.1 defines the purpose of the IN3 Zone. Table 51 below lists the main objectives and provides
comment on how the pulp mill meets the objectives.
The Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone represents a The land upon which the pulp mill is proposed is clearly
unique opportunity to identify and make available identified as suitable for future industrial expansion in the
land suitable for the expansion of industrial use and Bell Bay region. The Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone was
development at Bell Bay and its consolidation as one created to entice new industries to locate within the area.
of the principal industrial estates in the State. The proposal to construct what will be one of the States
major industries on this land is entirely consistent with the
intent of the zone and will further strengthen Bell Bay as
one of the principal industrial estates in the State.
The inherent qualities of this area for industrial use The inherent qualities mentioned in the objective are part of
and development including its deep water the reason the site was selected for the pulp mill. It is
anchorages, existing transport infrastructure, intended to construct a new wharf facility so that Bleached
availability of services and the separation from Kraft Pulp bales can be shipped directly from the site,
incompatible uses, are recognised by this zoning. therefore minimising the number of trucks on the road
travelling to the Bell Bay Port. Much of the raw product for
the pulp mill (woodchips) is already processed at the
woodchip mill adjacent to the site so again the increase in
trucking movements will be minimised. Section 10 Volume
1 of the Draft IIS demonstrates fully the attributes of the
site and why it was chosen.
The very qualities that the Bell Bay Industrial Zone is trying
to support are integral to the reason the site was chosen
for the pulp mill.
The intent of this zone is to promote the use of the The proposed Bleached Kraft pulp mill furthers this
area as a strategic location and clear focus for the objective by establishing a value adding process that will
establishment of major industries for value added otherwise be conducted overseas. The site offers a
resource processing and requiring the locational locational advantage within close proximity to the product
advantages the site has to offer to be value added to (woodchips) and offers a wide range
of transport options.
The provisions of this zone also establishes a The Development Plan was prepared but never formally
framework for the provision of major infrastructure adopted into the George Town Planning Scheme.
services and the preparation of a Development Plan
An assessment of the overall pulp mill proposal (including
to provide the detailed controls to further guide
infrastructure) against the strategy outlined in the
developments.
development plan has been provided in Section 2 of
Volume 1 of the Draft IIS.
The establishment and ongoing monitoring of The Environmental Protection Act 1973 has been repealed
industries will be subject to the appropriate and replaced with the Environmental Management and
environmental approvals under the Environmental Pollution Control Act 1994 (EMPCA). This Draft IIS
Protection Act 1973. Quantified risk assessment shall includes an assessment of potential environmental impacts
be performed on proposed industrial developments. and proposed management measures, including ongoing
monitoring, in accordance with EMPCA and other relevant
legislation under Section 2, Volume 1 of the Draft IIS.
Table 52: Use and Development Principles Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone
Electricity will be sourced from the Bell Bay Industrial Estate substation and transmitted to the site via a
new transmission line, which is to be located within the existing easement to the north east of the pulp
mill. There will be some upgrading of other existing transmission lines as part of the project.
The upgrading works as required by the proposed project to the existing transmission lines will be
undertaken by Transend Networks Pty Ltd (Transend), which owns and operates the electricity
transmission system in Tasmania. Transend is owned by the State of Tasmania, and is therefore a
public authority for purposes of Utilities definition under Clause 4.1.2. Accordingly, the proposed works
are exempt from approval under the Scheme.
Amend Clause 5.9.5 Subdivision by deleting No subdivision shall be approved without prior
development approval and substituting
The existing Tamar woodchip mill access to the East Tamar Highway will require modification as
discussed in Section 4.12. Two temporary construction access roads will be developed for use
exclusively during construction of the pulp mill. A single new access points to the landfill, quarry and
water supply reservoir will also be required.
The specifics of all access design will not be known until the detailed design phase. Any proposed
access must be in accordance with the requirements under Schedule 5 of the Municipality of George
Town Planning Scheme. Should this not be practicable, an amendment to the Schedule may be required.
As the highway is a state road, the proposal would also require referral to DIER.
The pulp mill project is consistent with the George Town Planning Scheme. Only a minor amendment to
the Planning Scheme is proposed to remove inconsistencies with approval for subdivision.
Being located within the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone, the project is appropriately located with other
heavy industry activity in the area. The site is buffered on three sides to the north, east and south. Rural
residential, tourism and aquacultural land uses are located to the west of the site but the Tamar River
provides a significant spatial buffer and these areas already experience impacts from the existing
woodchip mills and the Bell Bay Power Station.
Whilst recognising there will be some impacts within the Rowella area (as discussed throughout the Draft
IIS), the pulp mill is considered consistent with the proposed land use for the site.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
associated with infrastructure and services is provided below.
Table 53: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures Land Use and
Planning
4.3.1 Buildings
The site layout has been designed on the principles of optimising flows of materials on the site, allowing
good management and control from a central area and having adequate space for maintenance and
expansion as well as consideration of potential environmental aspects such as minimising potential
visual impacts and choosing the optimum location of the main air emissions points (Jaakko Pyry, 2004).
There are various components of a pulp mill. The pulp mill consists of a range of new buildings and
facilities as illustrated in Figure 4-2. The pulp mill is proposed to be constructed to the north east of the
existing woodchip mills.
It is expected that the new buildings, tanks, silos and equipment, as well as ground floor slabs, pits and
channels will be founded on cast-in-situ concrete construction on ground. However, the foundation
methods will be checked case by case when the final soil investigation results are available.
Table 54 provides a description of proposed buildings and facilities, and indicative building heights.
These are also represented in Figure 4-3. The building heights are subject to detailed design and
suppliers recommendations.
Chip conveyor The chip conveyor is approximately 1.5 kilometres in length and will be made
of steel with foundations made of reinforced concrete. The conveyor will be
enclosed.
Chip Silos Two round cylindrical chip storage silos made of concrete or metal.
Foundations of silos will be constructed of reinforced concrete. The silos will
be approximately 29 metres high.
Chip Screening The screening plant will be in a building which will be approximately 22
metres in height with a total floor area of 880 square metres. The
foundations and ground slab will be made of concrete.
The external walls will be clad if required for noise attenuation following
acoustic modelling completed as part of the detailed design.
Waste wood and biofuel storage Foundations and the conveyor tunnel will be constructed of reinforced cast-
area in-situ concrete. The storage area will be 3,700 square metres.
The roof of the electrical room shall be thermal insulated and water proofed.
Recovery Boiler The recovery boiler will be the second highest structure at the site and is a
height of approximately 86 metres.
The Boiler house, Boiler, Precipitator and side building will be built on a
massive raft foundation or on individual footings on ground.
The fans rooms, fans, tanks and the stack will be founded on reinforced
cast-insitu concrete foundations on ground.
The upper parts of the external walls will be steel cladding sheeting on
galvanized purlins.
The upper part of the external walls of the technical rooms will be
constructed as follows:
- Vertical profiled steel sheeting;
- Galvanized purlins fixed to the columns;
- Thermal insulation where needed; and
- Vertical profiled plastic coated.
Thermal transmittals value (U) is 0.75 W/mC.
- Alkali Plant;
*Building heights and materials are indicative only and are subject to detailed design.
Other buildings and infrastructure will be constructed as part of the overall project. Structures such as the
wharf and pulp warehouse are described in their respective chapters.
4.3.2 Services
Water Supply
The pulp mill requires an estimated 26 gigalitres of raw water per year for producing up to 1.1 million
tonnes of pulp per annum. The overall water balance of the pulp mill is based on a maximum annual pulp
production of 1.1 million ADt per annum. The water balance is discussed in Volume 1, Chapter 6.
The ultimate target water demand, to accommodate possible future industrial expansion, is
approximately 40 Gl/a. However, this increased allocation will need to undergo a further environmental
assessment and approval process.
Subject to detailed design and selection of equipment, it is estimated that for the initial annual production
of 820 000 ADt, raw water demand will be about 22 gigalitres per annum. At an annual production of 1.1
million ADt, when the wood raw material comprises 100% plantation wood, the raw water demand is
estimated to be 26 gigalitres per annum. The actual water demand depends on the final choice of key
plant and may be lower than the given values (personal communication with Jaakko Pyry).
There is currently no water supply infrastructure present at the proposed site capable of supplying the
capacity of water required for operation of the pulp mill. The Esk Water pipeline is located within the
vicinity of the pulp mill site and will be used for potable water and construction water supply. A new water
supply pipeline is required to be able to pipe the water into the mill.
Sewerage
Sanitary sewage, including effluent from offices, canteens and shower water, is estimated to be 100
cubic meters per day. The preliminary design flow is about 20 cubic metres per hour.
The sewage will be collected in a separate sewer system from the change rooms and other sanitary
facilities. The sewage will be clarified in a standard septic system, disinfected and pumped to the inlet of
the process effluent treatment plant. (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
Sewage and sludge water generated during the construction phase will be stored in temporary tanks and
pumped out and transported to the George Town wastewater treatment plant. At peak construction
periods, it is estimated to be approximately 75 cubic metres (75 kL) per day. George Town wastewater
treatment plant has the capacity to accommodate this.
The pulp mill, once operational, will not impact any existing sewerage infrastructure. Potential impacts
from effluent emissions are discussed in Section 4.7, 4.8 and 4.14.
The pulp mill will be an electricity co-generation facility. It will generate steam by burning black liquor and
wood waste. The steam will be used to drive turbines to produce electricity before being used for pulp
mill processes, including black liquor evaporation and pulp drying.
The mill will be connected to the States electricity grid and will supply average power into the grid of
approximately 60 megawatts and up to approximately 100 megawatts peak.
Utilisation of the co-generation process, which is from a fully renewable energy source, means that under
normal operating conditions the pulp mill will be electrically self-sufficient.
The two circuits of 22 kV distribution lines supplying the existing woodchip mills will be removed, and
replaced with a new 220 kV transmission line, from the Bell Bay substation to the pulp mill site over a
distance of 4.4 km. This will occur within the existing Transend easement.
The woodchip mills will be supplied with electricity from the pulp mill.
Figure 4-4 shows the proposed location of transmission lines for the pulp mill.
The timber type (native or plantation) used in the pulping process, and running capacity of the mill, will
influence the amount of natural gas consumed per ADt of pulp. The specific consumption of natural gas
will vary from 1.7 to 2 GJ/ADt with a total mill consumption up to 1.7 PJ per annum.
As there is no existing gas pipeline to the woodchip mills and pulp mill area, natural gas is proposed to
be piped from the existing Alinta Gas Pipeline regulator station at Bell Bay (Venton and Associates,
2005).
A study was undertaken by Hargrave Pipeline Group Pty Ltd to determine the design basis for the gas
pipeline including design standards and safety requirements. As part of that study, Venton and
Associates Pty Ltd also prepared a report on the gas pipeline capacity and recommended pipeline
diameters.
To determine the pipeline diameter the following assumptions were made (Venton and Associates,
2005):
The gas used in computing the energy demand for the pulp mill has a gross heating value of 38.4
MJ/scm (Venton and Associates, 2005).
A pipeline in the order of 2,800 metres is required and will follow the alignment of the proposed effluent
pipeline. The proposed alignment for the gas pipeline is illustrated in Figure 4-4.
The Tasmanian Gas Pipeline has a current annual capacity of 47 PJ 12 . Assuming average demand over
350 days operation each year, this represents an annual demand of 3.15 PJ or approximately 6.5% of
the pipeline capacity.
Gas Pipeline
The pulp mill will require a natural gas supply for its recovery boiler, power boiler, NCG boilers and its
lime kiln. It is proposed to design and construct a high-pressure natural gas pipeline lateral from the
Alinta Bell Bay Meter station to the pulp mill site.
The pipeline will be approximately 3 kilometres in length starting at the pulp mill, heading north then east
parallel to the proposed effluent pipeline route, crossing west underneath the transmission lines, then
crossing under the existing Alinta Gas Pipeline to the Bell Bay Meter Station. Refer to Figure 4-4 for the
proposed alignment.
12
http://www.alinta.net.au/operations/transmission/tgp/ accessed 11/05/06
The piping within meter/regulator stations will be designed to Australian Standard AS 4041, Pressure
Piping.
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
H IG
HW
AY
B
EL
L
B
AY
LI
N
E
_
^
LAUNCESTON
BEL
LB
AY
LIN
E
HOBART
B E L L BA Y L IN E
495000
Legend
FIGURE 4-4
Pulp Mill Project Site River Railway Roads
Date: 16/06/06
Builtup Area Outfall Dam National/State Highway
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
LOCAL
Zone 55, GDA94 Workers Accommodation Water Supply Pipeline Gas Pipe - Local Major Arterial Road
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST-
INFRASTRUCTURE
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied Quarry Effluent Pipeline Leachate Pipeline Arterial Road
by Gunns Pty Ltd Access Road
Water Reservoir Landfill Boundary Transmission Line
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\
fig4_4_local_infrastructure.mxd Mill Layout
The design pressures for mechanical design of the Gunns pipeline lateral (MAOP) is 10.2 Mpa. The
minimum delivery pressure assumed for hydraulic calculations is 6 Mpa.
A construction easement of approximately 20 metres will be required. The easement width may be
reduced at certain locations, and may be enlarged at pipeline facilities.
The detailed design phase of the project will define as a minimum the easement location and width, pipe
wall thickness, pipeline length, river / road crossings and depth of cover.
Telecommunications
Fibre optic cable is already supplies to the woodchip mill site and would be available for use in the pulp
mill.
Road
Upgrades to existing the access road and internal roads to pulp mill are required. Discussion regarding
potential transport impacts and management measures is provided in Section 4.12 of Volume 2.
Rail
Discussion regarding potential transport impacts and management measures is provided in Section 4.12
of Volume 2.
Wharf Facilities
A new wharf is require for the transportation of the pulp bales and is discussed in Sections 8 to 12 of
Volume 2.
Management measures to minimise the potential impacts of development of the infrastructure identified
above include:
Ongoing liaison and negotiations with land owners, utility/service providers and infrastructure
agencies regarding relocation of services, new infrastructure and any approvals required, prior to
commencement of construction works;
Relocation of services and construction of new services will be completed to the requirements of the
service provider and land holder; and
Advise service providers and users of the time and duration of disruptions to services.
The pulp mill project requires the utilisation of existing services, the extension of some service networks
and the construction of new buildings and infrastructure. In summary:
All buildings will be developed as part of the project and no existing structures will be utilised;
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
associated with infrastructure and services is provided below.
Impacts on existing buildings Insignificant New buildings are proposed Insignificant Insignificant
impact for the site. There are no impact impact
impacts on existing
buildings structures.
Increase in demand for water Moderate New raw water supply Moderate Insignificant
supply negative pipeline from Trevallyn Dam positive impact impact
impact
Increase in demand for power Insignificant New transmission line to Moderate Moderate
supply impact Bell Bay sub station. positive impact positive
Cogeneration facility as part impact
of the project
Increase in demand for gas Minor Utilise existing capacity in Insignificant Minor
negative gas network impact negative
impact impact
4.4.1 Topography
The topography of the pulp mill site will be directly affected. As discussed in Section 2.4, the maximum
height of the Bell Bay site is approximately 80 m above sea level. The site grades from moderate to
steep slopes. To enable the construction of the pulp mill and ancillary infrastructure, the site will need to
be levelled by excavation and filling, altering the local topography. The target elevations (Reduced
Levels) for the site are:
Pulp mill area: + 57.5m and + 62.5m;
Effluent treatment and chemical plant: +24.5 m to 30 m;
Gas station area: +47m;
More details on the type of fill are discussed in Section 4.5. The extent of earthworks is further detailed in
Appendix 7, Volume 6.
Operation of the pulp mill will not have a direct climatic or meteorological impact. The mill has been
designed to generate its own electricity from biofuel and black liquor. A best case scenario assumes that
the electricity generated by the pulp mill replaces electricity generated by coal. Approximately 62 MW of
sellable electricity during 8,000 hours of yearly operation will be generated. Each MWh will replace
approximately 1,118 kg of fossil CO2. The total reduction of fossil greenhouse gas emission in Australia
due to the pulp mill producing 820,000 ADt/a is therefore 416,000 t CO2 per year.
Greenhouse gas emissions and ozone depletion are discussed in detail in Section 4.21.
Incorporation of biofuel cogeneration facility as an integral part of the pulp mill design.
Operation of the pulp mill will not have a direct climatic or meteorological impact. The mill has been
designed to generate its own electricity from biofuel and black liquor. The estimated net CO2 balance
from the mill operation is considered positive as the extra electricity the mill produces with bio-fuels
replaces electricity generated elsewhere. A best case scenario would result in a reduction of fossil
greenhouse gas emission in Australia due to the pulp mill producing 820,000 ADt/a is therefore 416,000 t
CO2 per year.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to topography, climate and meteorology is provided below.
Climate change from Minor Biofuel power generation as Moderate positive Minor
Greenhouse gases negative part of pulp mill plant impact positive
impact impact
Overall, the project is considered to have a minor positive impact on climate and meteorology.
Introduction
This assessment of the impact of dust emissions to air from the bulk earthworks associated with the
construction of the pulp mill comprised the following components of work:
Compilation of a quantified emissions inventory for identified activities that are likely to result in the
emission of significant sources of dust to the air environment;
Meteorological modelling in the complex geographical area surrounding the works location and within
the Tamar Valley itself (for details see GHD report prepared for Gunns Limited: Pulp Mill Bell Bay:
Impact on Air Quality Draft IIS, Chapters 3 and 5).
3D dispersion modelling of the significant sources of dust and comparison with DPIWE design level
criteria.
This assessment focuses upon dust (as PM10) emitted to air from the pulp mill site bulk earthwork
construction activities that include:
blasting, excavation and infilling of cut rock and clay;
grader, bulldozer and truck loading / dumping activity;
haul route location and frequency of use; and
ancillary activities including crushing and spoil dumping.
Full details of the dust modelling assessment can be found in Appendix 17, Volume 9.
Note that the Air Policy standard applies to predicted PM10 levels including ambient background PM10
in addition to the signal from the site bulk earthwork activities.
Please also note that the NEPM criterion of 50 g/m3, 24-hour average is not relevant to apply to
emissions from construction activities, as by their nature they are temporary and do not form an ongoing
load to the airshed.
Emissions Inventory
The general site preparation activities, their timings, and the individual processes within them were
identified by GHD based upon documentation prepared by Gunns and Jaakko Pyry. The individual
processes that generate significant amounts of dust (as PM10) were then identified and their emission
rates characterised using referenced emission factors with reasonable levels of control. In general, these
processes are:
Vehicle induced dust emissions on haul routes used for the transport of earth / rock from its source,
through any processing points or temporary stockpiles to its final destination;
Material handling, that is, loading, blasting, excavation, loading, dumping and spreading;
Static material processing, that is, crushing / screening plants; and
Wind erosion.
Jaakko Pyry estimate that the bulk earthworks will be completed in six months with minor work to
continue for a further three months. Based on this it has been assumed that 90% of the total tonnage to
be redistributed will occur during the initial six-month period. Note that on-site activity will comprise two
daily shifts, seven days per week (excluding public holidays).
Activities unlikely to emit significant amounts of dust have not been included, e.g. drilling (as this is
controlled by the direct application of water).
Diesel exhaust emissions from vehicles or machinery are included in the presented emission factors.
The site was divided into four work areas as identified in Table 57 below which details the individual
excavation volume for each area (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
The following is representative of equipment that may be required on-site during the earthwork phase
operating over two daily shifts; seven days per week excluding public holidays:
Approximately 2 x excavators (each 120 tonnes capacity)
Approximately 2 x dump trucks (each 100 tonnes capacity)
Approximately 5 x dump trucks (each 50 tonnes capacity)
Approximately 2 x bulldozers
Approximately 2 x graders
In addition, for the purpose of this assessment the following assumptions have been made:
Concrete batching will not be operational until approximately 6 months after site preparation begins
(at which point it is estimated 90% of the on-site preparation work will have been completed). This
therefore has not been considered;
The numerical mean dump truck capacity has been calculated at 64 tonnes and obtained from the
proposed on-site equipment of 2 x 100 tonne and 5 X 50 tonne dump trucks. Trucks are operational
for 100% of the working hours with 75% abatement on haul route emissions (unsealed roads);
A crushing plant has been located within each of the main site areas (that is, 4 crushers on site) to
reduce haul road kilometres travelled and hence point source dust emissions will occur (Figure 4-5);
Four haul routes are identified for bulk earth transfer;
Five journeys per day were allocated for transportation of water from the reservoir to the site;
Where material is excavated from one area and taken both to the same area and to a different area
for in-filling, a 50% split to each location is assumed. However, for the pulp mill site 10% of material is
taken to the reservoir, and 45% to the other two specified in-filling areas;
Input / output tonnage to / from each crushing facility is assumed to be equal;
80% of the total excavated cut rock tonnage is assumed to require crushing (Jaakko Pyry, 2006);
Blasting will be undertaken twice daily between 9.00 am to 1.00 pm hours at the same time each day;
and
Rock to be shipped off-site, for the effluent pipeline ballasting, after the bulk earthworks are
completed will be stored in the spoil stockpile in the wharf area.
These publications detail a range of standard management measures designed to minimise the emission
of dusts to air so as to minimise the risk to public health and amenity. This emissions inventory, together
with dispersion modelling, has been used to assess the potential short-term impacts at the works area,
and at the residential areas in close proximity to the site.
Appendix 17, Volume 9 provides an explanation of site terminology used and a description of material
movements.
Appendix 17, Volume 9 provides the determined average vehicle transport induced dust emission rates
for the site preparation phase from transport of material from excavation areas to filling areas, including
crushing. Also detailed there are the required material volumes and the period over which that material
must be transported with vehicles of a specific capacity.
99
55
77
1155
22 00
1100
00
7755
5500
13
13 88
14
14
11
11
2255
Legend
Main Mill Stack
1100
11
DPIWE design ground level concentration
(150 ug/m**3 including 50 ug/m**3 assumed background)
The highest measured 24-hour PM10 concentration of 28.8 g/m3 at Rowella has been considered as a
lower level to enable a conservative peak 24-hour average ambient background PM10 level of 50 g/m3
to be proposed for discussion purposes. This conservative level was chosen to demonstrate cumulative
impacts even if an extreme background levels were experienced.
Emission Modelling
The emissions for each activity detailed within the emissions inventory were characterised as area
sources within the model, with initial release geometries representative of each activity. Similar co-
existent activities were assigned to individual area sources (e.g. loading and dumping at crushers).
Each emission was assigned a diurnal variance representative of the activity, typically 22 hours per day,
7 am to 6 pm and 7 pm to 6 am.
The model was then run with the following main configuration features:
The hourly 3D winds and spatially varying local meteorological parameters generated by TAPM for
the period 2004, in conjunction with the geophysical information, were used to characterise the
transport and dispersion of the emissions to air.
No wet or dry fallout has been included in the modelling. The emissions of PM10 have been
assumed to behave as tracers, that is, to follow the dispersion patterns of gas. The emission
controls implicit in the emissions inventory include watering to obtain required moisture levels. The
moisture content of excavated material also includes contributions from natural processes as well as
the in-situ material moisture contents upon excavation.
Ground level concentrations were predicted on a 125 m resolution receptor grid throughout the area
of interest.
The hourly model predictions for each emission scenario, at each receptor, were then used to create
consecutive 24-hourly average predictions and these were then ranked from highest to lowest.
The criterion contour extends around the site but does not extend to the nearest townships of Rowella
and Bell Bay. Isolated sensitive receptors located at Donovans Bay and sites northwest of Rowella (on
A rapid drop-off of dust (as PM10) is apparent with increasing distance from the site, particularly to the
east. The largest area off-site with a concentration of greater than 150 g/m3 is to the northwest of the
mill site in the vicinity of Big Bay. There are no sensitive receptors located in this region. The closest
receptor with a concentration >100 g/m3 and <150 g/m3 is that of the power station at Donovans Bay
(125 g/m3) although this industrial site does not encompass any permanent dwellings and is not
considered a sensitive site.
Particulate matter impacts are elongated northwest - southeast as a result of the local topography. The
Tippogoree Hills act to channel the flows and restrict PM10 concentrations to the north; this is apparent
when inspecting the PM10 contour restrictions at the base of the elevated topography to the northeast
of the mill site. Greater expansion of the PM10 contours is apparent south of the site across the estuary,
when compared to those north of the site, although concentrations of 100 g/m3 are within allowable
levels.
In summary, airborne PM10 concentrations >150 g/m3 are confined to a region of approximately 2 km2
centred on the pulp mill site.
The TAPM configuration used for the meteorological and dispersion modelling of the emissions from the
proposed mill, and also from domestic, industrial and biogenic sources, is as follows:
76 by 81 grid points with 4 nested grids: 500 m, 1,000 m, 3,000 m, and 10,000 m resolution; and
Grid centre: latitude: -41 degrees, -12.5 minutes; longitude: 147 degrees, 0 minutes, (500000,
5438115) metres MGA zone 55, GDA.94.
The nested grids were sized to capture broad scale wind channelling (up and down valley flows),
regional and local katabatic flows (cool air drainage flows) and sea-breezes from Bass Strait.
Soil and land use\vegetation types were directly defined for the 500m and 1000m resolution inner grids,
with detailed data from Geosciences Australia.
Terrain elevation data was obtained from the 9-second (approximately 250 m resolution) AusLig terrain
dataset. The characterisation of soil types was done using digitised Geoscience Australia 1:1,000,000
scale Surface Geology of Tasmania. The characterisation of land use\vegetation types was done using
a combination of digitised Geoscience Australia 1:250,000 Topographic Data and the US Geological
survey data as provided with TAPM.
The most recent annual synoptic analysis provided by CSIRO for the year 2004 was used with the most
up-to-date emissions information from domestic sources and from other industries.
Recorded surface meteorological data for the year 2004 was obtained from Comalco Aluminium, from
their site located at Bell Bay. This data represented the only source of adequately, recently and
appropriately recorded long term surface meteorology at Bell Bay. This data, on its own, represented
The AWS data was first used to adjust, on a monthly basis, the configuration of the meteorological
model within TAPM to ensure that, on a regional scale, the simulated timing and duration of the up-
valley sea breezes from Bass Strait, and the intensity of the down-valley katabatic flows, was
adequately characterised. This data was then assimilated into the model, so that these observations,
recorded local to the proposed site, could directly influence the generated meteorological fields in the
area of Bell Bay.
The choice of year to model (2004) was driven by the need to have a complete and good quality recent
meteorological data set, so as to optimise the model calibration and to be representative of near current
background air quality. Note that the issue of inter-annual variability was considered.
4.5.3 Validation
Once the required adjustments to the model configuration were determined, the model was re-run and
assimilated the actual observed wind velocity data, thus ensuring that the surface winds in the area of
the existing industries and the proposed mill site were based (in part) on actually recorded (rather than
only modelled) data.
The nature of the comparison of observed and predicted data, included an analyses of:
seasonal and annual (or temporally independent) distributions; and
concurrent (or temporally dependant) data.
Based on this type of analysis for each month, the model was adjusted (through the regionally
representative deep soil moisture content) so that the predictions of wind direction would be improved,
typically during periods where the influence of synoptic gradient wind was light, and the flow fields in the
area were dominated by katabatic flows and sea-breezes.
A further comparison was made to another source of long term meteorological data recorded in the
south end of the TVAS is the Bureau of Meteorology automatic weather station at Ti-Tree bend. For the
adjusted model configuration, these recordings can be compared with the concurrent predictions at that
location. Figure 4-2 presents wind roses of the annual distribution of recorded and predicted winds. It
can be seen that the pattern in both roses is similar, with dominant NNW to NW winds and a minor
down valley SSE wind. The increase in incidence of northerly winds seen in the Bell Bay data is also
seen at Ti Tree Bend, but is more muted.
The comparison to the measured PM10 data at Ti Tree Bend has been done for the 12 months of 2004.
Note that this comparison is somewhat limited in that the station falls on the second inner grid with a
resolution of 1 km (the 500 m inner grid was centred in the region of interest, Bell Bay), and as a
consequence the resolution at that air quality monitoring station site is lower.
Criteria are placed on emissions to air at two points; (i) at source where in-stack concentration and/or
emission rate limits can be set for some pollutants, and (ii) off-site, where design criteria set limits on the
predicted worst case pollutant ground level concentrations (ground level concentrations) resulting from
the dilution of these emissions with ambient air. In determining the compliance of peak ground level
concentrations to design criteria, the existing background levels of the pollutant, if significant, need to be
taken into account.
In Tasmania the design criteria for emissions from any industry are specified by DTAE in Schedules 1
and 2 of the Environment Protection Policy (Air Quality) 2004.
In-stack limits are given in Table 2 to Schedule 1 while the off-site design criteria are given in Table 1 to
Schedule 2.
The Emission Limit Guidelines specified both for mill emissions to air and for discharges of waste to
water bodies. The Emission Limit Guidelines also require that the air shed capacity not be compromised
by the addition of new emissions, with the air shed criteria being those given in the National
Environment Protection Measure (NEPM) for Air Quality.
Winter Spring
Project No.:
31/16408
Table 58: In-Stack Concentration Criteria Emission Limit Guidelines (ELG) and
DTAE
NOX - 500
SO2 -
3
PCDD / PCDF 100 pg/NDm
NOX -
SO2 -
SO2 -
NOX -
SO2 -
SO2 + SO3 -
H2SO4 mist -
(1) @ 3% O2 for > 99% of the time (2) @ 3% O2 for > 95% of the time
H2SO4 mist(1) -
HCl -
Odour -
(1) Emission Rate limit linked to Mill production rate (2) In-stack Concentration limit
The constituents and corresponding criteria including the relevant averaging time and the permitted
exceedance (if any) are listed in Table 60. Several features can be seen in Table 60, these being:
The Emission Limit Guidelines criteria are generally equivalent to the corresponding Air Quality EPP
criteria (where present);
The Emission Limit Guidelines blanket criterion for inorganic chlorinated compounds is 10 and 20
times more stringent than the corresponding Air Quality EPP criteria for Cl2 and HCl respectively;
and
The Emission Limit Guidelines criterion of 10g/m3 for inorganic chlorinated compounds appears to
be generalised from the Commonwealth 1995 BEKM guideline8 for chlorine dioxide. However, as
now phrased in the emission limit guidelines, HCl and Cl2 emissions would also need to meet this
same criterion even though the criterion glcs for HCl and Cl2 was 200g/m3 and 100 g/m3
respectively in the 1995 guidelines..
I hr (moving
SO2 Sulphur dioxide RPDC 200 g/Nm3 (1) 0.1%
av)
TRS RPDC
3 min (moving
1.5 g/Nm3 0.1%
Total Reduced av)
Sulphides
Inorganic RPDC
3 min (moving
Chlorinated 10 g/Nm3 0.1%
av)
Compounds
0.1% (9
NO2 DPIW 0.16ppm 1 hr
hrs/year)
PM10 DPIW
(1) Misprint in Emission Limit Guidelines units should be parts per billion (ppb) so as to be equivalent to DPIW criterion.
Allowable
Pollutant Averaging Periods Goal
Exceedances
1 year 8 g/m3 -
Note that the revised guidelines also require an assessment of emissions of persistent organic
pollutants (POPs) from the mill in relation to their potential to accumulate in soils, vegetation and water.
This section specifies the emissions from the pulp mill based on design calculations (Jaakko Pyry,
2006).
The other significant emission source types located in the TVAS are identified and emission rates for
the pollutants of potential concern are specified based on either measurements at the source, National
Pollutant Inventory (NPI) data, or pollutant inventories. It was necessary to determine these emissions
so that they could be included in the dispersion model simulations to provide a modelled background for
each constituent. The alternative, using direct measurements of background ambient AQ levels, was
not available, as no existing air quality monitoring stations (prior to the Gunns air quality monitoring
station near Rowella) have been established in TVAS. The DPIW air quality monitoring station at Ti
Tree Bend does monitor particulate concentrations but is not equipped to monitor the gaseous
pollutants NO2 and SO2. In any event, a single air quality station would not be adequate to represent
Table 62 summarises these production rates and shows their duration and percentage occurrence.
Type
Parameter
Maximum Annual Maximum Maximum Short-term
Average Continuous
% Occurrence 89 10 1
Pollutants Modelled Metals(1), VOC(1), PM10, SO2, NO2, HCl, TRS (odour)
(1) (1)
HAP , PAH , dioxins ClO2, Cl2
(1) Modelling of these constituents done as input to the health risk assessment
(2) Events randomly timed
(3) ADt = Air Dried Tonne
The modelling of emission constituents not specified by the Emission Limit Guidelines but required in a
separate assessment of potential Health Risk to chronic exposure (see Section 4.19) was done using
the maximum annual average mill production rate.
The constituents specified in the Emission Limit Guidelines were modelled using emission rates based
on the mill maximum continuous production rate. The single exception to this was TRS, where
significant increases in TRS emissions were calculated at the short term maximum production rate and
as a consequence, modelling for TRS was conducted using a three tier TRS emission rate varying
through the year according to the percentage occurrence and duration given in Table 62, and allowing
for a random placing of the 3 day and 1 hour peaks.
Full details for each individual source including location coordinates, stack height, internal diameter exit
velocity, temperature and emission rate for point sources, are given in Appendix 16, Volume 9. The
source parameters / emissions that are required to meet the emission limit guideline criteria have been
extracted from Appendix A of Appendix 16, Volume 9 and are summarised in Table 62. Similarly, the
global mill emission limits from all sources nominated in the Emission Limit Guidelines are compared to
the calculated emissions in Table 63.
Table 63 shows that the plant wide emission limits are met for all but NOx, where the projected
emission rate limit of 1.68 kg NO2/ADt exceeds the Emission Guideline limit of 1.3 kg NO2/ADt by
approximately 30%.
The Emission Guidelines stipulate a strict, 3-minute average ground level concentration for TRS outside
the pulp mill property limit. The figure is 1.4 micrograms H2S/m3 of ambient air, which is similar to the
lowest reported odour threshold of H2S.
NOx emissions come from the following primary sources in the pulp mill: recovery boiler, lime kiln, NCG
boilers, and the power boiler. Under the Emission Guidelines, the power boiler emissions are treated
separately. The recovery boiler, lime kiln and NCG boilers are grouped together under a single value
1.3 kg/ADt.
The recovery boiler NOx emissions come almost entirely from the Nitrogen (N) content of the black
liquor fuel to the recovery boiler. The nitrogen content of air has no influence on the recovery boiler NOx
emissions. Hardwoods (including eucalyptus) contain significantly higher nitrogen content than
softwoods which ends up in the black liquor. The difference in pulp mill NOx emissions from the
In summary, the Emission Guidelines for NOx require clarification since the set NOx emission limit value
is extremely low for the following reasons:
The emission value reflects more the value that is applicable for unbleached grade operation.
Higher NOx emission from the pulp mill will still be within the environmental guidelines.
The environmental benefits of added electricity production are not addressed and do not show in the
NOx value.
There are no provisions for NOx emission limits when pulping softwood.
The Emission Guidelines annual average NOx emission value from the process sources excluding
the NOx emission of the power boiler is set at or below 1.3 kg as NO2/ADt. The limit value of 1.3
kg/ADt is unattainable under some operating conditions that will be experienced. With natural gas
used in the lime kiln, the limit value will be definitely exceeded.
It is recommended by Jaakko Pyry that the allowable NOx emission limit value be changed from 1.3
kg/ADt to 1.7 kg/ADt in case of natural gas fired lime kiln or alternatively changed from 1.3 kg/ADt to 1.5
kg/ADt in case of oil fired lime kiln. A report 16B01040-E0014 NOx Issues is contained at Annex XV,
Appendix 7, Volume 6 and considers NOx emissions in greater detail.
66
99
55
77
22
Legend
13
13 88
Main Mill Stack
14
14
11
11
Approximate Mill Site Footprint
11
Existing Industry
Kilometres
An indication of the relative contribution of each of these industries to the airshed for SO2, NOx and
PM10 has been obtained from the National Pollutant Inventory (NPI) available on the NPI website.
Table 64 gives the annual averaged emissions of these constituents for these industries.
Comalco 3 300 23 69
Ecka Granules(1) - - -
The reported emissions in Table 64 show that Comalco is the dominant industrial source of SO2
emissions at > 99%, while Bell Bay Power Station is the major source of NOx emissions at > 80%.
The Bell Bay Power Station is currently installing three gas-fired generators which will be more efficient
than the two existing generators that were converted from oil-fired to gas fired in 1998. GHD has
modelled the power station NOx emissions on the assumption that the three new units plus one of the
existing units are operating. This configuration is the most likely one once Basslink is in operation, and
was arrived at after discussions with Bell Bay Power Station management. There is also a future plan to
improve the efficiency of the existing generators (therefore reducing NOx emissions), but this has not
been accounted for in the modelling of existing industries.
The distribution of fine particulate emission sources are more evenly spread between the existing
industries, with TEMCO and CHH Pine Panels at 47% and 32% respectively of the total.
Domestic Emissions
The CSIRO inventory provides PM10 emission rates on a 1 km grid based on housing distribution. The
main source is wood heaters, and the inventory is hourly varying, dependent on a moving 24 hour
average temperature. In this manner both the seasonal and diurnal variation in wood heater emissions
is accounted for.
The emissions from wood heaters are most intense in the southern end of the TVAS at Launceston,
where the 2004 annual averaged PM10 emission was 346 tonne compared to 470 tonne for the whole
of the air shed. The emissions of other constituents from the sources have been derived using
Melbourne wood heater data as tabled below.
Motor vehicle exhaust and fuel evaporation emissions were also included in the inventory, their
distribution is also based on population density in the TVAS.
Biogenic Emissions
NO emissions from soil and reactive VOC emissions from vegetation were derived using the TAPM
topography and land use files for TVAS generated by GHD. The emission factors were developed by
CSIRO in earlier investigations where sufficient air quality monitoring allowed the emission inventories
to be validated.
In this section, the results of the TAPM dispersion modelling of the mill emissions are presented for the
situation of normal operations at the Mill.
Note that the categorisation of pollutants used by Victoria EPA (ie. Class 1 for ubiquitous pollutants,
Class 2 for industrially sourced pollutants) is used below.
Class 1 Pollutants
As detailed previously, there is little existing monitoring of ambient air quality in the TVAS, this required
background levels of the Class 1 pollutants to be simulated by modelling the other industrial sources
and the distributed biogenic and domestic sources in TVAS. The simulations were then re-run including
the anticipated mill emissions, so that (i) the existing air shed capacity and its decrement when mill
emissions are included could be determined, and (ii) the compliance with the Emission Limit Guideline /
NEPM design criteria could be checked.
Note that the mill signal in isolation was not modelled for Class 1 constituents, as in reality the mill
signal interacts with background levels, and TAPM simulates this chemical interaction. Hence the mill
signal in isolation has no relevance, it is the increment to background levels once the mill emissions are
included that is relevant and which is presented.
The design criteria for Class 1 pollutants are based on epidemiological studies in population centres of
the impact that elevated levels of these pollutants could have on peoples health. The averaging times
specified in the design criteria are normally hour or multi hour. The TAPM results are given for seven
population centres in the northern (ie. most affected) end of TVAS, as well as three elevated sites
shown to have maximum exposure to the mill emissions [Mt George, Tippogoree Hills (2 sites)]. The
location and numbering of these sites and the mill site and the Gunns air quality station are shown in
Figure 4-8.
(i) Cumulative frequency plots of predicted pollutant concentrations of all sites. This enables the mean
and peak values at each site to be compared to each other and to the Emission Limit Guidelines
and Air Quality NEPM criteria; and
These pollutants are industrially sourced and in this air shed. Of these pollutants, the Tasmanian
Government has cited limits for TRS, Cl2, HCl and ClO2 (Emission Guidelines). The background levels
for this subset of pollutants are effectively zero.
The Emission Limit Guidelines also require other potential Class 2 pollutant emissions from the mill to
be assessed for off-site impact. The Tasmanian Government has not set design limits for these
constituents and instead a Health Risk Assessment (HRA) is required and is the subject of a separate
report (Appendix 21, Volume 10). GHD provided predicted levels (at annual average and at 99.9
percentile, 1 hour average) for these constituents (dioxins / furans, PAHs, VOCs, HAPs metals and CO)
to Toxikos for the HRA.
The specified averaging time for Class 2 pollutants is normally 3 minutes, and the design criterion is to
be met at each receptor for worst case or a 99.9th percentile non-exceedance level.
The TAPM model results for each Class 2 constituents are presented as:
(i) A contour plot of predicted 99.9th percentile levels in the local air shed; and
(ii) A table showing the peak predicted levels and location within the air shed for each pollutant.
Class 1 Pollutants
In this section, four pollutants, NO2, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5 are modelled. Only the first two have RPDC
criteria, while the Emission Limit Guidelines indicate modelling of NEPM indicators is also required as
shown in Table 59 so as to determine the reserve capacity of TVAS.
Nitrogen Dioxide
The TAPM modelling for the 99.9 percentile, 1 hour average levels for all selected receptor stations is
shown in Figure 4-9 and Figure 4-10. Figure 4-9 shows the predicted background levels from existing
industry, and Figure 2-10 shows the predicted NO2 levels when the mill emissions are included.
The figures demonstrate that for all specified locations, the background level does not exceed 45 ppb.
The stations with higher background levels are George Town A and B, Tippogoree Hills and Mount
George. This is expected as these stations are close to the Bell Bay Industrial precinct, the major point
source of emissions.
The peak values are only approximately 30% of the Emission Limit Guideline design criterion of 160
ppb. Even when compared to the 1 hour NEPM objective, the existing background levels are all less
than 40% of that objective.
The effect of the mill NO2 emissions is barely detectable at the receptor sites, with the frequency
distribution in Figure 4-10 barely distinguishable from that in Figure 4-9. The difference at each site is
shown in Table 65.
80.0% Georgetown B
Tippogoree Hills A
75.0%
Tippogoree Hills B
70.0% Mt George
Hillwood
65.0%
GUNNS AQMS
60.0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Predicted Ground Level NO2 Concentration with Mill Stack for year 2004.
Figure 4-10
Cumulative Frequency Distribution
100.0%
Rowella
NEPM Objective:
Beaconsfield
90.0% 120 ppb
Low Head
RPDC & DIPWE Criterion:
85.0% 160 ppb
Georgetown A
.
Percentile
80.0% Georgetown B
Tippogoree Hills A
75.0%
Tippogoree Hills B
70.0%
Mt George
65.0% Hillwood
GUNNS AQMS
60.0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1-hour average Concentration (NO2 - ppb)
Table 65: Predicted Class 1 Levels (ppb) Background and Mill Signal *
At the annual average, all receptors yield predicted NO2 levels less than 3 ppb, 10 % of the NEPM
objective. The increment in annual average NO2 levels due to the mill emissions is greatest at receptor
number 8, at 0.37 ppb.
The TAPM model output is also shown as time series plots for each constituent and averaging time at
each receptor. Each plot shows (i) the time varying background due to existing sources, and (ii) the
increment due to the mill emissions (shown in red). These plots are shown in Appendix 16, Volume 9.
The plots show that on occasion the mill signal is significant, but it is rare that a peak mill signal
corresponds to peak background levels. This is expected as the other main industrial source of NO2
emissions is the Bell Bay Power Station, and emissions from this source are also released from a less
elevated stack.
For example, Figure 4-11 shows the time series for NO2, 1 hour average at the elevated station where
the mill signal is greatest, Tippogoree Hills B.
The time series is shown in 4 month bands, where the black trace indicates the predicted background
due to all other sources, and the red trace shows the increase (when present) in predicted ground level
concentration due to the mill emissions. The green circles enclose incidents where the mill increment is
significant and the blue arrows show events where the predicted ground level concentration is entirely, or
almost entirely due to the mill emissions.
Overall, it can be seen that the mill contribution is sporadic, and that it is rare that the pulp mill signal is
dominant. The RPDC / DPIW criterion is also shown as the blue line at 120 ppb, and it can be seen that
at all times predicted peak levels are less than 40 ppb or less than 30% of the criterion.
Hence, it will be unlikely that simultaneous peak levels are felt at receptors from both the Mill and Bell
Bay Power Station.
These cumulative frequency plots show the predictions with mill emissions included, and the relevant
criterion is also annotated. Figure 4-15 shows that all stations except Tippogoree A have predicted peak
1 hr levels less than 60 ppb or < 30% of the RPDC criterion. Note that those receptors representing
population centres show 1 hr peak levels less than 40 ppb, (20% of the criterion), with only George Town
A showing a higher value at approximately 50 ppb (25% of the criterion).
Note that at all receptors the increase in peak 1 hr levels due to the mill emissions is very small at
approximately 1 ppb.
01/01
08/01
15/01
22/01
29/01
05/02
12/02
19/02
26/02
04/03
11/03
18/03
25/03
01/04
08/04
15/04
22/04
29/04
160
140
120
100
80
60
(ppb) .
40
20
0
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
Date
31/08
07/09
14/09
21/09
28/09
05/10
12/10
19/10
26/10
02/11
09/11
16/11
23/11
30/11
07/12
14/12
21/12
28/12
Predicted Background SO2 Ground Level Concentration for year 2004.
Cumulative Frequency Distribution (1-Hour Average)
100.0%
Rowella
Beauty Point
Beaconsfield
95.0%
Low Head
Georgetown A
Percentile
90.0% Georgetown B
RPDC & DIPWE Criterion:
200 ppb Tippogoree Hills A
Tippogoree Hills B
85.0%
Mt George
Hillwood
GUNNS AQMS
80.0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1-hour average Concentration (SO2 - ppb)
Predicted Ground Level SO2 Concentration with Mill Stack for year 2004.
Cumulative Frequency Distribution (1-Hour Average)
100.0%
Rowella
Beauty Point
Beaconsfield
95.0%
Low Head
Georgetown A
.
Percentile
90.0% Georgetown B
RPDC & DIPWE Criterion:
200 ppb Tippogoree Hills A
Tippogoree Hills B
85.0%
Mt George
Hillwood
GUNNS AQMS
80.0%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
1-hour average Concentration (SO2 - ppb)
Beaconsfield
90.0%
Low Head
85.0%
Georgetown A
.
Percentile
80.0% Georgetown B
Tippogoree Hills A
75.0%
Tippogoree Hills B
70.0%
Mt George
Hillwood
65.0%
GUNNS AQMS
60.0%
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Predicted Ground Level SO2 Concentration with Mill Stack for year 2004.
Cumulative Frequency Distribution (24-Hour Average)
100.0%
Rowella
Beaconsfield
90.0%
Low Head
85.0%
Georgetown A
.
Percentile
80.0% Georgetown B
NEPM Objective:
80ppb Tippogoree Hills A
75.0%
Tippogoree Hills B
70.0%
Mt George
65.0% Hillwood
GUNNS AQMS
60.0%
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
24-hour average Concentration (SO2 - ppb)
22/04
21/08 21/12
15/04
14/08 14/12
Background
08/04
07/08 07/12
Date
26/02 26/06 26/10
160
120
80
40
0
200
160
120
80
40
200
160
120
80
40
(ppb) .
1hr Average SO2 Concentration
As an example, the time series plots for 1 hour average SO2 for the Rowella AQMS is given in Figure
4-14. This station was chosen as it had the highest mill increment over background at both the 1 hour
average and 24 hour average periods. In Figure 4-14, those incidences where the mill signal protrudes
above background are shown circled, and it is clear that they are sporadic and that the increment is
minor compared to the background. In all cases predicted ground level concentrations are less than 40
ppb which is less than 20% of the RPDC criterion.
The most exposed station to SO2 emissions in Tippogoree Hills A, and Figure 4-15 shows the time series
of predicted background and mill signal ground level concentrations at this station. The plot shows an
increased incidence (approximately 10 per year) of occasions when a peak background SO2 level is
incremented by the mill signal.
The cumulative frequency distributions of 24 hr average SO2 levels at each station are plotted in Figure
4-15, and it can be seen that two stations, Tippogoree A and George Town A show the highest levels, -
Table 65 gives the peak levels as 29.6 and 13.4 ppb respectively. These values are still well below the
NEPM objective of 80 ppb at approximately 40% and approximately 20%.
The pulp mill increment to peak levels is less than 0.5 ppb at all stations, that is, the effect of the pulp mill
is to take <1.0% of the reserve capacity of TVAS.
The predicted annual average SO2 levels are also shown in Table 65, with all population centres showing
< 2 ppb, or approximately 10% of the NEPM objective. The increment due to the Mill emissions is < 0.02
ppb at all population centres, or approximately 0.1% of the TVAS capacity. Even at the most exposed
receptor, Tippogoree B, the increment is 0.14 ppb, just 0.7% of the NEPM objective.
All peak values are below the NEPM objective except for George Town A. The increment in 24 hr
average levels due to the Mill emissions is seen in Table 9.1 to be typically less than 0.03 g/m3 or 0.4%
of the air shed capacity.
An example of the time series plots of predicted PM10 24 hour average is shown for George Town A in
Figure 9.12 of Appendix 16, Volume 9. No RPDC criterion applies to PM10 and the NEPM objective of
50 g/m3 (with 5 exceedances allowed per year) is shown as a blue line in the figure. The time series
shows only rare instances where a predicted peak background is detectably incremented by the mill
signal. Clearly, at all specified locations, the existing background levels dominate the mill signal.
22/04
21/08 21/12
15/04
14/08 14/12
Background
08/04
07/08 07/12
Date
Data Gap
200
160
120
80
40
0
200
160
120
80
40
200
160
120
80
40
(ppb) .
1hr Average SO2 Concentration
Figure 4-16: Predicted Ground Level 24-Hourly Average PM10 Concentration with Mill Stack for Year 2004 Cumulative Frequency Distribution
Predicted Ground Level PM10 Concentration with Mill Stack for year 2004.
Cumulative Frequency Distribution
100.0%
Rowella
Beaconsfield
90.0%
Low Head
85.0% Georgetown A
.
Georgetown B
80.0%
NEPM Objective: Tippogoree Hills A
Percentile
50ug/m3
75.0% Tippogoree Hills B
Mt George
70.0%
Hillwood
TiTree Bend
60.0%
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
24-hour average Concentration (PM10 - ug/m3)
29/04
NEPM Objective
28/08 28/12
22/04
21/08 21/12
15/04
14/08 14/12
Background
08/04
07/08 07/12
Date
26/02 26/06 26/10
40
30
20
10
0
50
40
30
20
10
0
50
40
30
20
10
. (ug/m3)
Concentration PM10 24hr Average
0.5
0.5
66
99
0.5
0.5
55
1.5
1.5
77
0.5
0.5
11
11
1.5
1.5
22 22
55
1.5
1.5
13
13 88
Legend
Main Mill stack 14
14
11
11
RPDC criterion (3 min average) at 1.5 ug/m**3
0.5
0.5
Predicted contours above RPDC criterion
Kilometres
The predicted peak 24 hour averaged and annual averaged PM 2.5 levels for each station are given in
Table 65. At the 24 hour average all stations with the exception of George Town A meet the NEPM goal
by at least a factor of two. At George Town B the predicted peak level is 29 g/m3, which exceeds the
goal by 4 g/m3. There is, however, zero increment to this value due to the mill emissions.
For the annual average, all stations are predicted to be less than 3 g/m3, giving ready compliance to the
NEPM goal of 8 g/m3. The station most exposed is George Town A, with a predicted value of
2.81 g/m3, to which the mill emissions contribute 0.01 g/m3 or approximately 0.4%.
As with PM 10, the exposure of George Town A to PM 2.5 is dominated by the emissions from existing
industries in Bell Bay, and the contribution of the mill emissions is zero at the 24 hour average, and less
than 1% at the annual average for PM 2.5.
Class 2 Pollutants
Modelling was then conducted to explicitly account for the three tier emission rate including the random
timing of both the maximum continuous and maximum short-term mill production rates, and the
corresponding increases in TRS emission rate. This type of modelling has been used in the Latrobe
Valley, Victoria to account for short-term variations in NOx and SOx emission rates from power station
Given that the design life of the pulp mill is 50 years, and that there is no population centre at the
receptor, this exposure is considered acceptable.
The emissions from the low-level mill sources yielded a statistical distribution of TRS on the most
exposed estuary grid receptor adjacent to the mill (at mid-channel) that gave a return interval for
exceeding the 1.5 g/m3 99.9%ile criterion of 3.8 years. Given that exposure to this receptor could only
be sporadic, (ie from passing vessels) the predicted incidence of exposure is also considered
acceptable.
The in-stack concentrations of dioxins/furans in the stack has been calculated by Jaakko Pyry (2006) as
4.1pg/Nm3. The DPIW ambient design criterion is therefore almost met even without the subsequent
dilution after release from the stack. Given that the stack achieves a minimum dilution ratio of 1500:1 at
The mill emissions of potential concern during start-up or upset/malfunction are malodorous gases
(principally TRS). There are two streams of malodorous gas emissions: the low volume, high
concentration stream of concentrated non-condensible gases (CNCGs) and the high volume, low
concentration stream of dilute non-condensible gases ( DNCGs).
The mill emissions under start-up and upset/malfunction conditions have been evaluated in detail by
Jaakko Poyry. Standby/backup systems have been included in the mill design to ensure that
malodourous gases normally emitted under start-up conditions are destroyed in plant boilers.
Under normal operations, a dedicated burner in the recovery boiler is used to destroy the CNCGs while
the DNCGs are destroyed in the secondary air to that boiler. Under upset/malfunction conditions, two
CNCGs flame tube boilers serve as a two-tier back-up.
During start-up, the recovery boiler can not be used to destroy CNCGs, and either flame tube boiler can
be used for this purpose. DNCGs during start-up can however be destroyed in either the recovery or
power boilers.
Malodorous gas emissions can increase if the recovery boiler fails. However both flame tube boilers are
on-line and the CNCG and DNCG streams will be diverted to these boilers in this event. DNCGs can also
be diverted to the power boiler.
With these back-up systems (further detailed in Appendix 7, Volume 6) the emissions of malodorous
gases will not exceed the maximum short-term rate specified in the Emission Limit Guidelines. Hence
the modelling of TRS impact also applies to start-up and upset/malfunction conditions. In summary the
plant has been designed with a level of back-up to ensure that odour impact does not exceed that under
normal operations for the full range of mill production rates.
99
55
77
11
22
22 55
10
10
55
13
13 88
14
14
22
11
11
11
Legend
Main Mill Stack 11
99
55
11
77
22
55
22
10
10
55 13
13 88
22 14
14
11
11
11
11
Legend
Main Mill Stack
55 22
11
11
77
11
11
22 11
13
13 88
14
14
11
11
Legend 11
Main Mill Stack 11
11
Sample Site List:
1- Rowella
2 - Beauty Point
3 - Beaconsfield
4 - Low Head (Off sheet)
5 - George Town A
6 - George Town B
7 - Tippogoree Hills A 10
10
8 - Tippogoree Hills B
9 - Mt George
10 - Hillwood
11 - Gunns AQMS Site
12 - Ti Tree Bend (Off sheet) 0 2 4 6
13 - Midway point across estuary
14 - On land south of aquafarm pens Kilometres
Dust Controls
For the material haul routes, the modelling has assumed high levels of dust control. As a minimum, this
level of control will be defined in the construction phase EMP with follow-up compliance checking.
Over a typical 24-hour period, wind erosion is not considered to be problematic. However, the sudden
onset of frontal systems that involve sharp increases in wind speed have the effect of quickly stripping
the fine surface silt content from exposed non-vegetated or non-rehabilitated soil, particularly if the silt
content of that soil is high through pulverisation from recent mechanical activity. This results in short-
term (in the order of minutes) peaks in PM10 dust concentrations. The EMP will include a provision that
the Construction Supervisor will access daily weather updates that will contain warnings of the sudden
onset of strong winds. If this appears likely, the Construction Supervisor will take steps to ensure that all
exposed soil areas that could reasonably be subject to wind erosion are consolidated by the timely
application of water sprays.
The project air quality monitoring station (which records concurrent wind direction and concentrations of
PM10) will provide a measure of the compliance status of the civil works with respect to the DPIW
criterion.
Emission Controls
Emission controls proposed for the pulp mill are described in Appendix 7, Volume 6. As predicted by the
modelling, these systems will better national, state and the project specific air quality objectives. These
measures include:
Collection and incineration of concentrated malodorous gases and control of the resulting SO2
emissions.
Diluted malodorous gases from various sources will also be collected and incinerated and the
resulting SO2 controlled.
TRS emissions from the recovery boiler will be mitigated by efficient combustion control, high dry
solids and keeping CO low. Burning dissolving and mixing tank vent gases in the recovery boiler will
further reduce potential pulp mill TRS emissions.
TRS emissions of the lime kiln are mitigated by controlling the excess oxygen, by using natural gas
(low-S fuel), and by controlling the residual soluble sodium in the lime mud fed to the kiln.
The SO2 emissions from the recovery boiler will be controlled by firing with high dryness solids.
NOx emissions from the recovery boiler will be reduced by ensuring proper mixing and division of air
in the boiler.
NOx emissions from lime kiln will be reduced by using low NOx burner design.
Flue gases from recovery boilers, the power boiler and the lime kiln will be cleaned with efficient
electrostatic precipitators to mitigate dust emissions.
The recovery boiler will be used as the primary incineration facility of the malodorous CNCG and
DNCG gases from the fibre line and the recovery island.
Construction Impacts
An assessment of the impact on nearby residential areas of dust emissions (as PM10) to air from the civil
works associated with the pulp mill construction project has been conducted. The assessment has
focused on the potential short-term (24-hour average) impact of dust as a supplement to an indicative
existing background level.
The 24-hour average predictions of ground level concentrations of PM10 particulates indicate that
the Environment Protection Policy (Air Quality) 2004 design criterion for dust (as PM10) of 150
g/m3 will not be exceeded at the nearest dwelling or other sensitive sites.
Operational Impacts
The assessment of air quality impacts has been based on the ability of the project to meet the air quality
guidelines as set out in Emission Limit Guidelines for any new bleached eucalypt Kraft (BEK) pulp mill in
Tasmania (RPDC, 2004). As a consequence, the project will meet the guideline values determined by
the National Environment Protection Measure (NEPM) for Air Quality and the Tasmanian air quality
objectives in schedules 1 and 2 of the Environment Protection Policy (Air Quality) 2004.
The TAPM modelling of existing background and mill signal for the Class 1 constituents of NO2, SO2 and
PM10 shows that:
The existing background levels at all population centres in the northern end of TVAS readily meet the
RPDC criteria;
The most exposed population centre is George Town A (south) with NO2|1 hr at 40% of criterion,
SO2|1 hr at approximately 25% of criterion and PM10|24 hr at approximately 85% of criterion. However,
the mill contribution to these peak levels is zero, as the exposure is due to existing industries in Bell
Bay;
Overall, the TVAS air shed capacity for NO2 and SO2 is not significantly consumed by existing
sources, with levels being only 2% of the NEPM criteria; and
The mill signal contribution to TVAS background levels will typically be less than 3% at the specific
receptors.
The TAPM modelling of Class 2 Constituents (TRS, CI2, HCl, ClO2, dioxins) lead to the following
conclusions relative to the Environmental Protection Policy (Air Quality) 2004:
Cl2 and ClO2 - the predicted 99.9th percentile impact for both these constituents shows that the
criterion contour of 10 g/m3 is contained on-site except for a small excursion over Dirty Bay.
HCl - peak exposure is seen on elevated terrain and 99.9th percentile levels do not exceed 3 g/m3,
30% of the design criterion.
In summary, the mill emissions comply with the Emmission Limit Guidelines and DPIW criteria at all the
specified receptors, and the contribution of these emissions to the background values of Class 1
constituents is small at < 5%.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to air quality is provided below.
Table 67: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures air quality
Air Quality
Construction Phase Dust Impacts Moderate Construction EMP which Minor negative Minor
negative includes details on dust impact negative
impact controls, operating impact
conditions, monitoring,
issues resolution and
responses
Operation Phase Air Emissions Major Use of BAT in emission Moderate Minor
negative control positive impact negative
impact impact
Construction phase dust emissions are expected to be locally significant, but can be successfully
mitigated by a range dust suppression techniques and management approaches. These strategies will
be detailed in the Construction EMP for the site. With appropriate controls, construction dust impacts are
considered to have a local minor negative impact.
Air emissions from the operational pulp mill have been modelled to predict air quality impacts at peak
running capacity at maximum pulp production. The modelling identifies that the contribution of the pulp
mill to the local airshed is minor. Further, there is a large existing capacity for the local airshed to absorb
additional emissions without exceeding air quality objectives. Given the nominated emission controls and
the emission quality, air quality impacts from the pulp mill are considered to be minor.
Odour management at the mill has been addressed through a comprehensive system to collect and
incinerate concentrated and diluted malodorous gases. This system, which includes multiple backups,
should all but eliminate offensive odour from the mill, under both normal and abnormal (start-up)
Proposed cut and fill volumes required to prepare the pulp mill site are provided in Table 57. Total
volumes are estimated at 2,787,555 m3 (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
The excavation/cut volumes of specific soil and rock types are provided below.
The total area for the pulp mill, effluent treatment, chemical plant, gas station area, sub station area,
precasting/fabrication area, wharf facility and pulp storage area is 77.2 hectares (Jaakko Pyry, 2006
Annexure XV). The proposed site is generally stable in terms of landslip, thus land stability is not
considered a significant issue or impact resulting from the development or operation of the pulp mill.
The land capability class for the pulp mill site indicates the area is at high risk of erosion.
During site preparation works and construction works, areas of soil will be unprotected at various stages
and susceptible to wind and water erosion. Earthworks machinery will clear specified vegetation areas,
expose soils, excavate and move rock and soil and potentially weaken soil structures and local soil
stability. In the absence of mitigation, exposed soils, combined with high risk of erosion and moderate to
steep slopes, will potentially lead to the loss of soil during rainfall events and create the potential for
sediment to enter waterways, creating turbid water plumes.
The site will need to be effectively managed during site preparation works, construction and operation to
address issues such as:
exposure of underlying soils after clearing;
Gurung (2001) did not identify any likely sediments with the potential to host acid sulphate soils in the
pulp mill area. The pulp mill is therefore unlikely to expose potential acid sulphate soils. However,
proposed management measures include actions to be taken in the event that acid sulphate soils are
exposed.
The following management measures will be implemented to minimise potential geological and soil
impacts. These management measures will be included in the Environmental Management Plan for the
project and will be monitored and reported as specified.
During the detailed design phase of the project, comprehensive soil and geotechnical assessment will
be undertaken, including testing for Acid Sulphate Soils;
Erosion, sediment and pollution control measures will be identified and implemented prior to and
during site preparation and construction works as part of the Construction EMP;
A detailed site monitoring program will be implemented, particularly during site preparation and
construction works, and will be incorporated into the Construction EMP;
Best practice construction techniques will be used to minimise disturbance to the existing
environment; and
Rehabilitation Management Plans (part of the overall Construction EMP) will be implemented during
and following construction to minimise off-site impacts.
Initial earthworks and site preparation will involve extensive construction activity which will impact on the
local soils and geology within the construction footprint. Appropriate construction management will
mitigate potential impacts. Specifically, a sediment and erosion control plan will form part of the overall
Construction EMP as detailed in Volume 4 of the Draft IIS.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to geology and soils is provided below.
Subject to suitable engineering design and appropriate construction management, impacts on soils and
geology are considered to be insignificant.
4.7.1 Groundwater
Excavations of the extent and depth proposed for the pulp mill site have the potential to locally disrupt
the local hydrogeology and to introduce contamination sources during both construction and operations.
These impacts are discussed below.
Construction Phase
Based on initial site investigations, it is expected that the extensive earthworks proposed as part of site
preparation will intercept shallow, local groundwater aquifers. These works will require diversion of
groundwater flows around the construction footprint, by way of temporary and permanent drainage
solutions. The overall disturbance footprint is not extensive and is unlikely to be critical in regards to the
local groundwater system.
As the site is located on a small rise, and slopes towards the Tamar River, the direction of natural
groundwater flows would generally be towards the river or to natural drainage lines such as Williams
Creek and the gully which flows to Dirty Bay. Any diversion of these flows would be directed to any of
these three drainage systems. There are no other down-gradient users or ecosystems reliant on these
flows which could be impacted. As such, the interception and diversion of such flows will not result in
any significant impact on natural systems or groundwater users.
Without appropriate mitigation measures, construction activities have the potential to introduce
contaminants such as fuel and oil into the groundwater and ultimately the Tamar River. Such issues will
be managed as part of the construction phase Environmental Management Plan. This plan will detail
Operation Phase
Similarly to the construction phase, without appropriate mitigation, potential exists for groundwater
contamination from chemical, fuel and other spills associated with operation of the pulp mill. Such risks
are specifically addressed as part of the detailed plant design including stormwater management and
spill control. These issues are discussed in detail in Section 4.8. Based on these controls, risks to
groundwater quality are considered minor.
The pulp mill footprint is located on the crest of a small ridgeline and, will have minimal impact on
drainage and water catchments.
Without appropriate design and mitigation measures, the project will potentially impact Williams Creek.
The access road and the chip conveyor both cross this waterway. Smaller drainage lines within the pulp
mill site will be affected during the construction phase and potential modifications to flows as a result of
changes within the individual catchments (Figure 4-2).
The pulp mill access road will cross Williams Creek to link the pulp mill with the existing woodchip mill.
The Creek is heavily incised and will require substantial fill and works to enable construction of the
crossing. Potential exists for construction (sedimentation, habitat loss, downstream disturbance) and
operational (scour, modification to flows, up-stream detention of flows) impacts.
The chip conveyor will cross Williams Creek near its junction with the Tamar River. Construction will
involve concrete footings on either bank and some clearance of vegetation to gain access. Potential
exists for construction (sedimentation, habitat loss, downstream disturbance) impacts.
The crossing of Williams Creek will require an appropriate design solution to minimise environmental and
water quality implications from the works. Water quality monitoring will be a significant component of the
EMP. The design solution will need to include:
Appropriately sized, located and designed culverts which will not impede flows under the road;
Appropriate construction methodology so as to minimise environmental and flow impacts on the
waterway both during and after construction; and
Appropriately design source protection which considers the creek hydrology and topography.
Potential direct impacts on minor waterways and drainage lines have been reduced by limiting the extent
of the precast area and minimisation of works across the creek flowing to Dirty Bay. Given the scale of
initial earthworks, the waterways will be at higher risk of sedimentation impacts during the construction
phase. Construction phase impacts will be managed through specific elements of the Construction EMP
including detailed sediment and erosion control plans and stormwater management plans. The increased
impervious area post construction will result in increased surface flows to these waterways. Impacts will
be addressed as part of the stormwater management design to minimise contaminants to the waterways
and to reduce risk from scour at discharge points.
Stormwater
From Pulp Mill Effluent
15000m3 Treatment,
Surge Basin
Settling and
Oil Catchment Pond
9000m3 River
Contaminated
Stormwater Storage Pond
Effluent
Treatment,
Emergency
Pond
Stormwater
from Effluent
Chemical 3
3750m Treatment,
Plant Surge Basin
Settling and
Oil Catchment Pond
2250m3 River
Contaminated
Stormwater Storage Pond
Stormwater
from ETP
Clarifier Area
Figure 4-22
Stormwater PRELIMINARY
Oil-Grid Catchment
Gunns Limited
Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project
Tasmania
16B0104-02025
Pre-engineering project
10.2.2005
ARE/KMN
Stormwater Treatment
The following management measures will be put in place to mitigate impacts on water quality and
hydrology:
Preparation of a detailed sediment and erosion control plan as part of the Construction EMP. This will
include a comprehensive water quality monitoring plan which will address groundwater and surface
water in Williams Creek, the Dirty Bay stream and the Tamar River;
An integrated water quality monitoring program where trigger values initiate appropriate management
responses;
Incorporation of an integrated stormwater system as part of detailed design;
Appropriate engineering hydrological design for the road crossing over Williams Creek; and
Segregation, reuse and treatment of stormwater generated on the pulp mill site.
Impacts on surface and groundwater systems will occur as a result of earthworks and development of the
pulp mill. Such impacts can be readily managed through the implementation of appropriate management
strategies, as part of the Construction EMP, and design elements including an integrated stormwater
system.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to groundwater and hydrology is provided below.
Table 70: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures water quality and
hydrology
Based on the implementation of the above management strategies, potential impacts on water quality
and hydrology are considered to be insignificant.
4.8.1 Overview
Without appropriate mitigation, impacts on the estuarine ecology of the Tamar River could potentially
arise from four main sources during:
Mill construction
Erosion and sediment discharge to the Tamar River; and
Accidental spills during construction.
Mill operation
Release of contaminated stormwater to the Tamar River; and
Accidental spills/failures.
Wharf construction
Disturbance of sediment during earthworks and construction activities;
Modification to hydrodynamics (refer to Section 10.6);
Shading of marine communities;
Noise impacts associated with pile driving (refer to Section 4.15); and
Accidental spills during construction.
Wharf operation
Spillage of goods being loaded or unloaded at the wharf; and
Accidents with shipping and accidental spills.
Potential impacts relating to construction and operation of the wharf are discussed in Sections 8 to 12 of
this Volume 2. The potential impacts in relation to the pulp mill site are addressed below.
Appropriate sediment and erosion controls will be implemented, from initial vegetation clearing until
finalisation of construction activities. A detailed sediment and erosion control plan will be a key site
management requirement of the Construction EMP as detailed in Volume 4 of the Draft IIS. This plan will
be specifically designed for the pulp mill sites meteorological and geological conditions and will
incorporate all phases of construction, including clearing, earthworks and infrastructure. All detention
basins and other engineering controls will be sized accordingly.
Earthworks (other than for the wharf and wharf access road), will generally be undertaken a minimum of
200 metres from the river, with blasting a minimum of 400 metres from the river. This will further enhance
the capacity of the management plans to mitigate impacts by incorporating natural buffer areas in
conjunction with physical controls.
Accidental Spills
Accidental spills might occur during construction at any time. These could range from small, incidental
spills (small volumes of fuels, oils etc.) to larger spills resulting from storage failures such as a leak in a
fuel storage tank.
Such spills can satisfactorily be managed through a standard suite of approaches including:
All fuels, oils and chemicals will be stored in sealed, bunded areas away from waterways or drainage
lines;
Refuelling will only occur on hardstand, bunded areas away from waterways or drainage lines;
All dangerous chemicals will be appropriately stored as required by Tasmanian and Australian
legislation; and
A chemical spill plan will be developed and appropriate spill kits stored on site.
Stormwater
There is a potential for contamination of stormwater from spills, wastes, air borne particles and other
matter that might enter the stormwater network. This contamination may then be discharged to receiving
waters with the stormwater. Appropriate stormwater design and treatment will minimise estuarine
impacts associated with stormwater discharge.
On-site routes for hazardous goods transfer will be designed to allow isolation of areas in the event of a
major spill so as to contain any spill before it discharges to the treatment plant or stormwater system.
To mitigate potential contamination of stormwater from spills and other sources, an integrated
stormwater system has been incorporated into the concept design (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
The stormwater drains from the mill site are divided into two separate systems. Clean stormwater from
the building roof and comparable areas (with minimal, contamination risk), will be either reclaimed to the
water treatment system or, discharged directly into a stormwater drain and sent to the treated effluent
pumping basin for ocean discharge with the effluent (refer to following flow chart).
Rain water from other areas at the mill site, including unused land between mill departments, site roads,
and process storage tank and equipment areas, will be collected into another stormwater drain system
and taken to a stormwater clarification lagoon, in which suspended solids and floating debris is separated
especially from the first flush waters. The lagoon will also be provided with oil separation equipment to
ensure that no oil spills (eg. from mobile machinery) are discharged into the ocean discharge. In the
event of contamination is found by continuous conductivity measurement or oil detection instrument the
stormwater is pumped to effluent treatment. From the first stormwater clarification lagoon the clean
stormwater is led to the second lagoon and further pumped to the treated effluent surge basin. In an
extreme high storm, once in ten years, stormwater from the second lagoon will overflow to the Tamar
River.
From the above, all first flush stormwater flows (which will be those flows with the highest risk of
pollutants) will be sent to the effluent treatment plant. Any flows discharged to the Tamar River will only
occur during large storm events. The majority of pollutants in such an event will be treated through first
flush diversion. Any pollutants remaining in the stormwater will be highly diluted and will be discharged
into the Tamar at the same time as large runoff flows from diffuse sources entering through creeks and
drainage lines along the River.
The introduction of any pollutants with stormwater from the pulp mill during such an event will be minor in
relation to other contaminants introduced from natural runoff. The pulp mill site represents an area of less
than 100 ha out of a catchment of approximately 1,000,000 ha. In such a major storm event, the
stormwater contribution to the Tamar River from the pulp mill would be of similar proportion. Minimisation
of potential pollutants through appropriate stormwater design and segregation, first flush diversion, spill
Disturbance of Sediment
Wharf construction could potentially result in disturbances of sediment associated with marine works (pile
driving) and land reclamation/earthworks associated with the warehouse pad.
The preferred wharf option consists of a suspended concrete structure on piles, connected to the shore
by trestle structures. Geotechnical investigations have found consolidated sediments to depths of at least
44 m. As a consequence, friction piles will be used. Piles will be driven into deep sediments by a barge-
mounted pile-driver. No blasting will be required. Pile driving will not result in the disturbance of
significant quantities of sediment and as such, impacts will be very localised. Impacts associated with
pile driving are considered minor.
The land reclamation and earthworks associated with creating a construction pad for the warehouse
offers a potentially higher risk for estuarine impacts. An area of approximately 100 m by 300 m will be
reclaimed. The footprint of this area is approximately 20 m above the low water mark so as to minimise
disturbances to the estuarine systems.
The rocky intertidal habitat at the wharf site is dominated by boulders and rocks, underlain with soft
muddy sediments. In order to minimise disturbance impacts, a rock bund will be constructed at the
extremity of the reclamation and will form the armoured outer extremity of the works. Construction of the
bund will be undertaken during low tides so that sediment disturbance will be minimised. Once the bund
is established, infilling with dolerite from the pulp mill site will commence until an appropriate pad is
constructed. The specific design details for the wharf will not be defined until the detailed design phase.
An extensive Sediment and Erosion Control Plan will be developed as part of the Construction EMP so
as to minimise off-site impacts from construction activities.
Hydrodynamics
Modification of the hydrodynamics of the Tamar River around the wharf structure have been modelled in
Section 10.6.3. The assessment concludes that the use of trestles in the wharf design will have only a
minor impact on hydrodynamics of the River.
Runoff
Some hazardous materials including liquid caustic soda, sulphuric acid bullets and salt will be imported
to the mill and handled on the wharf. Subject to the nature and scale of any spill or contamination of
runoff from the structures, the aquatic flora and fauna near the wharf could be adversely affected.
Appropriate design for handling of all materials across the wharf will minimise potential risks from loading
and unloading activities.
Marine Pests
As discussed, Long Reach currently supports a number of introduced marine pests. The wharf itself will
not result in introduction of new pests, but the associated shipping activity may. Given shipping will
originate from similar ports as woodchip vesels, and that the number of vessels will not substantially
increased as a result of pulp mill operation, the risk of new pests beign introduced are not high. Local
colonisation of the wharf structure could be expected by those species aready found at Bell Bay or the
woodchip berths. This issue is discussed further in Section 10.7.3.
A Sediment and Erosion Control Plan will be developed as part of the Construction EMP to address
control of runoff and related impacts associated with earthworks and land reclamation. All reclamation
works will be undertaken above the low water mark. Initial bunding construction will only be undertaken
during low tides so as to eliminate suspension of sediment.
An overall Construction EMP will be developed for the wharf and associated works. As part of this Plan,
a Water Quality Monitoring Plan will be developed. This will outline site specific trigger values which will
be monitored during construction activities. These trigger values will take into account potential
bioaccumulation associated with elevated metal levels in the sediment. Trigger values will be developed
as outline in the ANZECC (2000) Guidelines.
Kerb and guttering would be provided to collect runoff and a stormwater system would be provided to
drain the facility. The stormwater system would comprise stormwater pits on the working platform and
approach trestles which would drain into Gross Pollutant Traps (GPT) installed on the wharf (suspended
off the deck) or installed on land.
Hazardous substances would be handled in specified bunded areas on the wharf. The bunded areas will
drain into a GPT through valves, installed on the deck, which will be open when chemicals and other
Pipework would be provided on the wharf to allow for the pumping of caustic soda from the vessel to a
tank and transfer pump on the reclaimed land. The caustic transfer pipe outside the bunded area will be
installed inside a second outer pipe for safety and for containment of any leak should this occur.
Spill containment equipment will be stored on the wharf to be used in the event of a chemical spill. A
Chemical Spill Plan will be in place prior to any operational use of the wharf facility. The plan will include
training of all staff in the identification and management of chemical spills.
Potential impacts to estuarine ecology from the construction activities will primarily be indirect, from the
unintentional release or disturbance of sediment. No blasting will be undertaken for construction of the
wharf. Pile driving piers will result in minimal sediment disturbance and effects will be localised around
the wharf area. Land reclamation and earthworks required to construct the warehouse pad will be
managed using a detailed Sediment and Erosion Control Plan.
Operational impacts will be managed through appropriate stormwater management design and
appropriate spill management strategies. Training of wharf personnel on spill management will be a
requirement of the facility environmental management systems. Appropriate spill kits and equipment will
be stored at the wharf.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise each impact and a cost/benefit
rating related to estuarine ecology is provided below.
Table 71: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures estuarine ecology
With the implementation of the appropriate management and design strategies, overall impacts from
construction and operation on estuarine ecology are considered to be minor.
4.9.1 Introduction
A range of potential direct and indirect impacts are relevant to the construction and ongoing operation of
the pulp mill. These impacts may be direct or indirect, adverse or beneficial, short or long term,
temporary or irreversible. Impacts are assessed based on the proposed works footprint. There are a
variety of measures available to avoid, minimise and offset potential impacts. These measures are
outlined in this chapter.
The following criteria were used as a guide in calculating the predicted level of impact that the pulp mill
could have upon ecological values.
Consequence descriptions:
1 Minimal Negligible effect
2 Minor Localised, reversible harm (e.g. localised harm, which can be reversed/ameliorated
by appropriate management actions)
3 Moderate Extensive, reversible harm (e.g. widespread harm [regional scale], which can be
reversed/ameliorated by appropriate management actions)
5 Substantial Extensive, irreversible harm (e.g. widespread harm [regional scale], which cannot be
reversed/ameliorated by active management); or localised irreversible harm to an
Likelihood descriptions:
1 Highly unlikely <5% likelihood of impact occurring
An impact rating of Very low to Very high was subsequently determined using a Consequence and
Likelihood matrix (Table 72). This rating is described as the significance of impact throughout this
chapter.
Table 72: Consequence and likelihood matrix for evaluation of potential impacts
Consequence
1 2 3 4 5
The significance of impacts can be reduced or nullified by various mitigation measures. Potential
mitigation measures are outlined throughout this chapter and summarised in a table. Following this, a
reassessment of impacts was undertaken, which rated the overall nature and scale of the impact,
assuming that the recommended mitigation measures were fully implemented. It should be noted that
the known disturbance ecology of each species (outlined in Appendix 29, Volume 12 (Flora Assessment
Report)) was taken into consideration when listing potential mitigation measures. In addition, the
disturbance requirements of individual species were considered when reassessing the significance of
impacts following adoption of mitigation measures.
The key for each rating used within the cost-benefit assessment is defined in Table 73: and Appendix 29,
Volume 12. This differs slightly from that provided in Section 3 to better relate to biological processes.
Major positive impact Classed as impacts that are beneficial to the physical, biological or human
environment. The impact is likely to have a significant effect on the
environment.
Moderate positive impact Classed as the impacts that are beneficial to the physical, biological or human
environment. The impact may be managed through normal and appropriate
environmental management practices to enhance the impact, or not have any
long-term impact on the physical, biological or human environment.
Minor positive impact Classed as the absence of no acceptable long-term impacts on the physical,
biological or human environment.
Minor negative impact Classed as the presence of no unacceptable long-term impacts on the
physical, biological or human environment.
Moderate negative impact Classed as the impacts that are manageable through normal and appropriate
environmental management practices and which will not have any
unacceptable long-term impacts on the physical, biological or human
environment.
Major negative impact Classed as impacts that are likely to have a significant effect on the
environment. Long-term impacts on the physical, biological or human
environment even with environmental management practices.
Substantial negative impact Classed as impacts that are likely to have a substantial effect on the
environment. This could include regional or National extinction of flora and
fauna species, short and long term human health impacts or significant
changes to the physical environment on a regional scale.
4.9.3 Impacts
A total of 15 potential ecological impacts have been identified in relation to the pulp mill. These impacts
are described below.
The clearance of native vegetation is listed as a threatening process under the Tasmanian Threatened
Species Strategy 2000. The construction of the pulp mill will result in the direct loss of approximately
3.2 hectares of threatened native vegetation, including portions of two State significant Ecological
Vegetation Communities, Allocasuarina littoralis forest (NAL) and Notelaea Pomaderris Beyeria
forest (NNP). In addition, two State significant EVCs, Rockplate grassland (GRP) and Riparian Scrub
(SRI), may be impacted by the proposed development. However, these two communities are currently
outside of the development footprint and are unlikely to be directly impacted by the pulp mill.
The construction of the pulp mill would result in the direct loss of 74.7 hectares of non-threatened native
vegetation communities in relatively good condition. It may also result in a localised reduction in species
richness, via localised extinction (within the study area) of a small number of species. It is difficult to
Firebreaks will most likely be established around the perimeter of the broader pulp mill site, which may
total up to 7 km. As firebreaks are likely to be a minimum of 3 m in width, the total amount of vegetation
to be cleared is likely to be at least 2 ha. If firebreaks are required to be wider than this, the amount of
vegetation to be cleared will be proportionally greater. There is uncertainty regarding whether firebreaks
will be bare earth firebreaks or simply slashed vegetation. Although vegetation clearance for firebreaks is
minor compared to the actual pulp mill footprint, it is nonetheless an impact that should be considered.
The pulp mill site is already substantially fragmented via clearing or slashing of native vegetation for the
HEC transmission line easement, firebreaks, roads, tracks, gas pipeline and a railway. Construction of
the pulp mill would further fragment the landscape, with vegetation between the proposed Mill site and
the Tamar River becoming increasingly isolated. Increased fragmentation may have long-term
deleterious impacts on native flora in that there may be increased barriers to seed dispersal and gene
flow, particularly among species without adaptations for long distance seed dispersal (Lindenmayer and
Burgman 2005). This may have a negative impact on the long-term fitness of populations. Increased
fragmentation will also result in greater edge effects, which may facilitate and/or increase the likelihood of
weed invasion (Lindenmayer and Burgman 2005).
No nationally threatened flora species have been identified from within the pulp mill site. However, there
is potential habitat within the site for one species of National significance, Glycine latrobeana. It is highly
unlikely that this species is present within the study area, owing to the intensity of the field surveys.
Therefore, any potential impact is deemed unlikely.
A total of 11 State significant flora species are present within the pulp mill site. There is likely to be a
direct impact upon six of these species (Table 74), based on the proposed works footprint. In addition,
five State significant species may be impacted by the proposed development. However, the known
distribution of these five species is currently outside of the development footprint, which implies that
these species are unlikely to be directly impacted by the development. There is also potential habitat
within the site for six species of State significance previously recorded within 5 km of the pulp mill, but
not within the site itself.
6. Introduction of environmental weeds
The impact of pests, weeds and diseases is listed as a threatening process under the Tasmanian
Threatened Species Strategy 2000. During the construction phase, heavy machinery would be regularly
using the pulp mill site. These vehicles are likely to have operated at a variety of locations prior to their
work on the pulp mill. Excavators and graders in particular may be carrying dried mud on their bodies or
wheels, which may contain viable weed seeds from elsewhere. Given the soil disturbance that would
occur during construction of the pulp mill, these weeds could potentially establish and spread from the
site. Even if the construction vehicles are free of weeds, the process of disturbing the soil and remnant
vegetation may provide a fresh substrate for the invasion and spread of weeds already occurring in the
local area.
At the pulp mill site, one EVC, Eucalyptus amygdalina coastal forest and woodland (DAC), has been
identified as being highly susceptible to Phytophthora cinnamomi (Forest Practices Authority 2005), with
heathy shrub species occurring within this EVC particularly susceptible. Plants within the Epacridaceae,
Fabaceae, Proteaceae and Mimosaceae families are especially susceptible to the pathogen (Barker and
Wardlaw 1995) (see Appendix B of Appendix 29, Volume 12 for a complete list of species occurring
within these genera within the pulp mill site). None of the threatened species present within the site are
known to be particularly susceptible to Phytophthora cinnamomi, although it should be noted that little
information exists for most of these species.
The introduction and spread of Root rot may be accelerated via a number of ways, including alteration
to the natural hydrology of a site, timber harvesting and the introduction of infected soil, particularly on
construction vehicles during the infective period in spring (Environment Australia 2001).
There was no evidence of Phytophthora cinnamomi at the pulp mill site. However, soil testing is the only
way to ascertain with certainty whether the pathogen is present within the study area.
Fire regimes (season, intensity, frequency, extent) can have a considerable effect on vegetation
community structure, species richness and species composition (Keith 1996), including impacting on
some threatened flora species. The most likely fire-related impact relating to construction of the pulp mill
involves a potentially higher frequency/low intensity fuel reduction burning program associated with
protection of mill infrastructure. However, this is unlikely to have a major impact on community structure,
species richness and species composition, owing to the relatively high fire frequency already
encountered at the site.
Following construction, daily gaseous emissions from the pulp mill have the potential to impact plant
growth and reproduction in particular species. For example, pollutants such as sulphur dioxide (SO2) and
nitrogen dioxide (NO2) are known to damage vegetation 13 .
As discussed in Section 4.5 of this volume, it is estimated that very low levels of air pollutants such as
sulphur dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) will be emitted into the surrounding airshed. These
levels are estimated to be a very small percentage of the existing background air pollution created by
heavy industry within the local area.
It is unknown what the response will be for individual species in the local area in relation to pulp mill
emissions. However, it is highly likely that each species will exhibit differing responses, making it difficult
to assess potential impacts.
13
(http://www.epa.qld.gov.au/environmental_management/air/air_quality_monitoring/air_pollutants/nitrogen_oxides/
Construction of the pulp mill may result in changes to the sites hydrology, with more rapid runoff
occurring from hard surfaces. In the absence of suitable mitigation measures, this may slightly increase
the high flow volume in the lower reaches of waterways flowing through the site during rainfall events,
subsequently increasing the risk of flood damage to riparian vegetation. In addition, earthworks
associated with construction (e.g. large amount of cut into hillsides to create flat surfaces) may facilitate
localised changes to the groundwater table, which may subsequently influence vegetation community
structure and composition (refer Volume 4 of the Draft IIS).
A number of mitigation measures will be undertaken to minimise the impact of the proposed development
(refer Volume 4 of the Draft IIS). Generally speaking, the avoidance and/or minimisation of impacts
should be an overarching principle for the entire pulp mill project, irrespective of the conservation
significance or the ecological sensitivity of a given site. However, it is intuitively more imperative for
avoidance and/or minimisation of impacts to have a greater priority in areas of National/State
significance, or high sensitivity.
One of the most important measures for the pulp mill site is the avoidance of any significant EVCs or
threatened flora species if possible. Such a measure would significantly reduce the long-term impact of
the pulp mill on threatened vegetation communities and species. However, in terms of mitigation
measures for the purpose of this report, it is assumed that the actual disturbance footprint at the pulp mill
will remain as it currently stands.
It should be noted that detailed management plans (i.e. Fire Management Strategy, Environmental
Management Plan, Vegetation Management Plan, Weed Management Plan) will be developed prior to
the construction phase when the project gains planning approval. Therefore, detailed measures that
would be contained within these various management plans are not outlined here. Instead, the following
mitigation measures provide broader overriding principles by which impacts associated with the
development could be minimised.
The clearance of native vegetation is listed as a threatening process under the Tasmanian Threatened
Species Strategy 2000. Therefore, every effort has been made to avoid and/or minimise the clearance of
native vegetation, particularly threatened communities and species, in order to comply with the strategy.
In addition, owing to the degradation of the Tamar estuary foreshore, the Planning Guidelines for Tamar
Estuary and Foreshore state that areas in marginal condition should be protected from further
degradation (Watchorn 2000).
The significance of the footprint of disturbance could be modified and/or minimised by locating roads and
other infrastructure to avoid or minimise damage to threatened EVCs and threatened species.
Clearance of native vegetation will require a certified Forest Practices Plan, which will identify the area
proposed to be cleared. These areas would be flagged clearly prior to operations commencing and
Recolonisation of disturbed areas by threatened species is likely to occur for disturbance-tolerant species
such as Pimelea flava subsp. flava. However, for species intolerant of soil disturbance, or for species
whose tolerance to disturbance is unknown, alternative mitigation measures will be employed.
In areas proposed to be disturbed where there are known populations of threatened species, and the
area is proposed to be rehabilitated following disturbance, topsoil should be carefully scraped from the
surface (5-10 cm depth) and stockpiled, in order to retain as much of the soil seed bank as possible,
particularly seed of threatened species. Retained topsoil should then be used for rehabilitation works.
Soil should be stockpiled for the shortest possible time to prevent premature germination prior to use in
site rehabilitation works. Where threatened species are known to not typically recruit from soil-stored
seed, seed should be collected prior to vegetation clearing, in order to be used in rehabilitation works.
To prevent the establishment of new environmental weeds or the spread of existing environmental
weeds, a Weed Management strategy will be developed and incorporated in the Vegetation Management
Plan. The strategy will be developed prior to construction and will include a specific program to monitor
and control any weed invasions arising from the proposed works. Any environmental weeds that
establish following the works will be eradicated as a matter of high priority. Vehicle wash-down points will
be established (at the same location as the Phytophthora wash down point) to remove weed seeds from
material attached to earth-moving equipment.
A series of measures will be undertaken to prevent the introduction and/or minimise the spread of
Phytophthora cinnamomi within the pulp mill site. These include the following:
Undertaking a formal assessment of the presence and extent of Phytophthora cinnamomi within the
study area;
Establishing wash-down points for vehicles and earthmoving equipment entering and departing the
site, in order to prevent/minimise the spread Phytophthora cinnamomi;
Avoiding the use of Phytophthora-infected gravel in track construction works;
Minimising the area of soil disturbance and new road/track development where possible;
Coordinating construction activities over summer (where practicable) when soils are dry and least
likely to facilitate the spread of the pathogen; and
A Fire Management Strategy will be developed and incorporated into the Vegetation Management Plan.
The strategy will need to take into consideration the regenerative requirements of species and set
achievable targets for fire regimes within the study area. Fire regimes should be designed to maintain
biodiversity, while serving the dual purpose of asset protection. Fire regimes should also be designed to
minimise the encroachment of shrubs and trees onto remnant grasslands. The Fire Management
Strategy should accommodate the needs of all species, including threatened flora species.
Negative impacts on retained native vegetation will be minimised if firebreaks are kept to the minimum
required width and the break consists of slashed native vegetation, rather than an earthen firebreak. The
location and extent of firebreaks should also take into consideration the location of threatened species
and EVCs. The minimisation of firebreak width is a measure that is likely to reduce the effect of habitat
fragmentation, albeit in a small manner compared to the overall impact of the pulp mill.
Native herbivores will be allowed to continue grazing in retained vegetation. This will help to maintain an
open grass sward and high species diversity within the conservation significant native grassland
remnants that are scattered throughout the study area.
The likelihood of impacts upon ecological values can be reduced through appropriate timing of
construction activities.
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be developed prior to the construction phase. The EMP
will incorporate the recommendations made within this report. The EMP will also include dust
suppression measures to minimise the impact of dust upon plant growth and reproduction.
A summary of the likelihood and consequence of occurrence for each potential impact, together with the
significance of the impact, is outlined in Table 74. A range of potential management measures to
Offsets are planned to compensate for the proposed loss of 3.2 ha of Allocasuarina littoralis forest
(NAL), which is a State threatened forest community. Gunns has committed to reserve and covenant (on
title) NAL from within the Gunns estate in the north-east region of Tasmania, as close as practical to the
pulp mill site. A total of three times the area proposed to be cleared (i.e. 9.6 ha) will be set aside as an
offset. This could then potentially be incorporated into the statewide reserve system.
In addition, Gunns have established a network of reserves at the pulp mill site, which incorporates
approximately 150 ha of native vegetation within the mill site itself and in adjoining areas. The reserve
network captures a range of vegetation communities across this site, including threatened species
localities and maintains landscape values and habitat connectivity. The area of reserve is shown in figure
/
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Kilometers
1:10,000
5445000
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
H IG
HW
5444500
5444500
AY
5444000
5444000
BE
LL
BA
Y
LI
N E
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443500
5443500
HOBART
BE L L B
A Y LIN
FIGURE 4-23
E
PROPOSED
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500
Legend
RESERVE
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
Zone 55, GDA94 Effluent Pipeline Roads Mill Layout
Source: Base data sourced from CData 2001and LIST- Water Supply Pipeline Extent of Works
AREAS
National/State Highway
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied
by Gunns Pty Ltd River Major Arterial Road Proposed Reserve Areas
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\
fig4_23_proposed_res_areas.mxd Railway Arterial Road
Access Road
Table 74: Summary of potential flora-related impacts and management measures, including the overall cost/benefit rating if
management measures are fully implemented, pulp mill
Impact Description of nature and extent of Likelihood Consequence Significance Proposed Overall
impact of impact of impact of impact mitigation significance
of impact
1. Native vegetation loss Potential loss of small areas of GRP near Unlikely Substantial High * A, B, C Insignificant
(threatened EVCs) edge of works footprint impact
Loss of 3.2 ha of NAL (this represents c. Almost Substantial Very high A, B, C Major negative
6.1% of NAL in the bioregion and c. 0.2% certain impact
of NAL in Tasmania1)
Loss of <0.1 ha of NNP (this represents c. Likely Substantial Very high A, B, C Moderate
0.2% of NNP in the bioregion and c. 0.1% negative
of NNP in Tasmania1) impact
Potential loss of small area of SRI near Unlikely Substantial High * A, B, C Insignificant
edge of works footprint impact
2. Native vegetation loss Loss of 74.7 ha of non-threatened EVCs Almost Substantial Very high A, B, C, J Major negative
(general) certain impact
3. Fragmentation of native Potential increased barrier to seed Almost Minimal Moderate A, B, J Minor negative
vegetation dispersal and subsequent loss of long- certain impact
term genetic fitness in certain species
4. Loss or damage to a Potential loss of unrecorded species due Highly Major Moderate # A, B, C, D Moderate
population of a nationally to vegetation clearing unlikely negative
significant flora species impact
5. Loss or damage to a Loss of c. 46,200 individuals of Aphelia Almost Major Very high A, B, C, D Moderate
population of a State pumilio (c. 28% of total population within certain negative
significant flora species pulp mill) impact / Major
negative
impact
7. Spread of existing Potential for spread of environmental Possible Minor Moderate E Moderate
environmental weeds weeds via machinery negative
impact
8. Introduction and spread Potential for introduction of Phytophthora Possible Substantial Very high F Insignificant
of Phytophthora cinnamomi via infected machinery impact
9. Altered fire regimes Potential localised species extinctions if Unlikely Minor Low G Insignificant
fire frequencies are too high impact
10. Altered grazing regimes Potential exclusion of sensitive Unlikely Minor Low I Insignificant
herbaceous species (including threatened impact
species) if native herbivore grazing is
removed
11. Erosion and/or Potential damage to retained vegetation Possible Minor Moderate K, L Insignificant
sedimentation through removal of habitat by soil erosion impact
12. Altered surface runoff Potential damage to retained vegetation Possible Minor Moderate L Insignificant
into waterways by chemical spills, pollution, etc impact
13. Inhibition of plant Potential short-term impact resulting in Possible Minor Moderate L Minor negative
photosynthesis and reduced growth and seed output in certain impact
reproductive capability due species
to dust
14. Emissions Potential long-term impact on species Unlikely Minor Low L Insignificant
growth and reproduction impact
15. Altered hydrology Potential long-term impact on community Possible Minimal Low None Minor negative
structure and composition available impact
* Impact will not occur given current works footprint, but may occur if development strays outside this footprint
#
Impact dependent upon presence of threatened species, which has not been found during intensive surveys
1
Based on TASVEG 1.0 data provided by Sib Corbett (DPIW). It should be noted that bioregional and statewide extent of non-forest EVCs given here is usually a significant
underestimate of the actual extent, owing to the scale at which TASVEG mapping has been undertaken (1:25 000). This mapping scale effectively excludes many highly
localised non-forest EVCs (particularly ephemeral wetlands) from being mapped at a scale of 1:25 000, consequently resulting in an underestimate of total extent.
GRP Rockplate Grassland
NAL Allocasuarina littoralis forest
NNP Notelaea Pomaderris Beyeria forest
SRI Riparian scrub
The pulp mill site is considered of state significance in relation to existing vegetation, although the Draft
IIS recognises that similar survey effort elsewhere in the region will also likely identify similar species
diversity and richness. Key impacts from the construction of the pulp mill will include:
The loss of 2.7 hectares of threatened native vegetation;
The direct loss of 60.1 hectares of non-threatened native vegetation communities;
Direct impact on six State significant flora species; and
The potential spread of existing and introduced environmental weeds into an area with low weed
levels.
A combination of management measures including a Vegetation Management Plan have been included
as part of an overall Construction EMP. Gunns have created an on-site reserve to preserve
approximately 150 hectares of native vegetation and have committed to identify offsets on their existing
estate to compensate for the proposed loss of 3.2 ha of the threatened Allocasuarina littoralis forest.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit
rating related to reserves and protected areas is provided below.
Table 75: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures terrestrial flora
Terrestrial Flora
Spread and/or introduction Moderate Weed management Minor positive Minor negative
of weeds, pests and negative strategy and impact impact
pathogens impact
Alteration to fire and grazing Minor Fire management Minor positive Insignificant
regimes negative strategy and minimise impact impact
impact disruption of native
herbivore grazing
Impacts from dust and Minor Construction EMP Insignificant Minor negative
emissions negative impact impact
impact
Overall, based on the management strategies identified and the conservative nature of impact
assessment applied, the impact of construction and operation of the pulp mill is considered to be
moderate.
A range of potential direct and indirect impacts are relevant to the construction and ongoing operation of
the pulp mill. These impacts may be direct or indirect, adverse or beneficial, short or long term,
temporary or irreversible. Impacts on fauna at the pulp mill site are assessed below based on the
proposed works footprint supplied by Gunns Limited. There are a variety of measures available to avoid,
minimise and offset potential impacts. These measures are outlined in this chapter. Refer to Section
2.10 for the level of impact, consequence and likelihood matrix and cost benefit assessments.
A total of 12 potential ecological impacts have been identified in relation to this section of the project.
These impacts are described below.
Habitat loss through vegetation clearance is considered to constitute both a short term and long term
impact. In the short term, the disturbance to some fauna will be severe, with direct loss of nest/den
sites, forage resources, home ranges and territories. In the long term, the loss of these habitat features
translates to an impact, through the loss of breeding and foraging resources. This would result in a
reduction in the local carrying capacity for many species, and therefore potential changes in species
richness and diversity and community composition.
2. Habitat fragmentation
The Bell Bay Site is already substantially fragmented via clearing or slashing of native vegetation for the
HEC transmission line easement, firebreaks, roads, tracks, gas pipeline and a railway. Construction of
the pulp mill and associated infrastructure would further fragment the landscape. The mill facilities area
has undergone a high level of fragmentation in the past, via clearing or slashing of native vegetation for
the establishment of firebreaks and tracks. Development of this area would directly increase the level of
fragmentation within the local landscape.
Clearing for construction of the pulp mill and mill facilities would further fragment the landscape, and the
built infrastructure may create substantial barriers to fauna movement. Negative consequences
attributable to fragmentation are both diverse and well studied, with numerous examples in the scientific
literature of forests bordering anthropogenically modified habitats (Holway, 2005). Such edge effects
can physically degrade habitat, endanger resident biota, and reduce the functional size of natural areas.
Predator or invasive species densities may become elevated (Holway, 2005) and predators may
concentrate their hunting activities near edges (Krebs, 1994). A number of cats were seen on the Bell
Bay pulp mill site during field surveys. Feral cats affect native species by predation, competition with
native predators such as Tasmanian devils and quolls, and by acting as a reservoir for diseases or
parasites likely to affect susceptible native species.
In less mobile species (e.g. lizards and other small ground-dwelling species) fragmentation may
indirectly create allopathic populations and have long-term deleterious effects on genetic flow, through
inbreeding depression.
It is expected that the proposed works will constitute a moderate impact upon some of these species.
The likelihood of these species being present in this section of the study area and any potential impact
upon these species is discussed in Appendix 30, Volume 13. Overall it is expected that the greatest
impacts to these species will be from clearance of native vegetation and resultant fragmentation, as well
as long-term disruption from construction and operational activities through noise, air pollution,
vibrations and artificial lighting.
Eighteen fauna species considered to be of conservation significance in Tasmania have been identified
or predicted to occur at the Bell Bay Site. Thirteen species have been recorded within this section of the
study area, with another five predicted to occur. These species are listed in Table 15. The likelihood of
these species being present in this section of the study site and any potential impact upon these
species is discussed in Appendix 30, Volume 13. It is expected that the most significant impact to these
species would be the short and long-term impacts as a result of habitat loss and fragmentation from
vegetation clearance.
Short term
Some of the soils within the area are highly erodible, particularly the podsolic soils on dolerite and soils
associated with windblown sand deposits. Considerable evidence for soil erosion occurs along tracks
adjacent to the Hydro-Electric Commission (HEC) transmission lines. The construction of the
infrastructure may result in an increase in on-site erosion, with a corresponding increase in levels of
sedimentation. In the absence of mitigation measures, increased erosion may damage or destroy
localised areas of retained habitat (on- and off-site), while sedimentation may have a deleterious effect
on aquatic, semi-aquatic and riparian fauna, refer to Section 4.6.1.
9. Altered surface water runoff and quality into wetlands and waterways
Short term
Following rainfall events, surface water runoff may be altered into waterways flowing through the site. In
the absence of any mitigation measures, any such runoff may collect chemicals/pollutants spilled at the
site during the construction phase (e.g. vehicle oil leaks and fuel spills). Any such polluted run-off would
have the potential to result in deleterious impacts upon aquatic, semi-aquatic and riparian indigenous
fauna. Please note that runoff and pollution control issues are discussed in Volume 4 of the IIS.
Long term
Construction of buildings, parking lots and other infrastructure may result in changes to the sites
hydrology, with more rapid runoff occurring from hard surfaces. In the absence of suitable mitigation
measures, this may slightly increase the high flow volume in the lower reaches of waterways flowing
through the site during rainfall events, subsequently increasing the risk of flood damage to riparian and
aquatic habitats and communities. In addition, earthworks associated with construction (e.g. large
amount of cut into hillsides to create flat surfaces) may facilitate localised changes to the groundwater
table, which may subsequently influence habitat features and community structure and composition,
refer to Section 4.6.1.
Information on potential impacts of noise on fauna is very limited. A literature review was undertaken to
gain a greater understanding of potential impacts on fauna that may result from construction and
operation activities associated with the pulp mill. A detailed review of potential noise impacts on fauna is
provided in Appendix 30, Volume 13.
The impact of noise is considered to mainly affect any locally nesting and breeding animals. The
introduction of new noise and other disturbances have potential to result in nest abandonment (e.g.
wedge-tailed eagle and masked owl). No confirmed nest sites are known for the masked owl, however
the flushing of a masked owl during botanical surveys and a recording of an individual in George Town
(sighting by DPIWE Wildlife Biologist, Nick Mooney in the George town area in 1995), may warrant
further investigation before extent of impact to this species can be accurately accessed. A wedge-tailed
eagle nest is known, but is located around 900 metres east of the boundary of the landfill site and is out
of line of sight, being located on the other side of a significant ridge and well down in a gully. As such,
this is beyond the distance considered to disturb breeding birds and the impact on the nest and any
resident wedge-tailed eagle individuals is expected to be minimal.
Long term
The pulp mill at Bell Bay will operate 24 hrs a day, all year round with noise levels expected to radiate to
some degree from the footprint. The impact of constant noise to fauna is relatively unstudied. For the
proposed works it is difficult to quantify the impact of long-term noise impact on resident fauna. Given
that many of the species in the area are relatively mobile, have reasonably sized home ranges and
other areas of suitable habitat are nearby, it is likely that some animals could relocate, however, it is
expected that some individuals may suffer mortality due to competition for home ranges/territories. It is
expected that some species would become habituated to the noise levels. Anecdotal evidence from
species observations around the existing woodchip mills (directly adjacent to the Bell Bay pulp mill site
and a more significant noise source (refer noise assessment in Volume 2 of the Draft IIS) suggests that
many species will habituate. A large range of mammal, bird and reptile species were observed within
the woodchip mill site throughout 2005.
It is expected that the construction and operation of the pulp mill will cause impact to fauna, but these
impacts will vary in degree and type of response. The most likely short-term impact is to reduce the
species richness of the area through emigration of mobile species away from the noise sources, with a
possible long-term reduction in numbers of some species at the site.
Short term
In the short term (in the absence of mitigation measures), it is expected most nocturnal and crepuscular
species would abandon lit habitat areas, with a consequent reduction in the habitat and hence
population carrying capacities in the locale. Hunting success for predators that utilise the lit areas could
be expected to decline. The overall effect is likely to be reduction in the area of local habitat available for
some species, notably rodents, birds and predator species.
Long term
In the long term, reduced habitat availability is likely to result in reduced populations of some species,
generally mammal and some birds, with a resulting decline in species diversity for the area. The
majority of habitat modification from lighting will result from buildings and infrastructure, however other
sources, such as road lighting and street signs may serve to increase the area of impact.
Short term
Depending on winds and weather conditions, there is potential for generation of large amounts of dust.
In addition, large volumes of traffic (particularly heavy machinery) are likely to use temporary gravel and
dirt roads at the site, also facilitating dust generation. In the absence of mitigation measures, this has
the potential to directly affect resident fauna by reducing the amenity of habitat affected by dust fall.
Dust has also been shown to deleteriously affect the physiological process of plants, blocking stomata
and slowing growth (Spellerberg; 1998). This may result in a direct effect on the carrying capacity of
dust-affected areas.
Long term
As a result of pulp mill operations it is estimated that very low levels of air pollutants such as sulphur
dioxide (SO2) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2) would be emitted into the surrounding air shed (Volume 2 of
the Draft IIS). These levels are estimated to be a very small percentage of the existing background air
pollution created by heavy industry within the local area (T. Pollock, GHD pers. comm.). As such, no net
increase in deleterious elements is expected, hence it is considered unlikely that the effects of changes
to the local air quality on local fauna would result in a long-term impact of high significance.
A number of mitigation measures can be undertaken to minimise the impact of the proposed
development. The avoidance and/or minimisation of impacts should be an overarching principle for the
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be developed prior to the construction phase. The EMP
will incorporate the following measures.
The significance of the footprint of disturbance could be modified and/or minimised by micro-siting roads
and other infrastructure to avoid or minimise damage.
Within this report, areas of Allocasuarina littoralis forest and Eucalyptus amygdalina forest' within the
Bell Bay site have been categorised as woodland. Melaleuca ericifolia swamp forest equates to the
habitat type drainage lines. In addition, Gunns are planning to establish a network of reserves
adjacent to the Bell Bay pulp mill site, which would incorporate approximately 150 ha of native
vegetation within the site itself and in adjoining areas. This proposed reserve has been designed to
capture a range of values within the site, including maintaining habitat connectivity for fauna across the
landscape.
A summary of the likelihood and consequence of occurrence for each potential impact, together with the
significance of the impact, is outlined in Table 76. A range of potential management measures to
minimise the impact are also provided in this table, and an overall cost-benefit rating has been
determined, assuming that all management measures will be implemented.
At this preliminary stage it is not possible to accurately quantify the benefits for fauna of provision of
these offset areas. However, it is reasonable to expect that positive benefits will accrue from protection
of large areas of habitat equivalent (at least in terms of vegetation structure) to those that will be
removed to facilitate the pulp mill project. To ensure that benefits for threatened fauna are maximised, a
number of habitat attributes will be taken into account, including:
Size and shape of the areas - for example, long linear shaped areas or several small areas will not
be as beneficial as one or few large block shaped holdings as they will encompass a greater range
of edge effects such as microclimate effects and predator incursion;
The landscape matrix into which the vegetation holdings are embedded - for example, offsets placed
within other tracts of native vegetation will have greater habitat values than discrete areas embedded
within agricultural lands; and
The presence of populations of threatened species - for example, habitat conserved should contain,
or have the potential to contain (based on climatic, altitudinal and other biogeographical attributes),
the same or similar suite of species found within the study area.
14
The likelihood of this impact will depend on the species present and construction methods used. Birds and larger mammals would be expected to avoid construction areas easily
however other less mobile species classes such as reptiles and amphibians are potentially at a greater risk of direct mortality or injury.
The impacts associated with the Bell Bay section of the study area will require greater mitigation
efforts to ameliorate impacts than other sections of the project, given the large amount of habitat
(around 95 ha) proposed to be cleared. Provision of protection for remaining habitat, provision of
protected areas (offsets) and rehabilitation of degraded areas are considered to be the best
mitigation options. Further investigation into the importance of the Bell Bay area for the masked
owl as a breeding and foraging habitat is also recommended and should be detailed as part of the
Fauna Management Plan.
Although the threats posed to threatened and conservation significant species are mainly
considered likely to impact upon individuals, rather than populations, it is difficult to predict what
the long term effects of habitat loss in the region may be and it is expected that habitat loss may
pose a threat to the viability of some local populations in the study area in the long term.
Overall, the proposed works at Bell Bay are considered to constitute localised irreversible
harm. Provided mitigation measures are enacted, the works will represent a moderate impact
at the regional level (within 5 km of the proposed works).
Table 77: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures terrestrial
fauna
Terrestrial Fauna
Overall, given the management strategies identified, potential impacts on fauna from the
construction and operation of the pulp mill are considered to be moderate.
The site was registered on 21 October 1980. The statement of significance of the site states:
Four Mile Creek Environmental Sanctuary has low environmental significance nationally
and regionally. It is of possible local significance as a remnant of native vegetation in a
modified landscape. The place is assessed as no longer reaching threshold for National
Estate listing.
It is possible that Indigenous cultural values of National Estate significance may exist in this
place. As yet, the Australian Heritage Commission has not identified, documented nor
assessed these values.
15
http://www.deh.gov.au/ accessed 14/06/06
Based on the planning requirements discussed in Section 2.2, the area will become Crown land
under the Crown Lands Act 1976 once the wharf is constructed. Gunns will need to obtain a lease
from the Crown for that part of the wharf facility that is constructed below high watermark.
Management measures have been identified in the previous flora and fauna sections which will
reduce overall environmental impacts resulting from the project. Such measures will be
incorporated in the Construction EMP as detailed in Volume 4 of the Draft IIS.
Table 78: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures reserves and
protected areas
Impact on the values of the Minor Construction EMP Minor positive Minor
private reserve negative impact negative
impact impact
This section deals with the preliminary stages of the development of the pulp mill.
The temporary accommodation facility will cater for 800 construction workers during the
construction period of the pulp mill. Accommodation for the remaining workers will be addressed
by other, complementary, housing solutions. The workers accommodation facility will not be
required for this purpose once the pulp mill is operational. The site is shown in Figure 4-24.
GEORGE TOWN
Proposed Workers
Accommodation
Facility
Figure 4-24 Proposed Workers Accommodation Facility Site (Source: LIST Database,
DPIW)
The accommodation capacity will only cater for persons that work on the pulp mill construction
site, and therefore it excludes families of workers. Workers accommodation facility residents will
commute to the pulp mill construction site via various means of transport in three shifts with
staggered start times 1 hour apart.
A separate traffic impact assessment was conducted for the workers accommodation facility (Pitt
and Sherry, 2006b). This report identified the following:
Workers will commute to the pulp mill construction site to work in 3 staggered, 10 hour shifts
starting at 5:00am, 6:00am and 7:00am;
There will be an even split of 267 people per shift;
3000
2800
2600
2400
2200
2000
Manpower
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27
Months
A number of assumptions have been made to estimate the future construction volumes and
distributions that will enter/ leave the site access during the morning, (7:00 8:00 AM) and
afternoon, (4:00 5:00 PM) peak hours.
Prediction of construction traffic and distribution can vary substantially from day to day as well as
over the duration of the construction timeframe, and information relating to the likely percentages
entering or leaving during a particular peak hour is difficult to predict.
In order to transport the personnel to the site during the peak period of construction phase, a
peak traffic generation of approximately 900 vehicles per day plus 40 buses per day has been
assumed. A major percentage of this construction traffic will enter or leave the site during the
respective morning and afternoon peak hours, with the remaining traffic entering or departing
outside these peak time periods.
For the purpose of this assessment it has been assumed that 40% of the construction traffic will
arrive from George Town, (entering the Tamar woodchip mill access from the northern approach
of East Tamar Highway) and 60% from Launceston, (and entering the Tamar Mill access from the
southern approach of East Tamar Highway). It is reasonable to assume that these same
proportions will depart during the afternoon peak hour. This assumption is based on the fact that
Launceston, having the much larger population, will still generate the highest volume of
construction traffic compared to George Town which is closer in distance but has a much lower
population. It is likely that George Town will provide residence for a reasonable proportion of the
construction workforce due to its proximity to the site.
It has also been assumed that 70% of the total daily construction vehicle generation enter the
Tamar woodchip mill access during the morning peak hour (7:00 8:00 AM) and 70% will depart
during the afternoon peak hour (4:00 5:00 PM). Considering that the buses will be primarily
used to ferry workers, it is assumed that 90% of all bus traffic will enter/ leave within the
respective peak hours.
These assumptions are considered a worst case scenario for construction traffic, as it assumes
that a high percentage of the construction workforce will enter or leave within the same peak
hour. It is likely that construction hours will vary between trades, therefore having an effect on the
The site construction traffic will interact with traffic in the surrounding road network. Traffic
volumes for the East Tamar Highway were therefore obtained from DIER near the existing Tamar
Mill access. DIER has estimated that a 1.9% compound growth rate has occurred over an 18-
year period on this section of the East Tamar Highway. This growth factor has been applied to
the 2004 traffic volumes of East Tamar Highway to predict likely future traffic volumes during the
peak construction activity of the pulp mill (being the year 2009).
During the construction phase, log trucks will continue to access the Tamar Mill access for the
ongoing operation of the existing woodchip mill. The truck generation associated with this
component of the pulp mill during the construction phase have been assumed from the Control
Strategy under the Startup timeframe.
To determine the impact of truck movements from the ongoing operation of the woodchip mill
during the construction phase, existing timber delivery data was sourced from Gunns. This is
shown in Table 79, providing the percentages of laden log trucks arriving at the site over a typical
24 hour time period.
6:00pm midnight 5% 6%
During the period between 6:00AM 12:00pm a total of 41% of the daily log truck traffic enters
the site. It has been assumed that the spread of truck arrivals during this 6-hour period is
relatively constant, ensuring that the mill operates at a consistent rate. It is therefore assumed
that approximately 7% of the daily log truck traffic entering the site access will enter and leave
during the morning peak hour (being one-sixth of 41%). The same process was adopted for the
calculation of the afternoon peak hour truck movements.
The breakdown of log truck delivery wheelbase configurations was obtained from Gunns
weighbridge data from the Tamar woodchip mill. This is provided in Table 80.
It can be seen from Table 80 that the majority of timber deliveries arrive on triaxle trailer log
trucks, accounting for 57.2% of delivery by mass and 61.3% of deliveries by truck numbers. High
productivity vehicles account for 9.2% of the deliveries by mass and 7.3% of deliveries by truck
numbers.
There are a number of different strategies that can be utilised for the operation of the pulp mill by
utilising varying amounts of plantation and native resources, and combinations of rail and road
transport infrastructure. The supply of timber resources can also vary geographically over time,
which impacts on freight movements across the State. The freight task of the pulp mill has been
modelled under a number of resource strategies and transport modes over a thirteen year
timeframe.
The proposed effluent pipeline will follow a route similar to that of the existing Alinta Gas Pipeline
in an adjacent easement, but with extensions from the Bell Bay Power Station to the pulp mill and
a divergence on Cimitiere Plain to the outfall point off Four mile beach (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
Most of the effluent pipeline will therefore follow the East Tamar Highway north from the pulp mill
site to George Town, where it will follow the Alinta easement across mostly agricultural land or
follow the established road reserves to Low Head and Four mile beach.
The effluent pipeline follows and crosses the East Tamar Highway near Donovans Bay (north of
the Bell Bay Power Station). The pipeline also crosses Bridport Road near the intersection with
the East Tamar Highway.
From the outskirts of George Town, and at a number of points along the East Tamar Highway,
the effluent pipeline follows or intersects roads within the local government road network up to
Four mile beach. These roads are maintained by the George Town Council and are listed below
in order of intersection with the pipeline, from the pulp mill site:
Bell Bay Road;
Main Road;
Mount George Road;
William Street;
Dorset Street;
Cemetery Road;
George Street;
Davies Street;
Stonehouse Street;
Arnold Street;
Soldiers Settlement Road;
Aerodrome Road;
East Beach Road; and
Bellbuoy Beach Road.
The effluent pipeline will follow the alignment of the railway line in the adjacent Alinta pipeline
easement, from the intersection of the East Tamar Highway and Bridport Road, north to the end
of the East Tamar Highway, where the line diverts to Bell Bay.
The construction of the effluent pipeline is likely to generate a minimal amount of additional traffic
on the roads listed above. This traffic will be centralised around the area where the pipeline is
being constructed.
All associated works within the road reserve will need to comply with DIER Code of Practice for
Works on Roads as well as Australian Standards, AS1742.3.
It is expected to take 6 months to complete the installation and the construction of the onshore
component of the effluent pipeline.
Landfill Construction
A landfill is proposed for disposal of waste generated during construction and operation of the
pulp mill. The design capacity of the proposed landfill is 1.1 million cubic metres.
The location of the proposed landfill site is near Williams Creek on the western side of the
Tippogoree Hills, approximately 9.5 km south east of George Town. Vehicular access to the
proposed landfill site is approximately 1.4 km north of the existing Tamar woodchip mill access,
on the eastern side of the East Tamar Highway.
Pitt and Sherry (2006a) prepared a report on the Solid Waste Landfill Concept Design, which
incorporated details on the likely traffic and transport impacts of this component of the pulp mill.
The safe intersection sight distance required by the Austroads document, Guide to Traffic
Engineering Practice, Part 5, 2005 Intersections at Grade, for a design speed of 100 km/h, is 250
metres. Available sight distances of the access location for the proposed landfill were measured
at 265 metres and greater than 300 metres to the south and north respectively. The sight
distances at the proposed access, therefore meet Austroads safe intersection sight distance
requirements.
Pitt and Sherry (2006a) assumed that the projected level of operations will remain static over a
20-year period from commencement of the pulp mill operations. A number of other assumptions
were made including:
The amount of material to be disposed in the landfill per day;
The differing capacity of trucks used to transport the waste;
Trips per day were based on a single 8 hour shift per day; and
The number of associated light vehicle movements and peak hour distribution.
As outlined in Appendix 43, Volume 15 of this report, the construction of the proposed landfill is
likely to generate less than 5 vehicle movements per hour during the construction phase.
Pitt and Sherry (2006a) identified that the pulp mill will generate up to 200 tonnes of waste
material to be disposed to landfill per day. It was recognised that the waste material may be
transported to the site in a range of trucks with varying capacities. The report identified the
following variation of truck movements during a typical 8 hour shift working day:
10 tonne truck generates 20 round trips/day, or 2.5 trips per hour;
15 tonne truck generates 13 round trips/day, or 1.6 trips per hour; and
20 tonne truck generates 10 round trips/day or 1.3 trips per hour.
Activities associated with the landfill may include 4 round trips per day for light utility vehicles. If
50% of the associated movements occurred within one hour, the peak hourly movements will be
5 trips per hour in and out of the site (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a).
For the purpose of the Draft IIS, a worst-case scenario of 2.5 truck movements per hour has been
assumed. With the addition of associated light vehicle movements, a total peak traffic generation
of 5 vehicles per hour, including 50% heavy vehicles, has been assumed.
The traffic distribution of this traffic will predominantly be between the landfill and the pulp mill
site.
Water Reservoir
A water reservoir is proposed to provide the pulp mill with a three-day water reserve. The
reservoir will comprise an earth embankment constructed across a small saddle east of the pulp
mill site in the foothills of the Tippogoree Hills.
Access to the water reservoir site will be required for construction purposes and for occasional
maintenance during the operation phase of the pulp mill. Access to the water reservoir will be via
the access roads outlined for both the proposed landfill and quarry.
The construction of the water reservoir will generate a small amount of heavy vehicle and
associated traffic.
Access to the proposed quarry will be through the same location as the landfill and water
reservoir. An access road is proposed at the lower end and sides of the two quarry benches.
At peak periods of activity, an estimated 50 truck loads per day will be required to haul the
estimated 6,000 cubic metres of rock. The trucks will travel between the quarry and the pulp mill
site during the construction phase.
It is necessary to determine the traffic generation of the various components of the pulp mill
across a number of alternative operational strategies that may be employed over time. This
section of the report considers components of the pulp mill that generate traffic on the transport
networks that are external to the subject site.
The operation of the existing woodchip mill has been assumed to continue operation throughout
the construction phase of the pulp mill.
Pulp Export
Once the pulp is created and baled, it is ready for distribution for domestic and international
markets. Transport of the pulp will primarily be via shipping vessels for international and
interstate clients. A new wharf facility will be constructed on the site of the pulp mill on the Tamar
River specifically for this purpose. Pulp sold to Tasmanian clients will be transported by road or
rail.
The proposed wharf is necessary to facilitate cost effective export of pulp via domestic and
international shipping traders through the Bell Bay Port and to minimise road transport
movements.
Woodchip residues will be transported by trucks to the pulp mill. This transport task has been
modelled by considering available woodchips in the northeast region.
Figure 4-26 shows the variation in freight task between the three operational strategies. The
Control Strategy has the minimum impact on the road and rail transport systems as it represents
the existing operational strategy for Gunns woodchip mills. The Control Strategy only sources
timber resources from within each region that the respective woodchip mills are situated;
therefore no resources are transported across region boundaries. As noted however, there will be
an increase in transport of resources without the pulp mill as more plantations become available
for harvest.
The Plantation Preference Strategy has the greatest impact on the transport system, as it
requires plantation timber to be sourced from around the state, across timber resource region
boundaries.
The Anticipated Strategy is in between these two strategies in terms of freight movements. It
should be noted that there is a wide range of options for the supply of timber resources for the
Anticipated Strategy, however the impact on the transport network is less than the Plantation
Preference Strategy.
The ultimate weighting of the resource mix will depend on the availability and economics of
projected resource categories as described in Chapter 6.2, Volume 1 of the Draft IIS Pulpwood
Supply into the future. It is planned to annually monitor and optimise the wood intake regularly
depending on the quality, quantity and cost of wood from various locations.
As represented in Figure XX, the spectrum of potential resource supply is bounded by the Control
Strategy and the Plantation Preference Strategy. For the purpose of the Draft IIS, the impacts of
the Plantation Preference Strategy is examined as a worst case scenario.
In addition to these strategies, each of these operational strategies have been considered with
varying modes of transport, being:
Combination of road and rail transport to pulp mill and woodchip mills; and
Road only transport of timber resources to pulp mill and woodchip mills;
Due to the nature of the project and the necessity to source some resource supply from outside of
the North-East catchment (as described in Section 6.2, Volume 1 Pulpwood Supply) for the
operation of the pulp mill, the economics of utilising the rail network in Tasmania are expected to
be viable to enable some supply to the proposed mill to be delivered on the rail network. Where
feasible, options for utilisation of the rail network in Tasmania will be further explored and
promoted by Gunns if the project proceeds. Due to the fact that use of the rail system for
pulpwood supply to the mill is not certain, road only freight modes have been analysed also in this
study.
Under the rail and road transport scenario, some long haul timber resources are transported by
truck to a railhead for cartage to the pulp mill by rail. The location of the existing railheads to be
utilised for the pulp mill under a rail/ road transport scenario is as follows:
Plenty Railhead;
Wiltshire Railhead;
Hampshire Railhead; and
South Burnie Railhead.
Control Strategy No Pulp Mill existing No Pulp Mill existing No Pulp Mill existing
operation of Gunns three operation of Gunns three operation of Gunns three
woodchip mills woodchip mills woodchip mills
Anticipated Strategy Plantation/ native wood Plantation/ native wood Plantation/ native wood
Rail pulp mill utilisation of pulp mill utilisation of rail pulp mill utilisation of rail
rail infrastructure for infrastructure for some infrastructure for some long
some long haul timber long haul timber resources haul timber resources
resources
Anticipated Strategy Plantation/ native wood Plantation/ native wood Plantation/ native wood
No Rail pulp mill utilisation of pulp mill utilisation of pulp mill utilisation of
road infrastructure for all road infrastructure for all road infrastructure for all
timber resources timber resources timber resources
Plantation Preference Plantation wood pulp mill Plantation wood pulp mill Plantation wood pulp mill
Strategy Rail utilisation of rail utilisation of rail utilisation of rail
infrastructure for some infrastructure for some infrastructure for some long
long haul timber long haul timber resources haul timber resources
resources
Plantation Preference Plantation wood pulp mill Plantation wood pulp mill Plantation wood pulp mill
Strategy No Rail utilisation of road utilisation of road utilisation of road
infrastructure for all infrastructure for all timber infrastructure for all timber
timber resources resources resources
The operational planning for the transport of the wood resources throughout the State is broadly
summarised in the following sections.
Appendix 43, Volume 15 (Traffic and Transport Impact Assessment) provides the resource
catchment supply data for the Control, Anticipated and Plantation Strategies.
The road freight network utilised by the existing woodchip mills and pulp mill are fixed route and
defined by information provided by Gunns and DIER.
Table 82 and Table 83 show the Anticipated and Plantation Strategies for Snapshot 2 compared
with DIER 2003 traffic data. This has been done to provide an understanding of the order of
magnitude in the changes in truck movements represents when compared to existing conditions.
The timeframes of these comparisons are vastly different (2003 DIER traffic data compared to
2019-21 pulp mill truck generation). Comparing these two data sources therefore presents a
worst-case scenario. This is due to the fact that general traffic and heavy vehicle traffic volumes
are likely to increase on the roads examined in Table 82 and Table 83 an increase in traffic
volumes during Snapshot 2 without the operation of the pulp mill will therefore reduce the
percentage increase compared to 2003 volumes. Conversely, where log truck movements are
reduced as a result of the pulp mill, greater percentage reductions in general and heavy vehicle
traffic are relative to what will be experienced in the Snapshot 2 timeframe.
Care should be exercised in interpreting Table 82 and Table 83, as some large increases or
decreases in percentage of either overall traffic or heavy vehicle traffic may occur for roads that
Table 82 demonstrates that the use of rail results in a relatively small percentage changes to
overall traffic volumes for most roads investigated. Large decreases in heavy vehicle volume
percentages were noted in the following roads under the Anticipated Strategy:
Tasman Highway south of Orford (-47%);
Midlands Highway north of Bridgewater (-11%);
Colebrook Main Road (-227%);
Fingerpost Main Road (-61%);
Huon Highway east of Grove (-40%);
Tea Tree Road east of Brighton (-63%); and
Ridgley Main Road north of Hampshire (-23%).
Whilst the roads mentioned above had large decreases in heavy vehicle percentages, the impact
on the overall traffic volume percentage reduction was slight (<5% decrease).
Overlaying this traffic onto the road network determines the net increase/ decrease for each key
road link for each Strategy, timeframe and mode of transport. Being the sole vehicular access to
the pulp mill, the East Tamar Highway shows the greatest cumulative variation in total vehicle
traffic generation.
Table 84: Cumulative Daily Traffic Generation, East Tamar Highway, Rail Scenario
Startup (2008/09) Snapshot 1(2013-2015) Snapshot 2 (2019-2021)
Component Anticipated Plantation Anticipated Plantation Anticipated Plantation
Strategy Preference Strategy Preference Strategy Preference
Strategy Strategy Strategy
Light vehicles +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars
Chemicals +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks
transport
Biofuel +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks
transport
Timber 0 trucks 0 Trucks 0 Trucks +13 Trucks 0 Trucks +38 trucks
resource
transport
(difference
from Control
Strategy)
TOTAL +364 +364 +364 +377 +364 +402 Vehicles
vehicles vehicles vehicles Vehicles vehicles
Table 85: Cumulative Traffic Generation, East Tamar Highway, No Rail Scenario
Startup (2008/09) Snapshot 1 (2013-2015) Snapshot 2(2019-2021)
Component Anticipated Plantation Anticipated Plantation Anticipated Plantation
Strategy Preference Strategy Preference Strategy Preference
Strategy Strategy Strategy
Light vehicles +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars +275 cars
Chemicals +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks +11 trucks
transport
Biofuel +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks +78 trucks
transport
Timber +39 Trucks +39 Trucks +54 Trucks +26 Trucks +50 Trucks +82 Trucks
resource
transport
(difference
from Control
Strategy)
TOTAL +403 +403 +418 +380 +414 +446 Vehicles
Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles Vehicles
There is an increase of 364 to 402 vehicles per day under the rail scenario and an increase of
380 to 446 vehicles per day under the no rail scenario. The worst-case situation being
Snapshot 2, Plantation Preference Strategy for both rail and no rail scenarios.
It should be noted that the volumes provided above represent a worst-case scenario as some of
the traffic generated by the various components travels north along East Tamar Highway towards
George Town.
Rail Transport
The use of rail as a freight mode of transport will increase the rail freight task in Tasmania. The
tonne-kilometres travelled on the rail network is approximately equal to the difference between
the total tonne-kilometres travelled on the road network for the rail and no rail scenarios (Table
86).
The Control Strategy is not shown in Table 86 as it does not utilise rail.
The frequency of freight movements on the rail network will depend on the total amount of timber
resources are loaded onto each haul. Logistically, it will be difficult for rail freight to operate more
than once per day from each of the four railheads.
Transport impacts arising from the pulp mill may be direct or indirect, adverse or beneficial, short
or long term, temporary or irreversible.
A summary of environmental costs and benefits to be borne by the community and the
environment is provided for each component of the proposal that describes the impact of, or on,
key environmental and social elements.
Construction activities will result in a general increase in heavy and light vehicle traffic in the
surrounding area.
Once the workers accommodation facility has been completed, traffic will be generated between
the pulp mill site and the accommodation facility, as well as associated general traffic in and
around George Town. These impacts will be experienced only during the construction phase of
the pulp mill, and will peak around 18 months into the pulp mills construction.
Traffic management plans will be required according to DIER and Australian Standards
guidelines to minimise transport impacts and maximise road safety during construction and to
ensure a safe road environment.
Works that are to be carried out in the State road reserves will be done in accordance with
Section 16 of the Roads and Jetties Act 1935. Works that are to be carried out in the local
government road network will be done in accordance with requirements of the Local Government
(Highways) Act 1982. Relevant permits must be obtained for all road closures necessary for the
pipelines crossing of a road carriageway in consultation with directly affected stakeholders and
the broader community.
Some temporary loss of access to properties adjacent to the effluent pipeline may be experienced
during construction. Consultation will be conducted with directly effected landowners regarding
access prior to commencement of the pipelines construction.
Impacts will be short-term in nature and will only last during the construction phase of the
pipeline.
The construction of the proposed landfill, water reservoir and quarry will result in a cumulation of
traffic utilising the new access to these components of the pulp mill.
The cumulative traffic generation of these three components will impact on the intersection of the
new road with East Tamar Highway, and to a lesser extent, the junction of the existing access
road to the Tamar woodchip mill. Both junctions have been assessed as being adequate for this
purpose from road capacity and road safety perspectives (GHD, 2006g).
Traffic volume increases will also impact on the East Tamar Highway, however the relatively low
traffic volume arising from these construction activities will not have an impact on the level of
service of the road.
This peak traffic generation is expected to occur approximately 18 months after construction
commences.
In terms of traffic volume increases, the construction phase is greater than the operational phase
of the pulp mill.
Some additional traffic associated with the construction of the landfill, water reservoir and quarry
is also likely to be generated during the same time as the pulp mill construction. In a worst-case
scenario, if all peak traffic generation associated with construction of various components of the
pulp mill occurred at the same time, the increase in traffic may be in the order of 1,035 vehicles
per day.
The majority of heavy vehicle traffic associated with the pulp mills construction will be between
the pulp mill site and George Town will be travelling to and from the port or Major Industrial Zone.
As such, impacts on residential traffic within George Town will be minimal. Given this short
distance involved and adequacy of overtaking lanes, impacts on road safety and Level of Service
will be minimal. It is acknowledged that some additional traffic will be experienced within George
Town due to the generally higher short-term population.
This additional traffic (which consists of a large proportion of heavy vehicles) results in a level of
service of B for the East Tamar Highway (GHD, 2006g). This is unchanged from existing (2003)
conditions and the impacts on the East Tamar Highway in the vicinity of the pulp mill can
therefore be considered to be minimal from a road capacity point of view.
The impacts on the road network as a result of the pulp mill also vary across the three regions
(northeast, northwest and south), and on individual roads across the State with rail and resource
strategy. The operational freight impacts on the road network have therefore been assessed for
the preferred operational strategy (being rail/ Anticipated Strategy) as well as the worst-case
transport scenario (no-rail/ Plantation Preference Strategy).
East Tamar 3,770 vpd B +223 trucks Plantation/ 5,290 vpd 5,513 B
Hwy south per day SS2/ No rail vpd
of Gunns
access
West Tamar 3,694 vpd B +141 trucks Plantation/ 4,829 vpd 4,970 B
Hwy south SS2/ No rail vpd
of Batman
Hwy
It can be seen from Table 87 that most roads that experience a large increase or decrease in log
truck movements do not suffer a change in the level of service of the road. In most cases, the
general background traffic growth of the road is more significant than the increase or decrease in
log truck volume. Batman Highway is predicted to change from LOS A to LOS B, but this is
mostly attributable to the background traffic growth rather than the increase in log truck volume
(and the LOS will have changed regardless of the increase in log truck volume).
The log truck generation arising from the pulp mill therefore does not alter the Level of Service of
the majority of the roads utilised.
This represents an increase of almost 2% of the rail freight task in 1995 (being the last timeframe
published for Tasmanias rail network).
The increase in rail freight will place demands on existing rail infrastructure, which has been
subject to much debate in recent times (with both National and State governments offering
financial assistance for the upgrade of Tasmanias rail network).
The increase in rail freight will also result in an increase in the frequency of the operation of rail
level crossings on the road network. This will result in a minor increase in traffic delays on roads
affected by rail level crossings utilised by freight movements for the pulp mill. In terms of
frequency, trains will traverse rail level crossings along each of the main routes generally
increase once per day.
The transport of several chemicals required for the ongoing operation of the pulp mill will result in
additional shipping movements at the four main seaports in Tasmania.
In terms of pulp exports, approximately 44 ships per year will be required. It is anticipated that
the overall level of shipping movements will initially decrease against current levels (up but over
the longer term will increase by approximately 24 vessels per year. Without the pulp mill,
woodchip vessel numbers would increase to similar levels given the increased availability of
pulpwood as more plantations come on line. Sea freight impacts are dealt with separately in
Section 4.13.
Due to the substantial differences in log truck generation between rail and no rail scenarios, these
have been considered separately.
The reduction of log truck traffic from roads such as Tasman Bridge and Tasman Highway near
Orford are seen as a positive road safety impact.
The use of rail is not expected to have any significant adverse impacts on road safety at rail level
crossings. This is based on the existing low RTA rates at these intersections that actually involve
trains. Further investigations and consultation will need to be undertaken if rail is utilised for this
project.
There is a reduction of log truck traffic on Tasman Bridge and Tasman Highway near Orford.
This is seen as a positive impact.
A moderate increase in log truck traffic in Frankford Main Road is considered to be a negative
impact due to the narrow and winding nature of this road. If rail is not to be used for the pulp mill,
then a detailed route corridor assessment will be undertaken to ensure that associated traffic
management measures (such as curve warning signage and delineation) are adequate for this
potential log truck traffic increase.
A review of East Tamar Highway will be conducted prior to construction commencing to ensure
that signage, delineation and roadside hazards issues are identified. Appropriate construction
Other potential solutions may also be considered, such as providing a temporary reduction in the
speed limit from 100 km/h to 80 km/h on identified road sections where disparate vehicle speeds
between heavy vehicles and smaller vehicles may be considered a safety concern.
aaSIDRA utilises detailed analytical traffic models coupled with an iterative approximation
technique to provide estimates of capacity and performance of intersections. aaSIDRA is
endorsed as a modelling tool by Austroads Guide to Traffic Engineering Practice, Parts 2
(Roadway Capacity), 5 (Intersections at Grade), 6 (Roundabouts) and 7 (Traffic Signals).
The SIDRA analysis for the Tamar Mill access is included in Appendix 43, Volume 15.
A roundabout at this location is not recommended, as this will reduce LOS for East Tamar
Highway approaches to the junction.
Other strategies may be adopted in order to deal with the short-term peak construction impacts.
These are summarised as follows:
Investigation of further staggering working shifts so that the peaks are spread over a greater
timeframe;
Install temporary traffic signals at the access junction to the site on East Tamar Highway; and
Reduce the speed limit on East Tamar Highway to 80-km/h near the access during peak
construction activity.
Federal Government has identified that the road freight task will double over the next 20 years
(Auslink). The statewide increased heavy vehicle road freight generated by the pulp mill if rail is
not utilised will contribute to the Auslink predicted road freight increase in Tasmania.
It is noted that large increases in heavy vehicle traffic results under the no-rail scenario for the
following roads:
Similarly, the use of rail under the Anticipated Strategy (Gunns preferred strategy) results in
increases in heavy vehicle traffic in the following roads:
Batman Highway;
East Tamar Highway;
Brooker Highway near Granton; and
Glen Huon Main Road.
The ongoing maintenance of the pavements of these roads will be monitored carefully if the pulp
mill proceeds without the use of rail transport.
The use of rail reduces the net log truck VKT on a statewide basis;
The Anticipated Strategy results in the cartage of less log freight on the Tasmanian road
network; and
The use of rail reduces log truck movements in roads such as Batman Highway, East Tamar
Highway, Midlands Highway, Lyell Highway, Frankford Main Road, Brooker Highway,
Macquarie Street and Tasman Highway compared to the no rail scenario.
For similar reasons, the Anticipated Strategy is preferred to the Plantation Preference Strategy
from an operational transport perspective.
Table 88: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures transport
infrastructure, traffic and access
Short term traffic issues Moderate Prepare traffic management Minor positive Minor
associated with construction negative plan for construction and impact negative
of effluent pipeline impact consult with adjacent land impact
owners and effected
stakeholders.
New permanent intersection Moderate Comply with Forest Minor positive Minor
on East Tamar Highway for negative Practices Code 2000 and impact negative
quarry, landfill and water impact monitor traffic operations impact
storage reservoir and during the early stages of
temporary access roads for the development to
pulp mill evaluate and amend
trucking operations if
required.
Increased log truck traffic on Moderate Prepare detailed route Minor positive Minor
Frankford Main Road if rail is negative corridor assessment to impact negative
not utilised impact ensure traffic management impact
along corridor is adequate
Increase in rail freight Minor Monitor all rail level Minor positive Insignificant
movements resulting from negative crossings on haulage routes impact impact
the use of rail impact for safety and ensure rail
infrastructure is in an
adequate and serviceable
state.
Road pavement Moderate Monitor roads with identified Minor positive Minor
deterioration arising from negative increased log truck and impact negative
increased log truck activity impact heavy vehicle traffic impact
movements and upgrade as
necessary
Based on the management strategies identified above, with the implementation of Gunns
Anticipated Strategy for transport of pulpwood to the Bell Bay pulp mill, the project is considered
to have a minor impact on transport, traffic and access.
Potential environmental impacts associated with shipping activities are classified into three
potential hazard categories: operational hazards, which include ballast water management, waste
disposal, leakages and spillages associated with general shipping operations and maritime cargo
handling activities;
Accidental hazards, which include leakages and spillages as a result of collision, or other
accidents; and
Physical hazards, which result in damage to habitats (such as reef systems) as a result of
groundings (ANZECC, 1996).
All of the above potential impacts and associated risks are directly related to the number of
vessels using the Bell Bay Port.
The Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) is responsible for investigating and responding
to maritime accidents and marine pollution from shipping operations. The Australian Quarantine
and Inspection Service (AQIS) is chartered with the responsibility of ensuring appropriate
management protocols are implemented for the management of ballast waters from international
vessels.
Shipping traffic associated with the export of woodchip from the Gunns Tamar woodchipping
operation from 2002 - 2005 was approximately 56 vessels per annum (Table 89).
Average (2002/03 -
2004/05) 56 2,173,176 39,061 36,021 56,580
* Part loading (2 holds) only; ^ Figures rounded up; (t) = tonnes; pa = per annum; Source: Gunns, pers.comm 2005
Operation of the pulp mill to the proposed specifications is predicted to result in a decrease in
shipping activity associated with the Gunns Tamar woodchip operations in the short to medium
term. Upon commissioning of the pulp mill, emphasis will be placed upon the utilization of
woodchips to produce a higher value pulp product. The conversion ratio of woodchip to pulp is
approximately 4 to 1 which will result in fewer shipping movements. A reduction in the volume of
woodchip available for export in conjunction with the export of pulp will result in a lower volume of
product available for consignment to market.
Forecast figures indicate that shipping movements during the first four years will be approximately
33 vessels per annum. This is approximately half of the shipping traffic currently servicing the
woodchip mill. Shipping volume is forecast to increase in the mid term (year 6 year 10) to 51
vessels per annum. Long term forecast indicate that shipping movements are likely to fluctuate
between 62 and 81 vessels per year (Table 90).
For the first 14 years of operation, peak vessel movement for the pulp mill is only slightly greater
than the average 56 vessels accessing the existing woodchip berths. When compared to the total
volume of future shipping without the pulp mill (the do nothing scenario), these figures represent
an overall reduction in vessel movements of between 24 and 30 vessels per year (Table 90).
From year 15 onward, the total vessel movements are approximately 10 to 20 more compared to
current, but similar to projected levels without the pulp mill.
The increased forecast of woodchip production between 2013 and 2017 is a result of increased
wood availability. Pulp production is forecast to remain relatively consistent from 2013, hence little
variation is predicted in the volume of shipping traffic required to consign pulp product to market.
The decrease in forecast shipping movements into Bell Bay Port in the first 5 years of the pulp
mill being commissioned will result in a reduced risk of operational, accidental and physical
environmental impacts associated with shipping movements. This risk is likely to increase in the
mid term given that forecast shipping traffic (62 vessels per year) slightly exceeds that which is
currently experienced (56 vessels per year). In the long term, environmental risks associated with
shipping traffic will be increase slightly given that the annual predicted shipping movements are in
In addition to pulp and woodchip vessels, up to 12 additional vessels may deliver chemicals (salt
and caustic soda) to the pulp mill wharf. The exact number will depend on whether a merchant
chemical plant forms part of the final design (Section 6.7.3, Volume 1).
When considered against the current total of 370 freight vessel movements to Bell Bay Port
(Table 26), the additional vessel movements as a result of peak shipping during pulp mill
operation (37 vessels per year, including chemical delivery) is 10 % of total current movements,
and does not take into consideration future increases in other ship movements to Bell Bay.
Operational management plans will be required for the wharf facility to minimise potential impacts from
operational, accidental and physical hazards associated with its use. These will be addressed as part of
the Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Management System. All vessels using the wharf facility
will also need to comply with Australian, Tasmanian and port requirements for such issues as ballast
water management, waste disposal, leakages and spillages associated with general shipping
operations and maritime cargo handling activities.
As a result of the pulp mill operations, initial vessel movements (for the first four years of operation) will
significantly reduce, with a corresponding reduction in operational risks. In the medium term (years five
to 14), vessel movements will be similar to current levels. Long-term vessel numbers will be higher than
current shipping levels, but similar to that forecast if the pulp mill does not proceed.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit
rating related to wharf infrastructure, traffic and access is provided below.
Table 91: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures wharf
infrastructure, traffic and access
Based on appropriate management of vessel movement and use of the wharf facility, the reduced
vessel numbers will result in a moderate positive impact as a result of reduced operational risks.
For design purposes, it has been assumed that the landfill must be capable of accepting all solid
wastes generated from the mill. The assumed design capacity of the landfill is therefore 1.1 million
cubic metres.
Gunns will continue to research and review reuse opportunities (such as fertiliser, acid sulfate soil
remediation and/or soil conditioner). There is sufficient capacity for another 30 years of landfill space
(giving a total available capacity of 50 years).
Details of the waste streams generated by the mill are provided here. The assessment of the
construction and operation of the proposed landfill is assessed in Section 12 of this Volume.
During the construction and operation of the pulp mill, a range of waste types will be generated. Waste
types include:
Solid waste boiler ash Controlled waste 11,000 m3/y boiler ash
The landfill has been designed to accept all solid wastes (worst case scenario) such as boiler ash,
green liquor process dregs, slaker sands and lime kiln electrostatic precipitator dust. The solid wastes
are primarily inorganic in nature and are inactive.
Approximately 220 tonnes of hazardous waste will be generated annually. This will consist of used
lubrication and hydraulic oils, used electrical equipment and various maintenance chemicals and
materials. No hazardous waste will be disposed of at the pulp mill landfill.
All hazardous waste will be transported to an established landfill approved for that purpose. The green
liquor dregs, lime slaker sand, lime kiln electrostatic precipitator dust and combined boiler ashes will be
co-disposed. This will maximise landfill space and minimise solid waste volumes.
The pulp mill wastes for disposal will be weighed and mixed at the pulp mill.
Domestic waste produced at the mill site (such as canteen and sanitary waste) will be disposed of to
dedicated smaller internal cells inside the main waste cells, thereby using the cell lining and the
leachate collection system of the parent cells.
During the construction phase of the pulp mill, construction waste will also need to be disposed of.
Gunns will maximise the recycling of construction waste but estimate that there will be a residual
25,000 cubic metres of unrecyclable construction waste that will need to be disposed of in the pulp mill
landfill. George Town Council has advised Gunns that due to disposal area constraints, the George
Town landfill is unable to accept any inert or putrescible waste from the pulp mill project. This will be
inert material. It will not require a cell liner or leachate collection, and the cell design for the
construction waste will therefore be much simpler than it will need to be for process waste.
Domestic waste will also be produced during the construction phase from the workers accommodation
facility that will be established in George Town. It is estimated (Pitt and Sherry, 2006a) that a total of
5,000 cubic metres (before compaction) of this type of waste will be produced. This waste is
putrescible, and will therefore require a lined cell and leachate collection.
The disposal needs for waste produced during the construction phase will arise well in advance of the
need to dispose of process waste. If the accommodation workers facility domestic waste was disposed
of to the landfill, the landfills leachate collection system will need to be constructed and operational
approximately 3 years before the system was required for the process waste. Because the 5,000 cubic
metres of domestic waste from the workers accommodation facility is relatively small (particularly when
compaction is allowed for), it is considered to be more efficient and cost effective to take this waste to
an established landfill, probably Remount Road, so that construction of the leachate collection system
can be deferred until it is required for the process waste.
In summary, the waste that will be disposed of in the pulp mill landfill comprises approximately:
A total of 25,000 cubic metres of construction waste during the 3 year construction phase;
Up to 51,000 cubic metres per year of process waste during the operational phase; and
Up to 5,000 cubic metres per year (before compaction) of putrescible waste during the operational
phase.
Following approval of the project, detailed design of the landfill will be undertaken.
The solid process waste produced by the pulp mill will come primarily from minerals in the raw wood,
from the unusable fraction of limestone and from other impurities in process inputs.
The solid process wastes are boiler ash, green liquor process dregs, slaker grits (sand) and lime kiln
electrostatic precipitator dust.
Green liquor dregs are nonreactive and insoluble materials left after smelt (inorganic process
chemicals) from the recovery furnace is mixed with water. They consist of carbonaceous material and
compounds of calcium, sodium, magnesium and sulphur.
Lime sludge is produced when lime is mixed with green liquor to produce white liquor through a
recausticising process. The lime kiln converts this sludge into lime with a high content of active calcium
oxide. Slaker grits are made of overburned and/or underburned lime that is produced in the lime kiln.
The grits contain sodium, magnesium and aluminum salt.
The lime dust from the lime kiln will be recovered with an electrostatic precipitator. Depending on the
final selection of the recausticizing equipment, the non-process elements (NPE) from the chemical
recovery system (lime kiln and recaustisization) are purged out, either with lime kiln dust or through the
pre-coat lime of the dregs filter.
Collectively, the process wastes from a Kraft mill are caustisizing materials with a pH of at least 11,
containing varying proportions of calcium, aluminium, iron, sodium, potassium, sulphur, magnesium
and chlorine, with calcium the predominant component.
Caustisizing materials generally do not exhibit a significant environmental hazard, typically having low
concentrations of heavy metals and no RCRA (United States of America Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act) corrosivity or toxicity (RMT Inc 2003).
Beneficial use methods for causticizing residuals tend to take advantage of the calcium content and/or
alkalinity of these materials. The USA National Council for Air and Stream Improvement has reviewed
potential beneficial uses for pulp mill solid process wastes as follows:
Soil amendment: Land application is the most commonly practised beneficial use for causticizing
materials, with lime mud being the material that is most commonly used as a soil amendment. The
residuals serve as liming agents, replacing agricultural limestone as a means of raising soil pH to a
range that enhances crop production. Causticizing residuals tend to neutralize soil more rapidly
than agricultural limestone because they generally consist of smaller particles. Causticizing
materials have also been successfully applied as a forest soil amendment. They have been shown
to raise the pH of acidic soil and promote the growth of trees.
Alternative daily cover: Lime slaker grits have been successfully used as an alternative cover
material to the traditional (15 cm) of daily soil cover used for active faces of a landfill. The use of
grits as an alternative daily cover helps to control blowing litter, animals, and insects at the landfill.
Raw material in cement manufacturing: Causticizing materials are utilized as feedstocks in the
production of cement. The basic raw materials required to make cement are calcium, silicon,
aluminium, and iron. Causticizing materials have high percentages of calcium, aluminium, and iron,
and if properly washed (as is the norm), they generally are low in constituents that can negatively
impact the production and quality of cement, such as sulfur and sodium.
Soil stabilization: Soil stabilization is the alteration of soil properties to improve the chemical or
engineering performance of the soil. Lime slaker grits have generally been used in this application.
Lime slaker grits, when mixed with sand and compacted in lifts, have been shown to handle heavy
truck traffic better than typical soil surfaces. Lime slaker grits has also been shown to be effective as
Reuse opportunities for process waste from the Gunns pulp mill will depend on the demand for that
material within economic and environmentally efficient transport distances from the mill site.
Gunns will continue to research and review reuse opportunities (such as fertiliser, treatment of acid
sulfate soils and/or soil conditioner). Gunns will also adopt a principle of maximizing reuse of waste
from the mill site as it is generated, rather than relying on recovering it at a later date from the landfill.
A Waste Management Plan will be a key component of the construction phase Environmental
Management Plan.
The construction and operation of a major industrial facility such as the pulp mill will generate a
significant amount of waste that will require management through all phases of the project. All
opportunities to minimise waste generation will be considered, as will alternative uses for major waste
streams.
Other than disposal of hazardous wastes to Launceston, the project is not reliant on external waste
disposal facilities for management of wastes, but will take responsibility for its own material. Assuming
a worst case scenario of no waste reuse, a landfill has been identified and concept design present
which will manage all but hazardous wastes from the pulp mill. Appropriate design and development of
waste management strategies for construction and operational phases will result in minimal affects
from this project component.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit
rating related to waste management is provided below.
Waste Management
Waste generation and Moderate Waste Management Plan Minor positive Minor
minimisation negative construction phase impact negative
impact impact
Overall, waste management impacts from the pulp mill are considered to be minor.
4.15 Noise
This section is based on the noise assessment undertaken for the project and presented in Appendix
18, Volume 9. Noise assessment criteria are discussed in this report, with potential impacts detailed in
the following sections.
4.15.1 Blasting
Details on the proposed blasting methods were derived from Orica Quarry Services (2005) which
outlines nominal charge design for blasting works based on preliminary earthworks requirements.
Blasting is proposed to be undertaken twice daily, to displace sufficient material to allow 24 hour
earthworks. Based on the separation distances to the nearest sensitive receptors and the nature of
blasting activities, blasting noise is not considered the most significant noise impact compared with the
ongoing earthworks and general construction activities. The assessment of construction noise has
consequently assessed the latter.
The risk assessment process related to blasting as outlined by Orica identified three blasting effects
(airblast, flyrock, and ground dislocation), which were assessed and considered to be manageable
during construction works based on the following:
Airblast Orica considered that due to the blasting methods employed and the nature of the
structures surrounding the site, airblast would be below levels that may potentially cause damage;
Flyrock flyrock resulting from blasting is expected to be contained with the nominated stemming
heights. Orica suggest that additional ground cover material may be required in critical areas. A
blasting management safety plan will need to be in place for blasting activities; and
Ground dislocation Due to the distance between the proposed blasting areas and nearest
receivers, ground dislocation was not identified as a significant issue. Orica identified the only
known structures to be in close enough proximity to be potentially affected by ground dislocation
were the wooden power poles which were due to be upgraded.
Information provided by Gunns indicates blasting activities will occur twice a day, seven days a week.
In order to minimise irritability and intrusiveness of blasting activities, the blasts will be undertaken at
approximately the same time each day between 9.00 am and 3.00pm.
Construction will be undertaken over 3-stages. An additional batching plant stage has also been
proposed.
The general site preparation activities, their timings, and the individual processes within them were
identified based upon documentation prepared by Gunns and Jaakko Pyry. The individual processes
that are anticipated to generate significant amounts of noise were then identified. In general, these
processes were identified as:
Acoustic modelling was undertaken using Computer Aided Noise Abatement (CadnaA) to predict the
effects of construction noise.
CadnaA is a computer program for the calculation, assessment and prognosis of noise exposure.
CadnaA calculates environmental noise propagation according to ISO 9613-2. Local topography,
ground absorption and relevant building structures are taken into account in the calculations.
Modelling results are based on information provided by Gunns and sound power sources taken from
GHDs internal database.
Table 94 below details the earth moving equipment which has been assessed in modelling for the
construction phase.
Frequency
16
Equipment Type modelled Type to be used 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 A Linear
Bull Dozer CAT D11R* D10R and D9R 109 113 111 111 110 106 102 95 114.4 118.4
Grader 16 foot 140 H 113 108 106 105 105 104 101 95 110.2 116.1
Heavy vehicle *** UK 105 102 101 102 104 96 93 89 94 103.6 110.5
Drill Rig *** UK 115 122 112 112 109 106 102 99 114.7 123.7
Note* - the D11R dozer is a larger dozer than those proposed to be used on site. Modelling using the D11R is therefore considered conservative.
** Types modelled were sourced from AS 2436 Guide to Noise control on Construction, maintenance and demolition sites.
UK = unknown
16
Type of equipment to be used as specified by the client.
All earth moving equipment is expected to operate for approximately 70% of the time during the day,
evening and night.
Rock breaking is expected to operate for approximately 70% of the time only during the day.
The drill rigs are expected to operate for 40% of the time during the day, evening and night.
Construction equipment modelled for the respective stages of proposed construction work and for
different areas of construction works (refer Section 4.5.1 for details) are listed below Table 95 and
Table 96.
It should be noted that all machinery and equipment as specified for each respective stage of
construction works was modelled operating at its maximum sound power levels. Previous experience
suggests this is unlikely to happen at any one time during construction activities and modelling is
therefore based on conservative scenarios (GHD, 2006a).
Received noise produced by anticipated activities during the construction phase for each Stage of
construction is shown in Table 97 to Table 99, under differing meteorological conditions, with no noise
barriers or acoustic shielding in place and with each plant item operating at full power.
W0 43.9 (45)
W2 38.7 (43)
W3 36.9 (39)
W4 34.9 (38)
Notes: 48 indicates an exceedance of the construction noise criteria for the respective scenario.
- Day time modelling was undertaken only, as proposed construction methodology during this stage will consist of rock
breaking only, which is proposed for day time only.
In addition to plant and equipment specified above, construction of the wharf facility will involve the
piering of 5 6 piles driven to construct the berth. Piling is proposed to be undertaken using a Kobe
K45 diesel pile frame hammer. Modelled construction piling activities are presented in Table 100
below.
W0 45.5 (45)
W2 40.2 (43)
W3 38.4 (39)
W4 36.4 (38)
Notes: 48 indicates an exceedance of the construction noise criteria for the respective scenario.
* - Day time modelling was undertaken only, as piling activities will not be undertaken during night time periods.
Modelling suggests staged construction activities being undertaken during night time under calm
weather conditions are unlikely to exceed the respective construction noise criteria at any of the
modelled receiver locations.
Night times, under calm weather conditions are less likely to have an acoustic influence. However
some locations during both stages of construction may also experience noise levels in excess of the
respective criteria.
As previously stated, modelling was undertaken based on a worst-case scenario, with all plant
operating simultaneously. As a result, predicted received noise levels are expected to slightly overstate
actual received levels and thus provide a measure of conservatism. Received noise at each assessed
potential receiver is added (where appropriate) to determine the total received noise at that distance
from construction activities and compared to the criteria.
The construction noise criteria are set for noise levels determined as LA10(15min). During a full 15 minute
period, the machinery items to be used on site may operate at maximum sound power levels for only
brief stages. However, previous experience suggests that this is rarely likely to occur and equipment or
machinery is more likely to operate intermittently during different phases, depending on the respective
construction activity. At other times the machinery may produce lower sound levels while carrying out
activities not requiring full power. Therefore the modelled results indicate a worst case scenario.
To minimise noise emissions construction equipment will be in good condition. All combustion engine
plant, such as generators, compressors and welders will be checked to ensure they produce minimal
noise with particular attention to residential grade exhaust silencers. Where practical, machines will be
operated at low speed or power and will be switched off when not being used rather than left idling for
prolonged periods. Machines found to produce excessive noise compared to industry best practice will
be removed from the site or stood down until repairs or modifications can be made. Impact wrenches
will be used sparingly with hand tools or quiet hydraulic torque units preferred.
Pile driving is expected to generate the most significant vibration levels. Rolling activities and trucking
movements are also expected to generate some levels of ground vibration Table 101 outlines typical
vibration levels for different plant activities sourced from the NSW RTA Publication Environmental
Noise Management Manual.
Piling 12-30
Roller 5-6
Dozer 2.5-4
Backhoe 1
Jackhammer 0.5
Construction activity can result in varying degrees of ground vibration depending on the equipment and
methods employed. Operation of construction equipment causes ground vibration which diminish in
strength with distance. Buildings founded on the soil in the vicinity of the construction site respond to
these vibrations with varying results, ranging from no perceptible effects at the lowest levels, low
rumbling and perceptible vibrations at moderate levels and slight building damage at the highest levels.
Ground vibrations from construction activities very rarely reach the levels that can damage structures,
but they can achieve the audible and perceptible ranges in buildings very close to the site. As pile
driving is only proposed for the wharf facility, and there are no structures within 1 km of the work area,
pile driving is not likely to result in any vibration risks to structures.
While vibration impacts are likely to be minimal, it is recommended to undertake vibration monitoring at
the nearest residents to ensure potential vibration impacts are assessed and minimised.
Acoustic modelling was undertaken using Computer Aided Noise Abatement (CadnaA) to predict the
effects of industrial noise generated by the pulp mill.
Modelling results are based on attended measurements of the woodchip mill and on information
provided by Jaakko Pyry.
Sound power levels for the pulp mill have been derived from data from an operational pulp mill located
in Finland. In addition, attended monitoring was undertaken at the existing woodchip mills to establish
sound power levels from current operations. While not all plant and equipment will be the same, the
measured noise levels provide a practical indication of what noise levels can be expected at the pulp
mill and future chipping operations.
Existing woodchip mill sound pressure measurements were based on ISO 9613:1993. Acoustics
Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors, AS 1217.7- Acoustics Determination of Sound
Power Levels of Noise Sources Part 7 Survey Method, and ISO 9614:1996 Acoustics
Determination of sound power levels of noise sources using sound intensity Part 2: Measurement by
scanning. Pulp mill sound pressure measurements derived from information provided by Jaakko Pyry
were converted to sound power levels based on ISO 9613 and AS 1217.7.
Details of sound power levels and modelling assumptions for the woodchip mill and pulp mill noise
sources are detailed in Appendix 18, Volume 9. Noise measurements from the woodchip mills and
sound power levels from the Finnish pulp mill were modelled using CadnaA noise modelling software to
predict noise levels emanating from the pulp mill. The model considers topography, site noise sources
and the location of the receiver areas to predict received noise levels from the pulp mill. The location of
the noise sources within the site was done with reference to site layout plans.
Modelled sound pressure levels at the residential receiver locations for the six different scenarios for
the modelled results are provided in Table 102.
Potential noise impacts were modelled under six differing scenarios as follows:
1. The existing woodchip mill under neutral atmospheric conditions;
2. The existing woodchip mill with an F Class 17 inversion from the north at a wind speed of 2 m/s;
3. The existing woodchip mill with the addition of the pulp mill and the proposed third chipper (with no
engineering noise control) under neutral atmospheric conditions;
4. The existing woodchip mill with the addition of the pulp mill and the proposed third chipper (with no
engineering noise control), with an F Class inversion from the north at a wind speed of 2 m/s;
5. The existing woodchip mill with the addition of the third chipper (with no engineering noise control)
under neutral atmospheric conditions; and
6. The pulp mill only under neutral atmospheric conditions.
17
The default inversion parameter Class F has been used based on the area classified as a non-arid area.
1 38 43 (E) 36 (D, E) 42 32 34 28 29
6 38 39 30 36 32 34 27 29
INP Project Specific Noise 44 LAeq(15min) 44 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 45 LAeq(15min) 43 LAeq(15min) 40 LAeq(15min) 39 LAeq(15min) 38 LAeq(15min)
Goal Day
INP Project Specific Noise 43 LAeq(15min) 41 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 45 LAeq(eve) 44 LAeq(15min) 42 LAeq(15min) 42 LAeq(15min) 43 LAeq(15min)
Goal Evening
INP Project Specific Noise 40 LAeq(15min) 40 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 38 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 36 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min)
Goal Night*
Notes: 48 indicates an exceedance of the project specific noise goal for the respective scenario during either day, evening or nighttime periods.
*Nighttime noise goals are only applicable to Scenarios 2 and 4 (night time periods between 10 pm and 7 am, where an F-class inversion is most likely to occur and has been
assessed)
(D) Indicates exceeds criteria for day time period
(E) Indicates exceeds criteria for evening period
(N) Indicates exceeds criteria for nighttime period.
Results of the modelling suggest that weather enhanced conditions and the introduction of the
third chipper at the existing woodchip mill have the greatest potential to adversely affect
project specific noise goals.
Section 5 of the INP outlines the steps for assessing meteorological conditions. The INP
specifies that if the occurrence of inversions is less than 30 % of the time, then no further
assessment is required. Background meteorological data for the area in question suggests
that an F class temperature inversion with a source to receiver drainage flow of 2 m/s as
utilised in this assessment to represent a worst case scenario is only likely to occur
approximately 10 % of the time. While it is technically possible for this occurrence to happen,
the meteorological requirement as outlined in the INP does not apply for this assessment.
The modelled scenario with the existing woodchip mill operating under neutral conditions was
only exceeded at Location 4 (WO) which is the closest receptor to the existing woodchip mill
and at Location 3 (WH) by 1 dB(A).
KEY
1 North Screen Room 6 South Conveyor 1
2 North Conveyor 7 South Mill
3 Truck 8 South Conveyor 2
4 Komatsu Source 9 South Screen Room
5 Dozer 10 Wagner
KEY
1 North Screen Room 6 South Conveyor 1
2 North Conveyor 7 South Mill
3 Truck 8 South Conveyor 2
4 Komatsu Source 9 South Screen Room
5 Dozer 10 Wagner
KEY
1 North Screen Room 10 Wagner
2 North Conveyor 11 North Re-Chipper
3 Truck 12 Conveyor
4 Komatsu Source 13 Fan
5 Dozer 14 Causticizing Plant
6 South Conveyor 1 15 Oxygen Plant
7 South Mill 16 Drying Room
8 South Conveyor 2 17 Evaporation Plant
9 South Screen Room 18 Fibre Line
KEY
1 North Screen Room 10 Wagner
2 North Conveyor 11 North Re-Chipper
3 Truck 12 Conveyor
4 Komatsu Source 13 Fan
5 Dozer 14 Causticizing Plant
6 South Conveyor 1 15 Oxygen Plant
7 South Mill 16 Drying Room
8 South Conveyor 2 17 Evaporation Plant
9 South Screen Room 18 Fibre Line
15
3
16
3
14
17
13
11 12
KEY
14 Causticizing Plant
3 Truck 15 Oxygen Plant
11 North Re-Chipper 16 Drying Room
12 Conveyor 17 Evaporation Plant
13 Fan 18 Fibre Line
The GHD traffic report (Appendix 43, Volume 15) identifies three different operational strategies based
upon modelled resources. These operational strategies are broadly outlined as below:
Control Strategy this strategy models wood flow around the State if the pulp mill does not proceed.
For the purpose of the noise assessment, numbers identified in the control strategy are essentially
known as existing data;
Anticipated Strategy this strategy models wood flow around the State when the pulp mill utilises a
combination of native and plantation wood to reduce road based timber freight across the State; and
Plantation Strategy which utilises predominantly plantation wood for the operation of the pulp mill.
Table 103 and Table 104 below show existing and predicted traffic counts for both scenarios, under
worst case and the preferred scenario. Note that only roads considered relevant to the noise
component of the development have been included in the following tables.
The worst case no rail option using predominantly plantation timber poses the largest traffic noise risk
with truck movements on the West Tamar Highway increasing from 85 to 226 trucks per day and truck
movements increasing on the East Tamar Highway from 304 to 527 trucks per day. There is no
predicted increase in truck movements on Bridport Main Road.
The preferred scenario utilising rail transport would result in only a negligible increase in traffic and
therefore would result in little if any noise increase due to truck noise associated with the pulp mill as in
general terms it would take a doubling in traffic volume to increase traffic noise levels by 3 dB(A).
Therefore even in the worst case scenario the West Tamar Highway being the most heavily effected
road due to logging truck volume increases would experience at most a 5 dB(A) increase.
Location Start-Up Model Average 2008-09 Start-Up Model Average 2013-15 Start-Up Model Average 2019-21
East Tamar Highway 278 317 317 272 377 492 304 413 527
Location Start-Up Model Average 2008-09 Start-Up Model Average 2013-15 Start-Up Model Average 2019-21
East Tamar Highway 177 177 177 167 167 180 195 195 233
Before commissioning of the pulp mill, blow-down of boiler tubes is required to clean the tubes of any
metal debris which, if not removed, would cause major problems with downstream usage of the steam,
such as damage to turbine blades.
In a normal situation, the blow down duration is between 5 10 minutes, then the pipe is allowed to
cool before repeating the process.
Blow-down of the recovery and power boiler might take several months. In order to mitigate noise, a
portable silencer will be constructed. The silencer will essentially consist of a large tank with water
sprays which condensates the steam, hence reducing the pressure and associated blow-down noise.
During normal mill operation, recovery boiler sootblowers are continuously used so that at any one
time, there maybe be 2 to 3 sootblowers in operation.
Sootblowers of the power boiler are only used for a period of 30-minutes per shift.
Initial start up blower condition modelling was undertaken for both attenuated operations and
unattenuated (no engineering noise controls in place) operations. Attenuated modelling assumed a 90
dB(A) sound pressure level at 1 m distance. Where no attenuation was incorporated, sound pressure
level at 1 m distance was modelled at 130 dB(A).
Results are provided for different heights of potential noise generating equipment. Models are shown
in Figure 21 and Figure 22.
.
Results are provided in Table 105 below.
Height Attenuation: Steam Blowing Points - 90 dB(A) @ 1m No Attenuation: Steam Blowing Points - 130 dB(A) @ 1m
Steam Blowing Points (m) R1 R2 WH W0 W2 W2A W3 W4 R1 R2 WH W0 W2 W2A W3 W4
1. Power Boiler High Pressure Pipe up to Main Valve 37.5 15 17 8 15 8 10 4 4 55 57 48 55 48 50 44 44
2. Recovery Boiler High Pressure Pipe to Main Valve 82.5 14 16 7 14 7 9 3 3 54 56 47 54 47 49 43 43
3. High Pressure Steam Line up to Turbine 1 Emergency Stop Valve 17.5 0 18 0 14 0 0 0 4 31 58 35 54 25 26 21 44
4. High Pressure Steam Line up to Turbine 2 Emergency Stop Valve 17.5 0 18 0 14 0 0 0 4 32 58 36 54 25 26 21 44
5. Medium Pressure Steam SMP12 Line to Evaporation 17.5 14 17 5 14 8 9 4 4 54 57 45 54 48 49 44 44
6. Medium Pressure Steam SMP9 Line to Evaporation 17.5 16 9 0 3 5 6 4 2 56 49 39 43 45 46 44 42
7. Low Pressure Steam Line to Evaporation 17.5 9 10 7 14 4 4 1 3 49 50 47 54 44 44 41 43
8. CNCG Boilers SMP18 Steam Line 7.5 7 7 0 0 7 9 4 4 47 47 25 31 47 49 44 44
10. Bleaching Plant SMP9 Steam Line 17.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 34 25 30 28 30 28 27
11. Bleaching Plant SLP Steam Line 17.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 34 34 25 30 28 29 27 27
12. Drying Machine SLP Steamline 27.5 15 14 6 13 6 8 4 3 55 54 46 53 46 48 44 43
12. Drying Machine SLP Steamline 27.5 15 16 6 12 6 8 4 3 55 56 46 52 46 48 44 43
14. Recovery Boiler SMP9 Steam Line 17.5 17 16 0 0 8 9 5 4 57 56 27 32 48 49 45 44
15. Recovery Boiler SMP18 Steam Line 17.5 17 16 0 0 8 9 5 4 57 56 27 32 48 49 45 44
16. Recovery Boiler SMP29 Steam Line 17.5 17 16 0 0 8 10 5 4 57 56 27 32 48 50 45 44
17. Turbine Plant SLP Header 31.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 32 25 30 25 26 24 23
18. Turbine Plant SMP9 Header 31.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 25 30 25 26 23 23
19. Turbine Plant SMP12 Header 31.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 31 33 26 31 25 26 23 23
20. Power Boiler SLP Steam Line 12.5 15 17 0 0 9 11 4 4 55 57 30 32 49 51 44 44
21. Power Boiler SMP29 Steam Line 12.5 15 19 0 15 9 11 5 5 55 59 32 55 49 51 45 45
22. Chemical Plant SLP Steam Line 7.5 0 13 4 0 0 0 0 0 36 53 44 47 34 35 34 34
23. Causticizing SLP Steam Line 7.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 38 31 33 35 35 40 35
Overall Receiver Levels 26 28 15 24 18 20 15 16 66 68 55 64 58 60 55 56
2,4
20
21
17,18,19
1
13,14,15,16
23 8
2,4
20
21
17,18,19
1
13,14,15,16
23 8
The INP states that the L1 level (the sound pressure level exceeded for 1 % of the time) of any specific
noise source should not exceed the background noise level (L90) by more than 15 dB(A) when
measured outside the bedroom window.
The adjusted operational noise levels without noise attenuation measures are provided in Table 106.
Blackwood Hills 48 53
Salmon farm 54 53
Waterton Hall 50 42
WO 55 48
W2 48 43
W2A 49 45
W3 44 46
W4 45 45
Note * - The highest nighttime value for each respective scenario has been adopted for conservatism.
During a nighttime inversion without the implementation of noise attenuation measures, sleep
disturbance criteria has the potential to be exceeded at the Salmon Farm, Waterton Hall, WO, W2, and
W2A.
The NSW INP defines tonal noise as containing a prominent frequency and characterised by a definite
pitch.
Potential tonal noise from the pulp mill may be in the form of one-off events. However, exact impacts
from tonal noise will not be known until the pulp mill is operational. It may be recommended to revisit
tonal noise impacts once the pulp mill is operating.
It is recognised that moving noise sources during construction may have an impact on tonal
characteristics of noise sources. However, the direction of moving sources (i.e. plant and equipment),
is likely to decrease received noise levels unless the majority of plant is directed toward the receiver.
Reference to literature obtained from the World Forum for Acoustic Ecology, The Effects of Noise on
Wildlife: A Literature Review (Radle A. L (not dated)), indicates that noise has the potential to affect an
animals physiology and behaviour.
Studies indicate that determining the effect of noise on wildlife is complicated, as responses may vary
between species and between individuals of a single population.
While it is recognised that both the construction and operation phase of the pulp mill and proposed third
chipper may contribute to an acoustic effect on wildlife inhabiting the immediate area and surrounds,
general industry noise is not uncommon in the area. Present woodchip mill operations and operations
of the adjacent power station are already a component of the ambient noise environment of the local
wildlife. As such, it is unlikely that noise introduced from the pulp mill and proposed third chipper will
affect the acoustic environment of local wildlife further than what is currently experienced.
The following assessment has been primarily based on the enHealth (2004) publication, The health
effects of environmental noise other than hearing loss.
Non-auditory environmental noise effects can be considered as effects on health and wellbeing,
excluding hearing loss. These effects can include annoyance, decrease quality of life, sleep
disturbance, reduced performance and learning, cardiovascular disease, mental health and stress.
These issues are generally not specifically considered in noise guidelines so have been addressed
separately in this study.
The enHealth (2004) reports identifies that there is sufficient evidence that environmental noise can
adversely affect:
Annoyance;
Sleep disturbance;
Childrens school performance; and
Cardiovascular health.
The most susceptible to such impacts are children, people with existing physical or mental illness and
the elderly.
The report summarises noise levels below which health effects will not be expected based on recent
reviews. Key health outcomes are listed below.
dBLAeq16hr 35 In
dBLAeq16hr 35 In
dBLAeq16hr 30 In
Results from the acoustic modelling indicate these values will not be exceeded at the nearest
residences for the attenuation scenarios.
Section 10 of the INP considers applying the policy to existing industrial premises, which in this case is
for the proposal to upgrade and expand the woodchip mills. Section 10.1 states that applications for
extensions to existing premises often provide an opportunity to redress issues that relate to the whole
site. However the INP clarifies that the project specific noise levels should not be applied as mandatory
noise limits. The project specific noise levels provide the initial target levels and drive the process of
assessing all feasible and reasonable control measures. It is recognised that in applying the policy to
existing operations, the scope for applying feasible and reasonable mitigation measures to existing
noise sources is usually more limited than for new developments and that sometimes the resultant
noise limits will be above the criteria.
Mitigation Scenarios
To achieve the INP project specific noise goals, mitigation measures are recommended to be
implemented to noise sources that significantly contribute to overall sound levels and are practically
viable. The most critical items identified, based on attended monitoring of all existing equipment and
operational machinery in terms of noise output, are as follows:
The conveyor belt, which will carry woodchips to the pulp mill, has the potential to have a considerable
effect on the overall sound power levels when modelled with a 79.5 dB(A) sound power level per metre
line source. As it has not yet been installed, it is suggested that it should be specified to an overall
sound power level of 70 dB(A) per metre.
From this, the predicted emissions at the receiver points can be determined as a guide. The following
mitigation scenarios were modelled:
Attenuation Scenario Calm weather conditions, with no wind during day and night time with the
above mentioned attenuation; and
Attenuation Scenario with F Class - Inversion development, Class F temperature inversion weather
conditions, wind speed 2 m/s towards the south during nighttime.
Predicted noise contour plots are presented in Figure 23 and Figure 24.
Modelled sound pressure levels with noise attenuation measures in place compared with the specific
noise goals are summarised in Table 108.
Based on information provided, the modelled results indicate that if the proposed management
measures are implemented, the noise goals in the INP will be achieved except under highly unusual
atmospheric conditions.
The modelled results indicate that if the proposed management measures are implemented, the INP
noise goals may be achieved for all periods except at Location 1 with an F Class inversion. The
predicted exceedance with consideration to the INP is under a worst case atmospheric condition. The
exceedance is expected to be less than 2dB which is generally imperceptible to the human ear.
Attenuation Scenario 1 37 40 32 38 31 32 27 27
(calm conditions)
Attenuation Scenario 2 43 46 38 44 36 38 33 33
(F Class Inversion - Night)
INP Project Specific Noise 44 LAeq(15min) 44 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 45 LAeq(15min) 43 LAeq(15min) 40 LAeq(15min) 39 LAeq(15min) 38 LAeq(15min)
Goal Day *
INP Project Specific Noise 43 LAeq(15min) 41 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 45 LAeq(eve) 44 LAeq(15min) 42 LAeq(15min) 42 LAeq(15min) 43 LAeq(15min)
Goal Evening
INP Project Specific Noise 40 LAeq(15min) 40 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 38 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min) 36 LAeq(15min) 35 LAeq(15min)
Goal Night
Note* - Day time noise goals applicable to Scenario 1 only.
43 indicates an exceedance of the project specific noise goal for the respective scenario during nighttime periods.
Date: 9 March 2006 Predicted Noise Levels - Attenuation Scenario With F Class Inversion
File Name: 2212261_LTN_30.cdr Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill, Northern Tasmania - Noise Assessment Figure 4-3724
Figure
4.15.12 Re-assessment of Sleep Disturbance with Noise Attenuation
Sleep disturbance criteria has been reassessed following the implementation of the
respective engineering noise controls in place. Results are presented in Table 109 below.
Blackwood Hills 43 53
Salmon farm 46 53
Waterton Hall 38 42
WO 44 48
W2 36 43
W2A 38 45
W3 33 46
W4 33 45
Note * - The highest nighttime value for each respective scenario has been adopted for conservatism.
With the implementation of engineering noise controls, modelled results suggest the sleep
disturbance criteria can be met at all monitoring locations during operation of the facility under
the respective modelled scenarios.
Based on operational information provided, the modelled results indicate that if the proposed
mitigation measures are implemented, the project specific noise goals may be achieved at all
locations under neutral atmospheric conditions.
Under unfavourable atmospheric conditions (may occur <10% of the time), project specific
noise goals are predicted to be exceeded at the following locations:
Location 2 (Salmon Farm);
Location 3 (WH);
Location 4 (WO);
Location 5 (W2); and
Location 6 (W2A).
Section 5 of the INP outlines the steps for assessing meteorological conditions. The INP
specifies that if the occurrence of inversions is less than 30% of the time then no further
assessment is required. A review of background meteorological data for the area in question
suggests that an F class temperature inversion with a source to receiver drainage flow of 2
m/s as utilised in this assessment to represent a worst case scenario is not likely to occur
more than 10% of the time. While it is technically possible for this occurrence to happen, the
meteorological requirement as outlined in the INP does not apply for this assessment.
While it has yet to be determined what engineered noise control measures are most
practicable, a common industrial practice is to provide a performance-based specification
approach involving a sound level specification, rather than a prescriptive requirement to
include specific mitigation measures. This will promote design flexibility for the proponent and
to enhance their ability to achieve the optimum outcome in an efficient and effective way.
With regard to potential traffic noise, by keeping plant related vehicles serviced, fitted with
mufflers and eliminating exhaust brake usage, noise due to trucking activity associated with
the operation and construction of the pulp mill can be significantly mitigated.
Construction of the pulp mill and third woodchip mill is anticipated to be undertaken in 3
stages. Modelling was undertaken as 2 separate stages (Stages 2 and 3 will be undertaken
together) with various equipment operating in the different construction areas.
Modelling suggests staged construction activities being undertaken during night time under
calm weather conditions are unlikely to exceed the respective construction noise criteria at
any of the modelled receiver locations. Construction activities undertaken during night time
Construction activities undertaken during day time have the potential to exceed respective
construction noise goals at the majority of modelled receiver locations.
As previously stated, modelling was undertaken based on a worst-case scenario, with all
plant operating simultaneously. As a result, predicted received noise levels are expected to
slightly overstate actual received levels and thus provide a measure of conservatism.
The construction noise criteria are set for noise levels determined as LA10(15min). During a full
15 minute period, the machinery items to be used on site will operate at maximum sound
power levels for only brief stages. At other times the machinery may produce lower sound
levels while carrying out activities not requiring full power. Therefore the modelled results
indicate a worst case scenario.
Pile driving is potentially the greatest source of vibration associated with construction
equipment for the wharf and pulp mill. By avoiding impact pile driving where possible in
vibration sensitive areas, through the use of drilled piles or the use of a sonic or vibratory piles
as mentioned in the assessment, it can be expected that adverse vibration impacts can be
significantly minimised. Vibration monitoring will be carried out during piling operations.
Results of the modelling suggest the INP project specific noise goals may be exceeded due to
unfavourable atmospheric conditions and the introduction of a third chipper at the existing
woodchip mill. Modelling was undertaken for unfavourable atmospheric conditions with an F
class temperature inversion with a 2 m/s source to receiver drainage flow to represent a
potential worst case scenario. However Section 5 of the INP specifies that if the occurrence
of inversions is less than 30 % of the time then no further assessment is required. Therefore
while it is possible for this circumstance to occur, the frequency that this condition occurs is
only approximately 10 % of the time and therefore dictates that it is not a compliance
condition for this undertaking with consideration to the INP.
All the above scenarios were modelled without any engineering noise control properties.
Modelled results suggest that the pulp mill operated alone should not exceed operational
noise goals.
Noise mitigation scenarios were modelled to ascertain whether the INP project specific noise
levels could be met with attenuation measures implemented. Results of the mitigated model
scenarios suggest these conditions can be met with the implementation of acoustic
attenuation as outlined in Section 4.15.11 at all residences during day time periods.
In the unlikely event of an F-class temperature inversion during night time periods, modelled
results suggest operational noise goals may potentially be exceeded with the introduction of
engineering noise controls at locations 2 (Salmon farm), 3 (Waterton Hall), 4 (WO), 5 (W2)
and 6 (W2A). The highest exceedance is likely to be at location WO, located closest to the
operating woodchip mill.
A noise monitoring program will be implemented once the pulp mill and additional chipper are
operational with engineering noise controls in place. It is envisaged the frequency and timing
would be undertaken in consultation with Tasmanian DTAE.
Table 110: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures noise
Noise
Based on the implementation of the above management strategies, the impact on the noise
environment is considered to be minor overall, with some residences immediately opposite
the site experiencing moderate impacts during the construction phase.
4.16 Vibration
General construction activities are not likely to produce significant damaging ground
vibrations. Blasting and pile driving are likely to be the critical items requiring monitoring and
control during construction.
GHD has reviewed the Blasting Risk Assessment carried out by Orica Quarry and
Construction in June 2005 (Orica, 2005), which is set out in Appendix 49, Volume 15. Orica
has addressed the concern of the vibration effects of blasting to develop the site, on the Bell
Bay Power Station, existing woodchip mills, and residences at Rowella. The finding can be
summarised as:
Blasting for the site will be carried out in accordance with Australian Standard AS 2187.2 -
1993. The recommended maximum allowable peak particle velocity for residential houses
is 10 millimetres per second and 25 millimetres per second for commercial or industrial
building and structures. A suggested higher tolerable limit of up to 150 millimetres per
second is proposed for power poles and transmission towers, which is based on Oricas
experience of similar structures;
Orica has carried out concept design of the blasts to meet the above requirements at
seven locations around the site. The blast pattern, bench height and maximum
instantaneous charge (MIC) have been varied at each location to keep estimated vibration
limits within the recommended values. The calculation approach and proposed vibration
limits are in line with industry practice;
Providing appropriate blast design is carried out, ground vibrations are likely to meet the
limits given in AS 2187.2;
The most significant impact from blasting is likely to be on existing power lines, which run
as close as 5 metres to proposed excavations. Orica have proposed mitigating this by
reducing the size of blast and MIC immediately adjacent to the power line. Blasts will then
be scaled up as excavation moves away from the lines;
Blasting vibrations at the Bell Bay Power Station is expected to be around 0.4 millimetres
per second, which is well below the maximum allowable limit of 25 millimetres per second;
Blasting vibrations in the direction of the fish farm, and residents across the river towards
Rowella, are expected to be around 0.2 millimetres per second. No specific vibration limits
are known for fish farms, but the estimated vibrations are well within the requirements of
AS 2187.2 for residential and commercial building;
No assessment has been made of the effects of underwater blasting for marine structures,
as none is contemplated;
Monitoring of ground vibrations at select locations will be required during blasting works to
establish a site-specific vibration relationship with distance and MIC. This will allow the
blasting contractor to adjust blast design parameters to suit tolerable vibration limits if the
need arises; and
Ground dislocation damage is not expected, based on the distances involved.
Pile driving will be required for the construction of marine structures. The location of the
proposed marine facilities is about 1 kilometre from adjacent properties. At this distance, and
assuming a hammer energy of 10,000 kgm, vibrations are expected to be negligible at less
than 1 millimetres per second (Whyley and Sarsby, 1992).
Based on the blasting concept design prepared by Orica (2005), there will be no vibration
impacts on adjacent properties or to other infrastructure assets adjacent to the proposed
construction areas. A detailed blasting risk assessment will be carried out as part of
developing the blasting plan for the site works.
Table 111: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures vibration
Vibration
Based on the implementation of the above management strategies, vibration impacts from the
project are considered insignificant.
4.17 Visual
4.17.1 Introduction
The nature of visual impact is extremely subjective, and is dependant on a number of factors
which can include:
The images used in the computer modelling have been based on the current concept design
at the time of assessment and are accurately represented in scale, location and form. Images
have been generated from AutoCad software used to design the layout, and given form using
3D Studio software so that they can be incorporated in the GIS model. The colour schemes
used that reflect the pulp mill proposal may differ slightly from the photomontages of the mill
given the use of different software packages, assumptions used in the modelling process (that
is, direction of sunlight, brightness of image) and printing variations.
It must also be recognised that these images are not intended to be accurate down to minor
details but rather have been developed to show the scale and form of potential visual impacts.
Layouts, colour schemes and other design elements are also subject to change during the
detailed design phase, but are not expected to be significantly different to that proposed in
this assessment.
The following assessment primarily addresses the fixed structures described above as they
will be the permanent and consistent visual element of the project. All 3D images and photo
montages represent these structures only. In addition to these built elements, there will be a
visible vapour plume from the stack. This plume will not be a consistent visual element in that
it will vary in height, contrast and visibility at different times of the day and under different
The pulp mill will be built on a series of construction pads of differing elevation between RL
62.5 metres for the fibre line, boilers, recovery systems and lime kiln, RL 57.5 metres for the
pulp storage, RL 24.5 to 30.5 metres for the chemical and treatment plants and RL 5m for the
wharf. The tallest structures will be the stack up to 130 metres (the top being at RL 172.5 to
192.5 metres with the initial 60 metres elevation) and recovery boiler at 86 metres (top at RL
148 metres). The length of the built site (excluding the wharf) is approximately 1,500 metres.
The project therefore introduces a major industrial structure into the landscape in an area
currently covered by native vegetation. The pulp mill site is bordered by the existing Tamar
woodchip mills, the Bell Bay Power Station and the 120 metre wide transmission line
easement running to the Bell Bay Industrial Estate.
The project will therefore create a long-term change to the visual features of the site.
Unlike other local stack emissions (eg. Bell Bay Power Station, MDF Plant), the high initial
moisture content and emission volumes will result in a larger, higher plume, which will be
visible most of the time, not just in cooler conditions. How high the plume will reach while still
being visible depends upon the wind speed, ambient temperature and humidity, and the
nature of the dispersive conditions at the height of the plume. Using the temperature and
humidity predicted by TAPM, the expected height of the visible plume for each hour during a
12 month simulation period has been determined. Figure 4-38 below indicates the visible
plume height (above ground level) for the simulation year 2004. It can be seen the heights
range from about 130 metres (the height of the mill stack) up to in the order of 500 metres.
Most of the time the visible height will range from 200 to 300 metres above ground level (that
is, from 70 170 metres above the stack). Figure 4-39 below shows the expected seasonal
distribution of visible plume heights. During summer the visible plume height is likely to be
predominantly between 200 to 250 metres above ground level, whilst during winter the height
is likely to be higher, between 250 to 300 metres. During autumn and spring the visibility
heights are similar, predominantly between 200 to 300 metres.
Peak visible plume heights will often occur during cool still conditions, usually during the early
morning. Figure 4-40 below illustrates the daily average visible plume rise and this illustrates
a distinct trend, with the plume being less visible during the late afternoon and more visible
during the early morning period.
350
Stack
300
stack
(m) Above
250
(m above
200
Height
150
Height
100
50
0
ar
ay
r
n
ct
g
ov
ec
l
b
Ap
Ju
Ja
Ju
Au
Se
Fe
O
M
D
D a te (20 04)
Figure 4-38 Predicted height of visible steam plume emissions during simulation
period 2004.
50%
40%
Frequency
30%
20%
10%
0%
0 - 50 50 - 100 100 - 150 150 - 200 200+
He ig ht (m) Ab o v e Stack
Summer Autumn Winter Spring Annual
Figure 4-39 Seasonal and annual frequency distribution of predicted visible steam
plume emissions during simulation period 2004.
140
120
Stack
Above Stack
100
Height (m) Above
80
60
Height
40
20
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 13 1 4 15 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24
H o ur
Figure 4-40 Diurnal average predicted visible steam plume height during simulation
period 2004.
Subject to distance and topography, the largest viewshed (that is, where the pulp mill will be
seen from) for the project will be for the stack and plume. The main structures will be visible
from a much smaller area, with the wharf only visible from a few vantage points. The
assessment of these impacts has therefore considered different elements of the mill in
assessing visual impact.
Photomontages illustrating the likely appearance of the mill have been prepared and are
shown in Figure 4-41 to Figure 4-44.
GIS software ArcView was used to undertake a viewshed analysis to determine from where
the pulp mill will be visible. This was prepared utilising the following approach:
Deriving a digital elevation model (DEM) from 20 metre contour information for the lower
Tamar Valley;
Design drawings of the pulp mill pad/footings were incorporated into the DEM;
The larger remnants of existing vegetation were given a height value of 20 metres and
added to the DEM to take into account potential vegetation screening;
32/11709/335662
1
Figure 4-42 Co mputer generated image of the proposed mill looking from the north-east. From left to right, the image shows the existing woodchip mill, the
main pulp mill plant, effluent treatment plant and chemical plant right of centre and the wharf facility far right. The Rowella area can be seen in the
background showing the rural residential nature of this area. Layout subject to detailed design.
32/11709/335662
1
Figure 4-43 Computer generated image of the proposed mill looking from the south. The bell Bay Power Station can be seen top centre of photo. The
transmission line easement, Bell bay rail Line and east Tamar Highway can be seen to the right of the mill. Layout subject to detailed design.
32/11709/335662
1
Figure 4-44 Computer generated image of the proposed mill looking from the West. The existing chip mill is shown to the right of frame. The salmon farm
can be seen protruding into the Tamar River on right of frame. Layout subject to detailed design.
32/11709/335662
1
482967 487967 492967 497967
5450740
5450740
Legend
va16
Forest/woodland areas
Stack only visible with unobstructed views
Stack and boiler visible with unobstructed views
Stack, boiler and drying room visible with unobstructed views
Stack only visible with possible obstructed views
Stack and boiler visible with possible obstructed views
Stack, boiler and drying room visible with possible obstructed views
va17
va9
5445740
5445740
va18
5440740
5440740
va14
Figure 4-45
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
The results of this assessment are shown in Figure 4-45. This figure identifies those areas
from where sections of the pulp mill will be visible. Given the variable height and spatial
distribution of the structures, three different elements of the mill have been selected as
representative of different extent of views: these elements are the stack at 130 metres, the
recovery boiler at 86 metres and the drying machine building at 28 metres. The bold colours
represent sites that are likely to have an unobstructed view of the structure (stack, boiler,
building), with the paler colours representing locations likely to have obstructed views as they
occur within vegetated areas.
As would be expected, the higher the structure, the larger the viewshed. As the height of
observed structures decreases, a greater proportion of the site becomes visible, increasing
the level of visual intrusion. For example, where only the stack is visible, the level of impact is
less as this represents a single, narrow linear element. When the drying machine building is
visible however, a significant proportion of the overall site is also visible, resulting in a higher
level of impact.
As can be seen from the analysis, the mill, or at least the tallest structures, will be visible from
some locations many kilometres away. The significance of the change to views from these
sites is discussed in the following section.
As there are virtually unlimited vantage points from which the site can be viewed, not all these
can practically be identified, mapped and individually assessed. To address this,
representative vantage points have been selected for which existing and modelled views have
been compared. These comparisons have been used in the following sections to demonstrate
the modification to views as a result of the pulp mill construction and to aid the assessment of
overall visual impacts.
Using Erdas Imagine, the DEM was overlaid with colour aerial photography;
A 3 dimensional model of the pulp mill was imported as well as representative eucalypt
models to cater for vegetated areas identified in aerial or land based photography;
Identified vantage points were marked using a hand held GPS unit and these positions
were used to generate snapshots within the model; and
These snapshots were then placed against real-life photos and placed in a map along with
3 dimensional profiles.
As the snapshots are generated at approximate head height for a viewer, the foreground is
often poorly represented as a consequence of the image quality of the aerial photography. To
overcome this problem, the foreground of the real-life photograph has been superimposed on
the snapshot to further enhance the visual representation. In this way, the pulp mill image
remains correct in scale, location and representation, and the snapshots provide a more
realistic image.
Visibility Assessment
Areas that will experience modified views of the pulp mill site will include:
from Long Reach on the Tamar River;
Well accepted methods for impact assessment (Zube et al 1975, Williamson 1979, Williamson
2003) were used with appropriate modification to meet the requirements of this study.
Specifically, the assessment has considered:
Visual Modification
A central field of view is considered to be an arc of 50. Based on the GIS assessment, the
proportion of this arc taken up by the pulp mill was estimated and a visual modification impact
value assigned. Where the 3D modelling indicated that only portions of the mill will be visible
from a given location, this assessment has looked at only that part of the site in assessing the
change to the field of view. Impacts from changes to the field of view are detailed in Table
112.
Viewer Sensitivity
Viewer sensitivity for a major development is subject to the context of the view, the number of
viewers and distance from it. If the viewer sees a major industrial facility in the context of a
natural area, they are more likely to have experienced a greater impact than if they were
viewing in the context of an industrial site. Viewer expectations of a visual experience are also
considered. While some areas of scenic beauty (for example a remote National Park) may
have low numbers of viewers, the viewer expectation will be one of attractive scenery and
high scenic quality.
Distance from an object plays a significant role in reducing sensitivity. Due to perspective, the
visible size of an object reduces with distance. As the distance from an object increases, the
ability to perceive contrast between features diminishes as does the perception of colour. As
the distance to a view increases, discernable visual detail decreases and the size of the
object in the field of view is reduced and the capacity to screen the object increased.
0 1 km 1 3 km > 3 km
Viewer Sensitivity
3D modelling for key viewsheds is provided in Figure 4-46 to Figure 4-52 and discussed
below.
Long Reach
The Tamar River is utilised by fishers, for recreational boating and for tourism. Such users at
Long Reach will experience views adjacent to the mill site as they travel this reach of the
river. Given that the reach is approximately six kilometres long, the viewing time will be short
unless the boats stop within this area. The numbers of viewers using this reach is expected to
be low.
Viewers will be within 1.5 kilometres of the mill site at any stage on this reach, and could be
significantly closer to the wharf facility. They will experience a high modification to the visual
environment as the mill will dominate the eastern bank of the river, occupying 50 65 of the
horizon (greater than the centre of view), similar to that shown in Figure 4-41 (from the
opposite bank). While the mill will not be inconsistent with other industrial facilities directly
adjacent and at Bell Bay, it could be considered to be inconsistent with the recreational
activity and rural views to the other side of the river.
Visual impacts on this reach of the river are considered to be high for a small number of
viewers.
Opposite Bank
Three residences are located directly opposite the proposed mill site on the upper western
banks of the Tamar. These properties are orientated toward the river and directly facing the
pulp mill site. Given the orientation of these houses and the river feature, their views of the
mill will be long, but the number of viewers will be low. Separation distance to the mill
structures is approximately 1.5 kilometres.
0
90
14
5445387
5445387
Legend 3D Profile
20 15 0 Proposed Stack (190m rl)
13 0
Contours (10m interval)
40 150
80 Cadastre
12
0
Proposed Pulp Mill
National/State Highway
11
Major Arterial Road 100
0
Arterial Road
5444387
5444387
10 0 2WD Road
Vantage Point 1
Access Road
Height (m)
Site Line
_
^
10 River
70 0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
30
30
Distance (m)
5443387
5443387
40
60 Date Printed: 16/06/06
Bro
File: m:\41\14346\GIS\
Maps\Final\vol_2\fig4_46_vantagept1.mxd
d i es
Size: A3
_
^ 0 250 500 750 1,000
Meters Please Note: 3D perspectives are
Roa
90
d
indicative only.
We 1:30,000
st wo Vantage Point 1
od
sR
oa _
^
5442387
5442387
d 30 30
20
GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
50
3D Perspective from Vantage Point 1
40
Ro
40
we
lla
Ro
ad
30
20
Figure 4-46
490379 491379 492379 493379 494379 495379
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 490350
Y = 5442828
FOV = 30
Pitch = 0
5445387
5445387
Legend 3D Profile Proposed Stack (190m rl)
14
0
20 12
0 13 0
Contours (10m interval)
40 150
Cadastre
13
60 0 Proposed Pulp Mill
20
National/State Highway
11
Major Arterial Road 100
100
40
Arterial Road
80
50
5444387
5444387
2WD Road
Vantage Point 2
Access Road
Height (m)
5443387
5443387
5442387
5442387
30
20
GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
3D Perspective from Vantage Point 2
40
40
Ro
we
10
lla
Ro
ad
20
Figure 4-47
490379 491379 492379 493379 494379 495379
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 484709
Y = 5445078
FOV = 30
Pitch = 0
5450044
5450044
t
d
ee
Legend
_ Vantage Point 5
^
oa
Str
R
rie Proposed Pulp Mill 3D Profile
ua Main R
oad
cq Ai
ies
Ma tki
ns Bridport Road National/State Highway 250
Op
Ro
ad Major Arterial Road Proposed Stack (190m rl)
200
Da
Arterial Road
lr
Road
Ea
y
ym
2WD Road
s
pl
tT
e
ad Access Road
150
am
Ro
Ro
y
Bevic Road
ar
Ba
Bell Ba
ad
Cadastre
H
ell
Gerzalia Drive
B Vantage Point 3
ig
Old d 100
hw
Elevation (m)
Height (m)
oa
ay
R
il _ Vantage Point 6
^ High : 380
ob
M 50 Middle Point
5446044
5446044
Low : 0 Bay
_
0^
treet
_
^ Vantage Points 0 5000 10000 15000
_ Vantage Point 3
^ Site Line Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
aring S
Distance (m)
Proposed Pulp Mill Source: Base data supplied by the LIST.
Projection: Map Grid of Australia, Zone 55
Mainw
(Geodetic Datum of Australia 94)
Date Printed: 16/06/06
File: m:\41\14346\GIS\
Maps\Final\vol2\fig4_48_vantagept3.mxd
0 600
1,200 1,800 2,400 Size: A3
way
_ Vantage Point 2
^ Meters Please Note: 3D perspectives are
indicative only.
igh
Vantage Point 1 1:80,000
_
^Ro
ar H
w ella
5442044
5442044
R oa
Tam
Cla d GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
oad
r
st
ks
Ro
Vantage Point 7
We
ad _
^
ty R
3D Perspective from Vantage Point 3
Jet
R oad
ens
ythe
w
nh
Gree
Bo
Figure 4-48
484187 488187 492187 496187
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 484456
Y = 5438405
FOV = 30 Proposed Pulp Mill Site -
Pitch = 0 (Existing Foreground Vegetation
may reduce visibility of proposed facility)
Ea
Ta
5448100
5448100
st
Legend
m
a
Ta
o ad
rA
m
d Proposed Pulp Mill
v
yR 3D Profile
ar
oa 300
Bell B
Ba
en
ll R
H
Be National/State Highway
ue
ig
co
Old m
hw
Te Major Arterial Road
ay Ro
250
ay
d a
_
^ Arterial Road Proposed Stack (190m rl)
Vantage Point 6 200
2WD Road
Access Road 150 Vantage Point 4
Cadastre
_ Ralstons Hill
_
^
Height (m)
5444100
5444100
Low : 0 0
Vantage Points
0 5000 10000 15000
_
^
Site Line Distance (m) Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
_
^
_
^ Source: Base data supplied by the LIST.
Projection: Map Grid of Australia, Zone 55
(Geodetic Datum of Australia 94)
Date Printed: 16/06/06
File: m:\41\14346\GIS\
Maps\Final\vol_2\fig4_49vantagept4.mxd
_
^ 0 620
1,240 1,860 2,480
Meters
Size: A3
Please Note: 3D perspectives are
indicative only.
1:80,000
5440100
5440100
Holwell Road
^
_Vantage Point 4
Figure 4-49
483993 487993 491993 495993
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 488407
Y = 5449752
FOV = 30
Pitch = 0
5448160
5448160
ur Major Arterial Road
c
Se Arterial Road 300
_
^ 2WD Road
Vantage Point 3 Access Road
Pip
Vantage Point 5
200
e rs
_
^ Cadastre _
^
Riv
Height (m)
Street
Proposed Pulp Mill Elevation (m)
er
5444160
5444160
High : 493
100
Roa
d
^ Th
Flinders
_
_ ^ e River
G Low : 0 0
le
n
R Vantage Points
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000 30000
_
^ oa
d
_
^
Site Line Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
We
Distance (m)
ld
5440160
5440160
Auburn Road
Source: Base data supplied by the LIST.
S tr
Projection: Map Grid of Australia, Zone 55
eet
(Geodetic Datum of Australia 94)
ad
_
^ Date Printed: 16/06/06
File: m:\41\14346\GIS\
Sa
l
s Ro
i
Maps\Final\vol_2\fig4_50vantagept5.mxd
ld
sb
0 1,250 2,500 3,750 5,000 Size: A3
ur
y
Meters Please Note: 3D perspectives are
Arno
Hi
indicative only.
Greav
1:150,000
5436160
5436160
ll R
oa
d
es Ro
ad
GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
Mu
5432160
5432160
oa
d
Figure 4-50
484860 488860 492860 496860 500860 504860 508860
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 488866
Y = 5446547
FOV = 30
Pitch = 0
Da
ma
rH National/State Highway
lr
igh 200
ym
wa
y Major Arterial Road
pl
e
Arterial Road
Proposed Stack (190m rl)
Ro
ad 150
ad
Ro 2WD Road
co
5446088
5446088
Height (m)
High : 493 50
_
^
Low : 0 River
0
_
^ Vantage Points
Proposed Pulp Mill 0 5000 10000 15000
Site Line Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
Distance (m)
Source: Base data supplied by the LIST.
Projection: Map Grid of Australia, Zone 55
(Geodetic Datum of Australia 94)
Date Printed: 16/06/06
File: m:\41\14346\GIS\
Maps\Final\vol_2\fig4_51vantagept6.mxd
_
^
_
^ 0 570
1,140 1,710 2,280
Meters
Size: A3
Please Note: 3D perspectives are
indicative only.
1:75,000
5442088
5442088
_
^ GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
3D Perspective from Vantage Point 6
Au Archers Road
bu
rn
Ro
ad
Batman Highway
Auburn Road Figure 4-51
487486 491486 495486 499486
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
Observer Offset = 1.5m
X = 493408 Proposed Pulp Mill Site - Proposed Pulp Mill
Y = 5441228 (Existing Foreground Vegetation
FOV = 30 may reduce visibility of proposed facility)
Pitch = 0
Da
National/State Highway
lr
Road y
Ea
ym
s
Major Arterial Road
pl
e
tT
Arterial Road
am
Ro
ar
Bell Ba
ad
oad
2WD Road
Hi
gh
ill R
w
d Access Road
H
oa
ay
R _ Vantage Point 6
il ^ Cadastre
ch
Height (m)
ob
M
nar
Elevation (m) Vantage Point 7
5446088
5446088
Mo
High : 493
Browns Roa
d _
^ River
0
Low : 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
_
^ Vantage Points
Proposed Pulp Mill Distance (m)
Site Line Vertical Exaggeration = 1.0
5442088
5442088
Cla
r ks
Ro
ad ^
_Vantage Point 7 GUNNS Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill IIS
3D Perspective from Vantage Point 7
ad
Au h e Ro Archers Road
bu nhyt
rn Gree
Ro
ad
Batman Highway
Auburn Road Figure 4-52
487486 491486 495486 499486
Copyright: This document is and shall remain the property of GHD Pty Ltd. The document may only be used for the purpose for which it was commissioned and in accordance with the terms of engagement for the commission. Unauthorised use of this document in any way is prohibited.
As these are residential properties, visual sensitivity is considered to be high to moderate,
diminished somewhat by the existing power station and woodchip mill. However, given the
significantly larger scale of this development, its proximity to these dwellings, and the
orientation of the buildings, a high rating is appropriate.
As a consequence, the overall visual impact assessment rating is high for a small number of
viewers.
Rowella Peninsula
Two potential sets of viewers could be affected by the project residents and those tourists
who drive through the area visiting local attractions. Given the differences in viewing
experience, these groups have been dealt with separately.
Residents
There are approximately 50 other residences on the peninsula, varying in distance from the
mill site from 2 to 5 kilometres. These residences will have differing views of the mill subject to
topography, screening vegetation, orientation of dwellings and whether the viewer is indoors
or outdoors. Indicative views of the mills from different locations have been modelled in Figure
4-46 to Figure 4-48. Figure 4-45 shows the location of these vantage points. As discussed
previously, these modelled views are conservative as it is not possible to accurately duplicate
the effect of scattered screening vegetation.
Views from residences will be long in duration and there will be a moderate number of
viewers.
From the above figures, the proposed chemical plant, effluent treatment plant and wharf will
not be visible from the peninsula as they will be below the viewing horizon determined by the
top of the river bank. The visual impact will relate to the main mill structures. These structures
will occupy approximately 15 of the view where there is no impediment to the view. The level
of modification to the field of view is therefore considered to be moderate.
Based on the above, visual impact on residences on the Rowella Peninsula are considered to
be high where residences are within 2 kilometres of the mill and moderate for residences 3
5 kilometres from the mill.
Tourists
The Rowella peninsula supports a number of boutique vineyards which offer cellar door sales
and tasting as well as other tourist attractions including:
It would be expected that tourists or locals visiting the area will experience views of the mill
from the local roads and possibly some tourist stops.
Views will only be of short duration and there is expected to be a low number of viewers.
The majority of tourists will not leave main roads on the peninsula, particularly Rowella and
Clarks Roads and views will be from an approximate minimum distance of 2.5 kilometres. As
for the residential properties, the level of modification to the field of view of tourists is
therefore considered to be moderate.
Visual sensitivity from a tourist drive is considered to be moderate to low at this distance.
Overall visual impacts on tourism is expected to be moderate to low for a low number of
viewers.
Beauty Point
Views of the proposed mill from Beauty Point will include water level views from locations
such as Inspection Head, Beauty Point, Sandy Beach and roads running parallel to or down
to the River (which will be the predominant view for visitors to the town), and from elevated
areas. The closest of these vantage points is approximately 8 kilometres from the site.
Dwellings and tourism locations have views orientated towards the River and it is expected
that the duration of views in this area are long. The number of viewers is considered to be
high.
Figure 4-49 shows the three dimensional perspective as seen from this area. The visual
modification experienced from these sites is approximately 9 10 which is considered to be
a moderate change to the field of view. View sensitivity of the site is considered to be low,
based partly on the significant separation distance but also on the context of other, directly
adjacent industrial facilities which already dominate the background to views to the east over
the water.
Visual Impact from the pulp mill at Beauty Point is considered to be low.
The visual modification to the field of view is expected to be low at less than 5. The sensitivity
of the view is also considered to be low given the urban context, separation distance and the
predominance of major industry to the south of the town.
Based on the above, visual impact from the pulp mill on George Town and locations in Low
Head are considered to be low for a large number of viewers.
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield is located on the flats and lower eastern slopes of Cabbage Tree Hill. As shown
in Figure 4-50, views of the mill will only be experienced from the highest residences and
these views will be of the stack only, with a few residences possibly seeing the recovery boiler
subject to screening vegetation. Residences on Brooklyn Street and from the water supply
reservoir may also be able to see some of the lower structures, again subject to screening
vegetation.
These views are at a distance of over 10 kilometres. Figure 4-50 demonstrates the view from
the highest point at Beaconsfield being the lookout. Without screening vegetation, the mill site
is just visible over Ralstons Hill.
These structures will be expected to occupy less than 5 of the field of view and the visual
modification is considered to be low. Viewed from a predominantly agricultural setting, and
given the significant separation distance, viewer sensitivity is considered to be low.
Overall visual impact at Beaconsfield is therefore low for a low number of viewers.
The other views from this area are from the George Town Golf Course which is located
between the industrial estate and the Bell Bay Power Station. The highest elevations on the
course are over 40 metres and the mill site will be highly visible from sections of the course.
From the Bell Bay Port lookout to the northern most part of the proposed mill site is
approximately 4.5 kilometres. Figure 4-51 shows the three dimensional perspective viewed
from the lookout. The majority of the site will be visible from these areas. From this site, the
change to the field of view is expected to be approximately 12 and therefore a moderate
visual modification. Viewer sensitivity is expected to be low, given the industrial context of
surrounding land uses. Even for the golf course, the fact that the Bell Bay Power Station is
directly adjacent to the south-east and Comalco to the north-west reduces the sensitivity to
what otherwise might be the case.
Vehicles travelling on the East Tamar Highway consist primarily of local residents, tourists
and freight vehicles, the latter primarily servicing the Industrial Zone, Port or the Tamar
Woodchip Mills. The Highway is the only connecting road to George Town and Low Head,
and carries significant tourism traffic to these historic areas. Motorists driving to George Town
currently experience a range of views including vegetated reserves, agricultural lands and,
when passing the Industrial Estate, glimpses of the power station and industrial facilities.
The highway passes in close proximity to the proposed mill site, at the closest point being 500
metres from the fibre line and at elevation similar to that proposed for the mill construction
pad. For the most part, there is existing screening vegetation on the western side of the
highway which includes eucalypts, shrubs and lower plants. In many areas, this will provide a
visual barrier that will either block views of the mill entirely, or partly obscure the structures.
The top of the stack is likely to be visible from most locations. This visual barrier is not always
sufficient to screen the site as it is very narrow in parts and likely to be further disturbed by
construction activity, including construction of a temporary access road to allow access for
high loads. When driving on the Highway, the pulp mill will not be in a direct line of site and is
not a predominant view.
As motorists drives south from George Town past the port turnoff, the road is aligned directly
towards the proposed mill site which will be clearly visible along the Highway from the
Bridport Road turnoff to Donovans Bay.
As viewer approaches the site from the north, the visual modification impacts are considered
to be gradational, from low impact as seen leaving George Town and passing the industrial
estate, through moderate approaching the Bell Bay Power Station and high directly adjacent
to the mill site. Approaching from the south, the stack will be seen from some distance, again
at a low visual modification impact, with glimpses of the mill as the driver approaches again
increasing to a high impact directly adjacent.
Visual sensitivity approaching from the south will be moderate as the mill will sharply contrast
the agricultural and reserve context experienced on the drive from Launceston. From George
Town, the sensitivity will be less as the viewer will have been exposed to a significant
industrial context before approaching the site.
Overall, visual impacts directly adjacent to the site are considered to be high. Specific
locations along the highway approaching the mill will also experience moderate visual
impacts.
Visual modification is expected to be low as the mill will occupy less than 5 of the view.
Given the proximity and spatial dominance of industrial facilities within the middleground of
views from this site, and the adjacent power station which will fall within the same view,
viewer sensitivity is considered to be low.
Visual impact from the Mt George lookout is considered to be low for a moderate number of
viewers.
Batman Highway
As the sole link between the East and West Tamar Highways between the coast and
Launceston, the Batman Highway provides an important tourism link as well as a route for
local residents and freight movement including logs to local woodchip mills. As indicated in
Figure 4-45, motorists will be able to see views of the stack and major structures whilst driving
along the highway. The number of viewers is considered to be high.
These views will be at a distance of 5 kilometres and will be variable due to topography and
screening vegetation. As any views are at 90 degrees to the line of travel, they will not
dominate the view.
Visual modification is considered to be low as the mill will occupy less than 5 of the view.
Given the separation distance and the fact that it is not prominent in the direction of travel,
viewer sensitivity is considered to be low.
Visual Impacts from the Batman Highway are considered to be low for a high number of
viewers.
For about 80 % of the time during operation, a vapour plume varying from 70 - 170 metres
above the top of the stack will be visible. The plume will be white in colour, and vary in shape
depending on meteorological conditions including temperature, wind speed and humidity.
Based on the visual assessment of the stack height, the plume at 300 metres above ground
level will be visible from most parts of the lower Tamar Valley where unimpeded views of the
mill site can be made. This will include the key population centres. The extent of visual impact
will in part be subject to background conditions, and sunlight intensity and direction which can
either enhance or diminish the visibility of the plume. From sites at most elevations, the plume
will break the skyline of the Tippogoree Hills in the background and visual impact will be
From the plume analysis and consideration of those conditions that will influence the visibility
of the plume, the following conclusions can be reached:
The plume will be visible on average over 90 % of days;
Illumination of the white plume will be greatest when the sun is at lower elevations, at
morning and evening;
The plume will be at its highest and most visible during the mornings on clear, calm winter
days;
The plume will typically be 50 metres higher during winter than summer;
The plume silhouette will be evident particularly on summer evenings, but not to the
majority of viewers in the lower valley; and
The visibility of the plume will be significantly reduced by cloudy and hazy conditions.
The vapour plume will add a significant vertical visual element to the built structure of the mill.
When viewed close to the mill from those residences directly opposite the river, the plume will
extend the visual intrusion significantly above the top of the stack. Subject to meteorological
conditions, the plume will dominate the skyline above the mill and exacerbate the extent of
impact.
Based on climate average data for Low Head (the closest weather station to the site) for
nearly 100 years (Bureau of Meteorology), the region experiences on average 143 cloudy
days a year, 65 clear days with the balance being partly cloudy. It can be reasonably
concluded that visual impacts from the plume will be significantly reduced on cloudy days, but
will be maximised on clear days. On this premise it can be concluded that, subject to other
contributing factors, for approximately 40% of the time (cloudy) visual impacts from the plume
will be minimal, 18% of the time (clear) impacts will be high and 42% of the time (partly
cloudy) visual impacts will be moderate as the plume is more likely to blend with background
cloud cover.
Viewers from the road networks will be aware of the plume as a visual feature, particularly
when it appears in the direction of travel.
Vantage Point Viewer Type Context of View Period of Number of Distanc Visual Sensitivity of Visual Impact
View Viewers e Modificatio View
n
Long Reach Recreation, fishing, Views from adjacent to the mill site Short Low < 1.5 km High High High
tourism
Opposite bank Residential Residential outlook, fish farm Long Low 2 km High High High
workers
Rowella peninsula Residential Residential outlook Long Moderate 2 5km High High - Moderate High
Tourism View from local roads and tourism Short Low 2 5km High Moderate - Low High - Moderate
attractions
Beauty Point Residential, tourism, Residential outlook, view from local Long High 8 - 10 Low Low Low
recreation roads and tourism attractions km
George Town Residential, tourism, Residential outlook, view from local Long High 8 km Low Low Low
pedestrians roads and business centre
Beaconsfield Residential, tourism Visitors to lookout Short Low 10 km Low Low Low
Port of Industry workers, tourism, View from Port, industries, Port Medium High 5 km Low Low Low
Launceston/Bell Bay recreation (golf) Lookout, golf course
East Tamar Highway Motorists, tourism View from vehicles on the Highway Short High 1 2 km High High - Moderate High
Mount George Visitors to lookout Extensive views from Public lookout Short Moderate 7 km Low Low Low
The Batman Motorists, tourism View from vehicles on the Highway Short High 5 km Low Low Low
Highway
The proposed wharf facility, including a pulp warehouse, will be constructed on the northern end of the
site, into the Tamar River. The wharf will introduce the only water level element of the project.
The wharf facility will only be visible from limited vantage points given its low elevation. Other than
Rowella residences directly on the River, the facility will not be visible from anywhere on the Rowella
peninsula. The site will also be screened from vantage points at Beauty Point and most of the western
side of the Tamar. It may be visible from Clarence Point area but at a distance that will make the facility
barely distinguishable.
The site will be seen from the Bell Bay Port, the George Town Golf Course and other adjacent areas. It
will not be visible from any major road networks.
Based on the above, the wharf facility is not considered to have any additional visual impacts above
those identified in Table 115.
As the pulp mill will be operational 24 hours a day, all roads and external areas will require lighting during
the night. In addition, as pulp ships will require over 24 hours of continuous loading, loading of pulp will
occur during night periods and possibly consecutive nights, subject to ship arrival times. As a
consequence, the wharf facility will require illumination during this time.
Metal halide type high bay lighting fixtures will be used for the operating floor. High pressure sodium type
lighting fixtures will be used on the ground floor and in storage areas. Fluorescent type lighting fixtures
will be used in electrical rooms and offices (Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
For external lighting, all high-intensity discharge luminaires selected for use on this site will be designed
to operate efficiently with the front glass mounted horizontally. This style of luminaire eliminates the
upward spill light component and minimises glare at high vertical angles and as such, the spillage of light
outside the targeted area of illumination.
250 Watts High-Pressure-Sodium streetlight luminaires mounted on 10 metre high poles; and
400 Watts and 1000 Watts High-Pressure-Sodium floodlights mounted on 6 metre and 12 metre poles
respectively.
All luminaires in the vicinity of the bale storage building and ship loading facility are of the lower Wattage
streetlight type. 400 Watt and 1000 Watt floodlights are only used around the effluent plant and main mill
areas.
Based on the above layout, compliance with Australian Standard 4282-1997 Control of the Effects of
Outdoor Lighting was assessed. Full details of the Assessment are provided in Appendix 42, Volume 14
(Lighting Assessment). Calculations of light emissions were made at the site boundary and at the nearest
residential dwelling.
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
HI
G
HW
5444500
5444500
AY
5444000
5444000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443500
5443500
HOBART
FIGURE 4-53
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000
Date: 16/06/06 Legend
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
LIGHTING
Zone 55, GDA94 Effluent Pipeline Landfill Boundary Sylvania Lighting Roadster S250CA Aero 250 Watt HPS Aeroscreen Streetlight
Source: Base data sourced from supplied by the LIST- River Landfill Extension Area Twin Sylvania Lighting Roadster S250CA Aero 250 Watt HPS Aeroscreen Streetlight
www.thelist.tas.gov.au. Lighting data supplied in AutoCAD National/State Highway Solid Waste Disposal Site
PLAN
format by Light Harmony. All other infrastructure supplied Philips MVP507 WB 1000 Watt HPS Asymmetrical Cutoff Floodlight
by Gunns Pty Ltd Mill Layout Water Reservoir Philips SNF210_400 400 Watt HPS Asymmetrical Cutoff Floodlight
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_2\ Railway Quarry
fig4_53_Lighting.mxd water_pipeline Dam
Figure
Figure 4-44
4-54
Project: Bell Bay Pulp Mill PHOTO MONTAGE 16B0104-E0035 REV B
NIGHT D
Figure 4-55 Computer generated image of the pulp mill at night as seen from the western bank of the Tamar River at Rowella
Photographic Sheet 4-1. Stack plume visible from Low Head lighthouse (background centre)
Based on the calculated values, curfew and pre-curfew compliance with the relevant recommendations
of AS4282-1997 Table 2.1 and 2.2 is demonstrated for a commercial-industrial site located in an area
classified as dark surroundings (Light Harmony, 2005).
1.1 AS4282 Extract: Specifically refers to the potentially adverse effects of outdoor lighting on nearby
residents (e.g. of dwellings such as houses, hotels and hospitals).
Based on line of sight and separation distances, the only dwellings potentially affected by the lighting
installation are those located on the opposite side of the Tamar River as shown in Figure 4-54.
1.4.12 Relevant Boundary any boundary of a residential property over which it is physically possible for
spill light from the subject lighting installation to pass and directly impact upon either
(b) The potential site of a dwelling if there is no development on the subject property.
The relevant boundary was considered to be the land boundary to be purchased by Gunns as shown in
Figure 4-54. As the wharf facility effectively extend to the western boundary of the site, a boundary on
the opposite side of the river was also considered.
Section 2 AS4282-1997 Potential Obtrusive Effects and Associated Light Technical Parameters
2.7.2 Basis for differentiation of limits Ev (Vertical Illuminance) and I (Maximum Luminous Intensity)
according to times of operation.
1 2 3 4 5
Recommended maximum values
In commercial Residential areas
Light areas or at
Application or calculation conditions
technical boundary of
(see also Figure 2.1 and Section 5)
parameter commercial and Light Dark
residential surrounds^ Surrounds
areas*
Illuminance Pre-curfew:
in vertical
plane (Ev) Limits apply at relevant boundaries of
nearby residential properties, in a vertical
plane parallel to the relevant boundary, to 25 lx 10 lx 10 lx
a height commensurate with the height of
the potentially affected dwellings. Values
given area for the direct component of
illuminance.
Curfewed hours:
Limits apply in the plane of the windows of
habitable rooms of dwellings on nearby
residential properties. In the absence of
development (i.e. vacant allotment), the
limits apply on the potentially affected 4 lx 2 lx 1 lx
property, in a vertical plane parallel to the
relevant boundary, at the minimum
setback permitted for a dwelling, to a
height commensurate with land use zoning
provisions. Values given are for the direct
component of illuminance.
Luminous Pre-curfew: Limits as determined from Table 2.2. Alternatively,
intensity the limits and method of assessment associated with
emitted by Limits apply to each luminaire (irrespective curfewed hours may be applied, at the discretion of
luminaries (I) of the number on a head frame) in the the designer (see Clauses 2.7.1 and 2.7.2)
principal plane, for all angles at and above
the control direction, when aimed in
accordance with the installation design.
Curfewed hours:
Limits apply in directions where view of
bright surfaces of luminaries are likely to
be troublesome to residents, from 2 500 cd 1 000 cd 500 cd
positions where such views are likely to be
maintained, i.e. not where momentary or
short-term viewing is involved.
Threshold Limits apply at all times where users of 20% based on 20% based on 20% based on
increment transport systems are subject to a adaptation adaptation adaptation
(TI) reduction in the ability to see essential luminance (L) of luminance (L) luminance (L)
2 2 2
information. Values given are for relevant 10 cd/m of 1 cd/m of 0.1 cd/m
positions and viewing directions in the path
of travel.
* Applies to residential accommodation in commercial areas or at the boundary between commercial and residential areas. The term
commercial is used as a generic description for zoning which provides for urban uses other than residential.
^ Where the affected property abuts roads that are lit to Category V5 or higher in accordance with AS/NZS 1158.1.1.
Where the affected property abuts roads that is lit to Category B1 or lower in accordance with AS 1158.1, or where there is no
lighting.
Luminaires must also comply with the required intensity limit of 500cd in the direction of residences
where maintained viewing is likely, during curfew hours.
Table 117: Maximum Luminous Intensity Per Luminaire for Pre-Curfew Operating Times
The notes in Table 117 state that: Level 1 control is appropriate for development control of
environmentally sensitive areas. All luminaires must comply with the limiting values of luminous intensity
for Level 1 control listed in Table 117, being 7500cd.
Calculated Values
Calculations of illuminance in a vertical plane were made at all boundaries of the site, and on the walls,
which face the site, of the potentially affected dwellings. The summarised values shown on Figure 4-54
indicate that the maximum Vertical Illuminance (Ev) values on all site boundaries are well below the
recommended maxima, indicating pre-curfew compliance.
The values of illuminance on the dwellings indicate compliance during curfew hours.
All luminaires comply with the limiting values of luminous intensity, recommended for Level 1 control in
Figure 4-54.
Site lighting is required at the meter/regulator station of the proposed gas pipeline. As this will be directly
adjacent to the existing Bell bay Power Station and Alinta regulator station, lighting impacts will not be
significant.
4.17.8 Management
The pulp mill is an extremely large industrial facility proposed to be located on the lower slopes of the
Tippogoree Hills facing the majority of potential viewers.
For those views close to the mill, the scale of the visual impact means that there are no management
strategies that could have any significant benefit in reducing the level of visual intrusion other than a
sympathetic colour scheme to minimise contrast with the background vegetation and skyline.
There are however a number of strategies that will be implemented to minimise impacts to other viewers:
Use of a colour scheme for the mill to blend as much as practical with the background of the
Tippogoree Hills;
Paint selected will be a matt finish to minimise reflective glare;
Preparation of a detailed vegetation management plan that addresses construction phase vegetation
management and post construction rehabilitation and restoration;
Preparation of a landscape management plan to incorporate sympathetic landscaping to maximise
screening of the facility where practical;
All vegetation not required to be cleared for construction and operation of the mill and associated
infrastructure will be retained;
Construction of fill batters to facilitate revegetation where possible. This will include terracing,
respreading with topsoil and seed casting with indigenous shrub and other species suitable for the
site as identified in the landscape management plan; and
Designing lighting to minimise light spill to closest sensitive receptors. Lighting design to be compliant
with Australian Standard AS4282 1997: Control of the Obtrusive Effects of Outdoor Lighting.
The location of the pulp mill is consistent with the existing industrial land uses within the Bell Bay Industry
Zone on the eastern banks of the Tamar River. The scale of the pulp mill and its elevated location does
however result in visual impacts of varying magnitude over a wide area. The mill will be visible from most
areas on the Rowella peninsula, Beauty Point, Bell Bay Port, Bell Bay Industrial Estate, the highest
elevated areas in Beaconsfield and George Town. The areas indicated in this assessment as being
within the mill viewshed are likely to be overestimated, as the visual models are not able to account for
screening vegetation throughout the area in question. A wider area will be able to view the steam plume,
subject to weather conditions.
Motorists travelling to or from George Town along the East Tamar Highway will experience high visual
impact due to the proximity and scale of the development, but only in areas immediately adjacent to the
site and where screening vegetation is not adequate to significantly reduce visual impacts. The plume
will be visible from significant distances, particularly when it is located in the direction of travel.
All other potential viewers will experience low visual impact, primarily as a result of separation distances
but also because the mill will be compatible with surrounding industrial land uses and there will be
continuity of context when viewed from areas such as Beauty Point, Bell Bay Port or Beaconsfield.
Management strategies detailed above will further reduce those impacts.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and an overall rating
related to visual impacts is provided below.
Table 118: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures visual
Visual
Contrast with the vegetated Major Implement a colour scheme Minor positive Moderate
backdrop negative which minimises contrast and impact negative
impact glare impact
Overall the project is considered to have a moderate visual impact, whilst recognising there are some
specific locations which will have a high visual impact.
Assessment Recommendations
A number of Aboriginal sites were identified within the Bell Bay site and in the vicinity of the pulp mill
specifically (refer Section 2.18 of Volume 2 and Table 119). As it is not appropriate to publish details of
the sites due to their cultural sensitivity, the detailed nature and location of the sites will be provided
separately to RPDC, but will not be presented here due to sensitivities to the Aboriginal community.
Table 119: Registered Aboriginal Sites in Proposed Pulp Mill Survey Areas 1 and 2
Site Locality Site Type Recorder Year
Notes
1. The site details are those used by the Aboriginal Heritage Section of the DTPHA
2. The set of sites is derived from the digitised TASI database.
3. The first three and TASI 10001-10003, 10007 and 10009 are in Survey 2.
Based on the results of this investigation and consultation with the Tasmanian Aboriginal Land and Sea
Council (TALSC):
Four Aboriginal sites specifically mentioned above lie within or directly adjacent to the pulp mill footprint,
being TASI 9903, TASI 9905, TASI 9900 and TASI 9896. Of these sites, TASI 9903 has the highest level
of significance being low to moderate scientific significance. Management strategies based on the
intentions above are provided for these sites.
Potential Impact
TASI 9903
This site is located approximately 150 metres from the pulp mill footprint to the north of the pulp mill site.
There is no anticipated impact.
TASI 9905
This site is located on the edge of the transmission line easement just outside the pulp mill footprint but
within an area likely to be heavily trafficked by construction workforce. Given the proximity to the
construction area and the nature of construction activity (including blasting), it is considered unlikely this
site could practically be protected.
TASI 9900
This site is located outside the pulp mill footprint and will not be impacted by development.
TASI 9896
A component of this site is located within the transmission line easement and the temporary construction
phase car park to the north-east of the pulp mill footprint. This site will be fenced and protected for the
duration of construction activity.
TASI 10001
This site is located outside the pulp mill footprint and will not be impacted by the pulp mill.
Assessment Recommendations
Heritage studies for the Bell Bay site identified 17 sites of significance as detailed in Table 38.
The pulp mill footprint has been revised to take into account and avoid these historic heritage sites.
All seventeen sites detailed will be protected from disturbance through incorporation into the reserve
network for the site. This reserve will be an exclusion zone from construction activity and sites will be
fenced and flagged to reduce risk of accidental disturbance.
4.18.3 Management
The following management measures were developed in consultation with the Aboriginal Heritage Office
(DTAE), the Tasmanian Aboriginal Land and Sea Council and Office of Aboriginal Affairs.
A Cultural Heritage Management Plan will be prepared prior to the construction phase for the
management of Aboriginal and historic heritage sites.
Aboriginal Sites
Site specific management strategies for the Aboriginal sites identified above are detailed in this section.
All site specific management prescriptions, protocols and protection measures will be incorporated into
the Cultural Heritage Management Plan. Specific locations of sites will be maintained as confidential
information.
The following strategies have been developed based on the recommendations of the consultants, and
have been further developed in consultation with the Aboriginal Heritage Office (DTAE).
TASI 9896
This site is approximately 7.8 ha in size, consisting and bounded by three artefacts scattered over
several hundred metres. The site is located on the main rise to be developed for the pulp mill. It is
suggested that this site may extend into the subsurface in this locality beyond the current known location
(Stone and Stanton, 2006).
A permit to relocate will be required. Relocated artefacts will be moved to the 2 ha reserve area
indicated for TASI 9903.
If the artefacts are unable to be located, a permit to destroy the sites will be required.
TAS 9903
This site consists of a large artefact scatter, covering an area of approximately 2 ha within the
TRANSEND easement, near the mouth of Big Bay.
This site will be protected in its entirety by a 2 ha reserve. The boundary to be indicated clearly by
temporary fencing for the duration of construction activities.
The areas containing these sites will be maintained as restricted areas, ensuring no accidental damage
to sites. Buffers will be maintained around these sites as determined in consultation with with TALSC and
the Australian Heritage Office (AHO).
One site of historic heritage significance has been identified in close proximity to the area to be
developed for the pulp mill: the Big Stone Fence (site 12B).
The Big Stone Fence was identified as high significance with the recommendation to protect from all
impacts. The entirety of the site will be protected within the reserve network for the site, however, the
northern most corner of this fence is located within close proximity to the development area. A reserve
buffer of 10 m will be implemented to ensure no impact on the site from the development.
The following procedure will be incorporated into the Cultural Heritage Management Plan, for the event
that further Aboriginal or historic heritage sites are located during clearing and construction activities.
cease works immediately;
contact Heritage Tasmania immediately;
assess the significance of the site utilising an appropriately qualified specialist;
arranging a site visit for a staff member of Heritage Tasmania, if necessary, to determine the
significance of the site; and
depending on the significance, determining appropriate actions with regard the continuation of works,
including, as appropriate, approval from the Tasmanian Heritage Council.
All site specific management prescriptions and clear indication of the location of sites will be incorporated
into the Cultural Heritage Management Plan.
A number of sites of Aboriginal and historic heritage significance have been identified within or adjacent
to the pulp mill footprint. Two of the Aboriginal sites are located within either the footprint or within areas
likely to be disturbed. Re-location of these artefacts is proposed under permit. Three other Aboriginal
sites are located outside the footprint and will be protected from disturbance during construction.
All the historic heritage sites are located outside the pulp mill footprint and will be protected from
construction impacts.
Heritage
Disturbance to Historic Moderate Flagging and exclusion zone Minor positive Minor
Heritage sites negative impact negative
impact impact
Overall impacts on Aboriginal Heritage is considered minor. Overall impacts on Historical Heritage are
considered to have a major positive benefit with the inclusion of historical sites into the pulp mill reserve
system.
It should be noted that the definition of an odour unit in dynamic olfactory testing is the concentration of
odour at which 50% of a test panel can discern the odour from clean air. This is directly analogous to an
odour quotient of 1 calculated using the H2S odour threshold for 50% of the population (that is, the OQ at
the odour threshold).
Since odour detection by the human nose has a very short biological response time, the predicted
ground level concentrations for 3-minute average TRS concentrations have been used in the
assessment.
The major factors affecting perception of odour as being annoying and therefore having potential to
impact health well being are:
Strength of the odour determined primarily by the concentration of pollutants in the emissions.
There is not however a linear relationship between odour and concentration, rather concentration
usually needs to be increased approximately ten fold in order to double the strength of odour 18 . In
interpreting the odour quotients, doubling the odour quotient has small influence on the intensity of
the odour, nevertheless the greater the odour quotient the higher the probability of an odour event
being experienced and the greater the number of people that may experience it and perhaps be
annoyed. Odour strength is gauged in this analysis by the value of the OQ.
Character of the odour the perception of odour being annoying or heralding exposure to a toxic
chemical is dominated by attitudinal factors and beliefs/experiences regarding the source of the
odour. There is no doubt however that the majority of people find the characteristic smell of TRS and
H2S to be objectionable.
Frequency with which the odour occurs if an odour occurs infrequently 19 it may well be tolerated.
However, when unwanted odour events are a frequent occurrence such that it impacts the local
amenity and/or lifestyle of neighbours the odour may also affect the health well being of those
experiencing the odour. The calculated odour quotients at different percentile ground level
concentrations provide an indication of the frequency of odour events.
Thus the calculated odour quotients in this risk assessment are an indication of the probability of an
odour event being experienced by some people in the general population. It is stressed the odour
quotient per se does not inform on the perception/interpretation of the odour, nor does it provide
information about the relative intensity of the odour or the likelihood of causing annoyance. However the
higher the odour quotient the more likely the emissions will be smelt by any given individual and by more
people.
18
This rough relationship is seen for H2S in table 12.4 (odour intensity column). For H2S increasing the concentration ten fold only
increased the intensity (i.e. strength) of odour 1.8 times.
19
Whether the frequency of odour events becomes annoying depends upon the individual. Lifestyle becomes impaired when
concern about an odour event modifies behaviour, e.g. we cant invite friends for a BBQ because of the odour from the plant.
The constituent TRS compounds each have low odour thresholds enabling individual chemicals to be
detected in air at relatively low levels (Table 122). Although the characteristics of the odour will be
dependent on the specific composition of the mixture and relative proportions of the component
malodorous compounds (NRC 1979, Suarez et al. 1998) the relative strengths of various low
concentration mixtures will not differ significantly because the odour thresholds for each of the
compounds are similar (Table 122).
To simplify the assessment of odour impact on amenity Toxikos has used H2S as a surrogate for the
TRS emitted from the proposed mill by assuming numerical equivalency with the TRS modelled ground
level concentrations.
Bronchial obstruction in 3
asthmatics
Table 122: Odour thresholds reported for individual total reduced sulphur compounds
ATSDR (1992)
3
Dimethyl Sulphide 3 - 55 g /m (0.001 - 0.02 ppm) Sullivan and Krieger (1992)
In order to be able to perform an assessment of odour on amenity, reliable odour thresholds are
required. Usually this presents a difficulty due to the paucity of odour studies for most compounds. For
H2S however there have been many investigations on the ability of people to smell this gas in air.
There is a wide variation in the levels reported for H2S odour detection and recognition (IPCS, 1981;
Roth and Goodwin 2003; Ontario MoE 2005a), but the threshold for perception of the characteristic
rotten egg odour is reported to be about 3 - 4 times the odour threshold (Leonardos et al. 1969). From
a review of 26 studies the geometric mean threshold for H2S odour detection was estimated to be 0.008
ppm (8ppb or 12 g/m3) and the threshold for annoyance in 50% exposed individuals was found to be
approximately five times the detection threshold (Amoore, 1985). Amoore also predicted changes in
detection levels, intensity and annoyance of the odour at different concentrations relative to the mean
detection threshold and these values are reproduced here to demonstrate the high degree of variation
within the population (Table 123). The table provides a useful link between concentrations of H2S in air,
the percentage of people exposed who are able to detect an odour and the percentage who may become
annoyed because of the strength of the odour.
In the review conducted by Amoore (1985) the wide variation in thresholds was attributed to individual
olfactory sensitivities among normal healthy people and to possible errors in the measurements of odour
threshold. The geometric mean of all 26 reported values was 8.0 4 ppb (5.6-16.7 g/m3). It is noted that
in calculating the geometric mean, Amoore used all the available studies but did not evaluate their
validity. This may bias the geometric mean as many of the studies were old and not performed to
equivalent standards of good science.
The American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA 1989) has also reviewed the investigations on the
odour threshold for H2S from the scientific literature but has also considered whether the tests were
technically valid. The odour thresholds from these studies ranged between 1.6-270 g/m3. Three of the
technically valid studies yielded H2S odour thresholds that were clearly much higher than the majority of
the other technically valid tests.
Based on the above, two odour thresholds have been utilised for the assessment of odour from the
proposed mill.
The lowest reported value from the AIHA (1989), 1.6 g/m3 ,and
The median of the odour thresholds considered acceptable by the AIHA 6 g/m3, but not including the
three studies that produced pronounced high threshold outliers (Table 12.3 in Appendix 21, Volume
10). The omission of the high estimates of odour threshold for H2S biases the evaluation towards
predicting odour from the mill (that is, it is conservative).
From the analysis of Amoore (1985) the odour detection thresholds of 1.6 g/m3 and 6 g/m3 correspond
to approximately to 1% and 5% of people annoyed by the strength of the odour.
e
200 304.1 99 2.31 25 88
The World Health Organization (2000b) suggest odour complaints due to H2S will be prevented if air
concentrations are kept below 7 g/m3 as a 30 minute average. The predicted ground level
concentrations are certainly below this recommendation.
Midway across
13 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.2 2.0
estuary
The GLCs in Table 124 have been used with the lowest H2S odour threshold of 1.6g/m3 to calculate
odour quotients in Table 125.
From Table 125 it can be seen that the odour quotient is marginally above unity at Mt George, the
Tippogoree Hills and mid way across the estuary. The fact the exceedances above unity are only
occurring for the lowest odour threshold at the maximum and 99.9th percentile ground level
concentrations and not at all with the median odour threshold (Table 4-69) indicates it is unlikely odour
events will be experienced by the local populace.
Table 125: Detection odour quotients a for TRS as H2S almost all individuals (approximately
99%)
Midway across
13 0.10 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.2
estuary
The OQs in this table are calculated from the 3-minute GLC and the TRS concentration of 1.6 g/m3
(lowest reported odour detection threshold) which corresponds to approximately to 1% of people
annoyed by the strength of the odour. Shaded cells in the table represent the likelihood of odour events
being experienced. It can be seen that at the locations modelled, the TRS (as H2S) odour threshold is
exceeded (ie the OQ is greater than 1) relatively infrequently. It should be noted that odour intensity is
not linearly related to concentration. Rather it is an approximate function of the logarithm of the
concentration (MfE 2002). The likely frequency of odour events is indicated by how often a certain
emission concentration occurs at the location, that is by the percentile estimates. Note also that the
odour quotient does not readily equate with odour annoyance, this is likely to be dominated by attitudinal
factors and perceptions about the odour. However the more the OQ exceeds unity the greater the
probability annoyance will occur.
Table 126: Detection odour quotients for TRS as H2S most individuals (approximately 95%)
Midway across
13 0.03 0.08 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3
estuary
The OQs in this table are calculated from the 3-minute GLC and the TRS concentration of 6 g/m3
(median reported odour detection threshold) which corresponds to approximately to 5% of people
annoyed by the strength of the odour. It can be seen that at the locations modelled, the TRS (as H2S)
odour threshold is not exceeded.
Taken together the odour quotient analysis indicates it is quite unlikely odour events will occur, and if
they do neither the strength nor frequency are likely to be annoying.
An assessment of odour on the local area amenity around the mill revealed that based on the odour
management systems proposed as part of the pulp mill design:
It is very unlikely odour events will be experienced by people living near the proposed mill; and
It is very unlikely people in the Bell Bay and Rowella areas will be annoyed by odours from the mill.
Whilst the miltiple redundancies built into the odour management system significantly reduce the risk of
annoyance, ongoing management of diffuse odour sources will be undertaken to further minimise such
risks. This management will include consultation with neighbouring residents.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to noise and vibration is provided below.
Odour
Odour and Amenity effects Moderate BAT odour management as Moderate Insignificant
negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact impact
impact 6 of the Draft IIS
4.20 Health
The health risk assessment (HRA) detailed below is a summarised version of that produced in Appendix
21, Volume 10. It is recommended that the full HRA document be reviewed when considering health
implications. Potential health risks associated with odour impacts are discussed in Section 4.19 of this
Volume 2. The conclusions from that section are also considered in the conclusion on health risks set out
below.
The overall methodology employed in this risk assessment is consistent with that of the Australian
enHealth Council (enHealth 2002), the US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA 1989, 2000) and
the US Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR 1992a).
The generic steps of a risk assessment are described in more detail in Appendix 21, Volume 10. The
essential steps are:
Toxicity assessment (hazard identification);
Exposure assessment; and
Although this risk assessment is quantitative there are aspects that are primarily of a screening nature
due to the fact that it deals with risks for a hypothetical person exposed to the highest atmospheric
emission concentration that is reasonably expected to occur at the nominated locations (refer Section 4.5
of Volume 2 (Air Quality)).
The purpose of a screening risk assessment is to determine efficiently if, at the predicted exposures,
health impacts are possible and if so discover the likely causative agents. The risk assessment uses a
number of procedures to decide which of the emission components, either on their own or as a mixture,
are potential threats to public health and hence important for further detailed assessment.
The screening procedure is used to determine, using conservative assumptions, whether a risk could
exist, and whether the risk could be sufficiently serious to justify action. If the screening-level assessment
indicates that a potential hazard is not of concern, a more comprehensive assessment is usually not
required. Conversely if the screening-level assessment indicates that the potential hazard may be of
concern, the assessor may proceed to undertake a more comprehensive assessment to estimate the risk
more accurately and/or seek better exposure data.
By necessity, to ensure protection of public health, this risk assessment is conservative; that is it errs on
the side of safety by over predicting the likelihood for health risk.
The HRA evaluates the likelihood of non-cancer and cancer health effects arising from short (that is
acute) or long term (that is chronic) exposures to emissions from the pulp mill.
International and Australian regulatory agencies consider a safe exposure level to be the same as, or
less than the relevant regulatory standard (an ambient air guideline value, AGV). Hence by definition, an
unacceptable health risk potentially occurs when the predicted ground level concentration (GLC) is
greater than the regulatory standard. It should be noted however that most AGVs have large safety
factors incorporated in them in order to protect sensitive persons in the general community. Hence if the
GLC is greater than the AGV it does not mean a health effect will or occur, or is even likely. It simply
means the AGV has been exceeded and the situation should be investigated further. The process of
characterising the health risk by comparing predicted GLC to an AGV is common practice in risk
assessments for air pollutants. It is a pragmatic approach used to identify important chemicals in polluted
air or industrial emissions. The ratio of the GLV to AGV is called the hazard quotient. By adding hazard
quotients together to yield a hazard index, an appreciation of the likelihood of an adverse health outcome
from exposure to the emissions as a mixture can be obtained. The mechanics and interpretation of this
method is described in Appendix 21, Volume 10.
A schematic overview of the basics of the risk assessment process is in Figure 4-56.
If the HI>1
Then component pollutants are subject to
a
further detailed evaluation .
HQ = Hazard Quotient (Ratio of predicted ground level concentration to air guideline value).
HI = Hazard Index (Sum of all HQs for substances that act on the same tissue).
a
This is only undertaken for pulp mill emissions, it is not within the scope of this risk assessment to pursue these issues if they occur from
current background exposures.
Issues associated with air emissions from the proposed Bell Bay pulp mill are three fold; they have been
formulated after discussions with stakeholders and examination of newspaper clippings and pamphlets:
There is community concern that there may be new substances, currently not released into the air at
Bell Bay, that if emitted in sufficient quantity may cause nuisance and/or health effects not presently
experienced by residents in the area.
People are worried that the incremental addition of emissions from the proposed mill to pollutants
currently emitted into the immediate surrounds by industries at Bell Bay may result in cumulative
health effects.
There are perceptions that emissions from the proposed mill may drift up the Tamar Valley and
further exacerbate the already compromised air quality in Launceston.
Emissions from pulp mills have been intensively studied over the last decade or so, and while there are
some components of pulp mill emissions that will be unique to the Bell Bay air shed, RPDC (2004) have
specified release limits from the mill to protect local area amenity and health of the surrounding
population. It should also be kept in mind that the proposed mill is designed to meet the most stringent
environmental requirements of any pulp mill in the world. Emissions will be effectively contained with
numerous back-up devices should a specific control feature fail. Consequently, historical amenity and
health problems associated with mills in the northern hemisphere should not occur with the Bell Bay pulp
mill (see Appendix 21, Volume 10). GHD (Appendix 16, Volume 9 (Air Quality assessment)) have
modelled the mill air emissions and have concluded they readily comply with the RPDC and DPIW
criteria.
With regard to the cumulative effect of pulp mill emissions in concert with those already emitted into the
air by industry at Bell Bay, the risk assessment herein examines both the incremental and the cumulative
impact of emissions from the mill. Because the mill has not yet been built, actual release concentrations
of emissions are unknown, and consequently the design engineers have erred on the side of caution and
have provided what they believe are over estimates of concentrations at various release points to GHD
for dispersion modelling. The risk assessment utilises upper percentile (maximum, 99.9th down to
99.5th) predicted ground concentrations for judging the incremental impacts. By definition, such
concentrations are unlikely to frequently occur. Furthermore, the risk characterisation is conducted using
health based guidelines that in the main have substantial safety margins.
The general issue identified by ambient air monitoring to date in Launceston and the Tamar Valley is
associated with the prevalence of woodfired heating and specific regional meteorological conditions that
frequently generate strong inversion situations during winter. Approximately 50% of the time in winter
there is little or no air movement in and around the city for up to 10 kilometres (Norwood 2004).
Consequently, air quality in Launceston, as measured at Ti Tree bend (see Section 8 of Volume 1), has
frequently been greater than the PM10 guidelines since commencement of monitoring in 1992, although
there has been a marked reduction in exceedances over that period (NEPC 2004). Some people are
concerned that mill emissions will have an impact on the air quality of Launceston and therefore negate
some of the improvements that have resulted from the wood heater change over programme. Domestic
solid fuel combustion in winter accounts for over 80% of total PM10 emissions in the Launceston Region
(DPIWE 2001). Backyard burning and planned burn offs in rural areas contribute also because the
katabatic winter air flows bring the smoke particles from the rural hinterland into Launceston. This is
markedly different from monitoring at Rowella where the majority of particulates are associated with sea
salts (Appendix 21, Volume 10). In addition, the modelling conducted by GHD (2006b) shows that
emissions from the mill have negligible, if any, contribution to particulate concentrations at Ti tree bend.
Appendix 21, Volume 10 contains a summary of the primary health hazards associated with emission
components. Included is information associated with the sensitive endpoint upon which the air guideline
value was set and a sketch overview on how the air guideline value was established. The latter is useful
as it provides the level of safety that a regulatory authority has built into the guideline. This information is
The information in Appendix 21, Volume 10 (Sections A1.1 and A1.2) which summarises the overall
toxicity of emission components has been confined to identifying the broad toxicological effect categories
for each chemical (e.g. carcinogenicity, genotoxicity, reproductive toxin, central nervous system
depression (narcosis), respiratory tract effects etc). Databases produced by competent agencies 20 have
been used as information resources. The information in Appendix 21, Volume 10 does not take into
consideration the exposures necessary to cause the toxicity that has led to the categorisation.
Consequently, although a competent authority, or review, may consider the substance to be capable of
causing the effect at some level of exposure, in reality, exposures may never be high enough for the
effect to be realised.
Because overview documents or electronic databases have been used to determine the hazard category
of emission components, no assessment has been made regarding dose response aspects, or whether
the toxicological effects used to categorise the potential hazard have a realistic probability of being
realised at the exposure levels in question for the scenarios evaluated herein. That is, there has been no
evaluation to determine the exposures required for different effects for a given chemical to be elicited.
General toxicological knowledge shows that for many of the compounds the doses, required to cause,
say, liver toxicity, are much higher than the dose required to cause the most sensitive health effect,
against which the relevant guideline has been established. For example the acute or chronic health
guideline for a particular chemical may be based on irritancy or perhaps central nervous system
depression because this is the most sensitive end point but at higher concentrations some other effect
may occur that an agency somewhere has used to classify the compound as possessing a particular
hazard capability if the exposure is high enough. Because public health guidelines are based on the most
sensitive effect that may occur, comparison of modelled ground level concentrations with the guideline
will necessarily take into account effects that may occur at higher exposures of the chemical.
There are a number of substances in the expected emissions from the proposed mill that are known
human carcinogens in situations of prolonged high exposures, for example in the workplace, or are
regarded by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) as being probable or possible
human carcinogens. Of these five are genotoxic (PAHs, arsenic, cadmium, chromiumVI, and nickel). For
these substances it is commonly regarded for regulatory purposes that there is no absolutely safe level
of exposure and that there is some level of cancer risk at any level of exposure. The level of this risk is
calculated for each substance as described in Appendix 21, Volume 10.
For assessing the potential non-cancer health impact of individual chemicals, predicted ground level
concentrations are compared to individual health based ambient air guidelines generated to protect
20
National Environment Protection Council (NEPC), Australia; World Health Organisation (WHO)- International Programme for
Chemical Safety (IPCS) & International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC); Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease
Registry (ATSDR), US Dept Health & Human Services; Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment (OEHHA), California
EPA; The Dutch National Institute of Public Health and the Environment (RIVM); and the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS), US EPA. Wherever it has been practical to do so, the hierarchal preferred reference list of enHealth (2002) has been used
to source guidelines.
The hazard quotient is calculated for each contaminant using the simple equation below.
For assessing the potential effects of the mixture of chemicals in the emissions it has been assumed that
individual components may have additive effects and an overall hazard index (HI) calculated (US EPA
2000a). The hazard index (HI) is the sum of all the emission component hazard quotients determined
from either the acute or chronic air guideline values, thus an acute and a chronic hazard index can be
generated.
HIj = HQ i j .Equation 2
there is a threshold level of exposure below which no adverse health effects will occur;
either the toxicological effect of chemicals and/or the dose is additive; and
multiple subthreshold exposures may result in an adverse health effect.
In strict toxicological terms, it is only valid to sum the effects and/or dose of chemicals if they have the
same mode of toxicological action and affect the same target tissues. Similarly it would not be expected
that substances in a mixture would have interactive health impacts if they were individually present at
concentrations significantly below their biological threshold levels (that is below their true low observed
effect level) 21 . Some investigators therefore prefer only to sum hazard quotients for pollutants that affect
common organs, this yields effect-specific cumulative HIs. Others, while recognising that adding together
HQs with different health end points will not give an accurate idea of the non-cancer HI, nonetheless add
all HQs together. Some investigators limit this latter practice to only those pollutants whose HQ is greater
than unity, that is for substances whose concentrations may be exceeding guidelines and perhaps
nearing their biological thresholds.
21
Because the true LOAEL cannot be readily established empirically, for public health purposes the experimental no observed
adverse effect level (NOAEL) is often taken as being the threshold exposure level for eliciting an adverse health effect.
Sometimes any meaningful biological effect, whether adverse or not, is taken as the threshold exposure, such an exposure level
is called the no observed effect level (NOEL). It should be noted however that the NOEL, the NOAEL and the LOAEL are all
influenced by the experimental design of toxicology studies, especially the dose spacing intervals. It should especially be noted
that because air guideline values usually have large uncertainty/safety factors incorporated in them, that a HQ less than one
signifies the GLC is much less than the biological threshold concentration for causing an effect.
It should be noted however that many of the substances that will be emitted from the mill have the
respiratory tract as the primary target organ. It is therefore appropriate that they be considered as
potentially having interactive effects. Indeed the priority pollutants (SO2, NO2 and PM10) are known to
have interactive effects, with NO2 making the bronchi of asthmatics more reactive to other
bronchoconstrictors.
A detailed assessment of potential health effects is provided in Appendix 21, Volume 10, the results of
which are summarised below.
At most locations, hazard indices for background concentrations of SO2, NO2 and PM10 were less than
unity indicting little likelihood for adverse health effects. The exceptions were at George Town and in the
Tippogoree Hills (although there are no sensitive receptors located in the Tippogoree Hills). However,
the hazard exceedance in George Town is a result of existing air emissions rather than the cumulative
addition of pulp mill emissions.
At George Town hazard indices were greater than unity for most percentiles examined. This does not
mean health effects are probable; rather it flags the need for a better understanding of current emissions
into the air shed. There are however attenuating issues regarding this conclusion.
The predicted ground level concentrations of existing criteria pollutant emissions are from dispersion
modelling of 2004 emission rates as advised by the local industries. The exception was the data from
the power station which provided information for its operations as they anticipated them to be when
the mill is operational. Subsequent to providing the 2004 data TEMCO has installed a wet scrubber
on the Scinter plant which is designed to remove 50% of the emitted particulates and also significantly
reduce SO2 emissions 22 . There is therefore the possibility the dispersion modelling may be over-
predicting current industry-derived airborne concentrations of PM10 in the local air shed.
22
Personal communication with TEMCO.
Carcinogenic risk was evaluated for the mill emissions only. Assuming lifetime exposure to airborne
metals released from the mill there is negligible risk of cancer. PAHs are also emitted from the mill and
these also do not create a high cancer risk. The fact that the highest risk is in areas around the mill that
are not inhabited, and are likely never to be inhabited, together with a high level of conservatism
embedded in the risk calculations leads to the conclusion that the risk from PAHs is very low. Indeed the
calculated cancer risk is within that which many overseas jurisdictions consider acceptable and is used to
establish public health standards.
GHD provided Toxikos with ground level concentrations of air borne pollutants from Bell Bay for the three
scenarios: S1 - Existing Bell Bay industrial emissions, S2 - Emissions from the proposed mill, and S3 -
Existing industrial emissions plus those from the mill. GHD have compared the predicted PM10 mill signal
at Ti Tree bend with the measured 24 hour average measurements at the site and found that particulates
from the mill are undetectable most days of the year. The mill signal was detectable for 6 days of the
year but these did not coincide with times when there was a large PM10 event from within Launceston.
Nevertheless there is some uncertainty with regard to the risk assessment for S3 because Toxikos has
been unable to formally include PM10 from Launceston in its quantitative analysis.
For all compounds and scenarios, the HQs are less than 1. The HIs are also less than 1, suggesting little
likelihood of health effects from emissions from the Bell Bay precinct in Launceston.
Of importance to note is the extremely small contribution of mill emissions (S2) to the ground level
concentrations at Ti Tree bend. Hazard indices for the criteria pollutants in mill emissions at the site
range from approximately 0.01 to 0.03 for the various percentile and maximum ground level
concentrations. Other compounds in mill emissions that may have an effect on the respiratory system
have negligible contribution to the overall hazard index (Appendix 21, Volume 10). Similarly the chronic
hazard indices are extremely low. Likewise the lifetime total carcinogenic risk due to emissions from the
mill is negligible at 4.9 x 10-7 (about 5 in 10 million. See Appendix 21, Volume 10 for more information on
cancer risk interpretation).
The impact of air emissions on local residents near the mill in relation to the intake of dioxins will be
extremely small, estimated at 0.13% of the current maximum background intake. The total intake
including current maximum background level is estimated at 22.5% of the recommended tolerable intake
considered by Australian health authorities to be without adverse health effects.
It is concluded that dioxin released from the proposed mill is very unlikely to cause health effects.
The process of evaluating health risks from exposure via secondary pathways is resource intensive and
requires many assumptions, which inherently contain unquantifiable uncertainties. The assumptions are
made because empirical relationships for the movement of most substances from air to other media to
which humans may be exposed have not been established. Consequently, in most risk assessments the
secondary exposure pathways are not considered or unrealistic conjectures are made to establish gross
worse case exposure scenarios. In lieu of these approaches, a pragmatic alternative is to perform
screening assessments to evaluate the need for, and hence benefit from a detailed multi-pathway risk
assessment. Usually, the pre-evaluation is qualitative and based on the assessors experience. In this
risk assessment, the pre-screens in Appendix 21, Volume 10 for metals and polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons have been structured to provide a more objective and transparent process.
Dioxins have the necessary properties to be bioaccumulated in the food chain and the relative proportion
that each exposure pathway contributes to the overall intake has been well studied. This information has
been applied to assessing the risk that multiple pathway exposure (air, food, soil and water) to dioxins
may pose (Appendix 21, Volume 10). For emissions from the pulp mill, it was found that under steady
state conditions, that is where long term concentrations of dioxins in air are assumed to be equilibrated
with environmental compartments and human food, the likely increase in body burden by humans is
extremely small. A conservative estimation of exposure (overestimation) indicated that only a 0.13%
increase above current background intakes of dioxin was anticipated.
PAHs are products of incomplete combustion of organic material. The predominant sources of PAH
pollution are motor vehicle traffic (both petrol- and diesel-fuelled), residential heating, especially with
wood or coal, burning-off and bushfires. Reviews of the scientific literature indicate little uptake and
translocation of PAHs by plants from soil. In addition organisms that metabolise PAH, such as fish and
higher invertebrates and mammals that are human food sources, accumulate little or no PAHs. It follows,
therefore, that if there is little or no bioaccumulation of PAHs by plants or animals likely to be consumed
by humans, evaluation of secondary exposure pathways for the PAHs is not warranted (see Appendix
21, Volume 10).
For metals, the screening procedure is pragmatically grounded in a comparison of predicted receptor
ground level concentrations with rural background concentrations that are not associated 23 with
significant exposures via secondary pathways. This is augmented by a requirement for a significant
inhalation margin of exposure for individual metals such that if exposure was to occur via secondary
pathways, there is ample conservatism in the screening process to ensure that the additional non-
inhalation intakes will not result in adverse health effects in humans, and also with a brief review of the
literature which indicated lack of potential for most metals to bio-magnify through the food chain. It is
concluded in Appendix 21, Volume 10 that since the screening criteria for metals were not satisfied,
detailed examination of the secondary exposure pathways is not required.
For assessing the potential non-cancer health impact of individual chemicals predicted ground level
concentrations were compared to individual health based ambient air guidelines generated by national or
international authorities to protect public health. This comparison was performed by calculating a hazard
quotient (HQ) - this is the ratio of ground level concentration (GLC) to the ambient air guideline value
(AGV).
For assessing the potential effects of the mixture of chemicals in the emissions it has been assumed that
individual components may have additive effects and an overall hazard index (HI) was calculated (US
EPA 2000a). The hazard index (HI) is the sum of all the emission component hazard quotients for
substances that have effects on the same tissue; many of the chemicals examined in the risk
assessment have effects on the respiratory system.
Health risks for chemicals which cause cancer by directly interacting with DNA were calculated using
methods developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency and widely used around the world.
23
This assumption is based on the background concentrations used for comparison being from rural or remote i.e. areas regarded
as being unpolluted, where deposition to soil/pasture is not expected or shown to be a problem leading to significant exposure by
secondary pathways.
It is concluded that mill emissions are very unlikely to cause direct heath effects, either alone or as a
mixture. They will have negligible influence on existing air quality.
For a given population, more than 99% of the calculated total intake of dioxins is due to current
background exposures. Most of this comes from fatty foods. Bushfires contribute a large amount of
dioxins to the Australian environment.
The impact of air emissions on local residents near the mill in relation to the intake of dioxins will be
extremely small, estimated at 0.13% of the current maximum background intake. The total intake
including current maximum background level is estimated at 22.5% of the recommended tolerable intake
considered by Australian health authorities to be without adverse health effects.
It is concluded that dioxin released from the proposed mill is very unlikely to cause health effects.
Launceston has compromised air quality during the cooler months of the year due to wood smoke from
domestic heaters being trapped by inversion layers above the city. Historical data from the monitoring
station at Ti Tree bend indicates the air quality at that site often does not meet the national criteria for
particulates. Emissions from the mill make an extremely small contribution to the ground level
concentrations at Ti Tree bend (GHD, 2006b, Appendix 16, Volume 9). The emissions have negligible
incremental impact on existing health issues within Launceston.
Table 127: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures health
Health
Acute systemic health effect Major BAT Emission controls as Moderate Minor
negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact negative
impact 6 of the Draft IIS impact
Direct chronic health effects Major BAT Emission controls as Moderate Minor
negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact negative
impact 6 of the Draft IIS impact
Health effects for the Moderate BAT Emission controls as Moderate Insignificant
Launceston area negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact impact
impact 6 of the Draft IIS
Health effects from Dioxins Moderate BAT Emission controls as Moderate Insignificant
negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact impact
impact 6 of the Draft IIS
Odour and Amenity effects Moderate BAT odour management as Moderate Insignificant
negative specified in Volume 1 Section positive impact impact
impact 6 of the Draft II
The health risk assessment has identified that the mill emissions will have a negligible impact on existing
air quality and consequently will have an insignificant impact on local and regional health.
4.21.1 General
The National Greenhouse Strategy (NGS) provides Australia with the strategic framework for an effective
greenhouse response and for meeting current and future international commitments, by providing a
broad menu of actions. Some of these will be implemented by governments acting individually, some by
1. To limit net greenhouse gas emissions, in particular, to meet our international commitments.
There are a number of initiatives available to industry in order to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions.
These include:
Greenhouse Challenge Plus - an agreement between industry and government whereby companies
undertake action to abate their greenhouse gas emissions through energy efficiency and other
measures;
Industry Input to the National Greenhouse Gas Inventory - monitoring of greenhouse gas emissions
level and patterns to establish an information base necessary for identifying cost-effective
opportunities for reducing greenhouse gas emissions;
Waste reduction, reuse and recycling - encouraged through mechanisms such as national industry
waste reduction agreements and the development of a national packaging covenant with industry;
Governments working with industry to reduce emissions through the pursuit of best practice through
the development and implementation of environmental management systems, training, monitoring
and reporting;
Measures to minimise emissions from waste treatment and disposal to achieve reductions in
greenhouse gas emissions;
Waste minimisation and recycling strategy - ANZECC Waste Minimisation and Recycling Strategy-
reducing the amount of waste going to landfill;
Reduction of methane emissions form landfill through waste minimisation as well as capturing and
utilisation of landfill methane emissions; and
Reduction of methane emissions from wastewater as well as appropriate, capturing and utilisation 24 .
The Tasmanian Greenhouse Statement (the Statement) was released in 1999, in support of the
National Greenhouse Strategy that was launched in 1998. The Statement provides details regarding
Tasmanias greenhouse gas emission status and opportunities for contributing to reducing Australias
greenhouse gas emissions. Additional details regarding this statement are outlined in Volume 1,
Chapter 2.
As part of the pulp mill project, Gunns will be implementing a range of measures to reduce greenhouse
gas emissions, and therefore comply with the NGS and the Tasmanian Greenhouse Statement. This
includes:
24
Source: National Greenhouse Strategy, http://www.greenhouse.gov.au/government/ngs/
Pulp Mill
The NOx limits in RPDC Emission Limit Guidelines cannot be reached without implementing
management measures. Options to mitigate NOx emissions are considered in the Draft IIS as stated
above. Based on the engineering design and calculation Jaakko Pyry proposed the following changes
to the RPDC Emission Limit Guidelines in order for the pulp mill to comply with emission limits and allow
effective and efficient processing operations:
(Refer to separate report 16B0104-E0014 NOx Issues enclosed as part of Annex XV).
Given the large number of workers required during the construction phase, an accommodation facility will
be constructed in George Town for some 800 workers. This will result in a positive effect in terms of
reducing CO2 emissions during the construction phase due to the following:
Buses will be utilised to transport workers from the accommodation facility thereby reducing the
number of light vehicles travelling between George Town and the site; and
Less workers will be required to travel from Launceston, which is 50 km return more than the trip
from George Town to site thereby reducing the distance travelled.
lack of alternative transport options (that is, transport of waste to the landfill by truck and final
product by ship is the only option in each case), and
location of some materials from the site (that is, boiler fuel may not be located close to a railway
hence can only be delivered by road),
infrequent nature of some of the activities (i.e. chemical delivery).
Generation of greenhouse gases from the landfill were considered minor and were not included in the
calculations.
Pulp Mill
The estimated net CO2 balance of Australia due to the mill operation is positive as extra electricity the
mill produces with bio-fuels replaces fossil fuel generated electricity. The total reduction of fossil
greenhouse gas emission in Australia due to the pulp mill producing 820,000 ADt/a is approximately
416,000 t CO2/a (Table 130).
The following information has been taken from Jaakko Pyry (2006).
The Gunns pulp mill has been designed to generate its own electricity from biofuel and black liquor. Both
of these sources are recognised as renewable energy sources under Australian law. The total fossil CO2
generation from the pulp mill averaged over a period of one year is approximately 169 kgCO2/ADt.
Table 129: Mill CO2 Generation with natural Gas as Support Fuel
The estimated national net CO2 balance as a result of the mill operation is very positive as extra
electricity the mill produces with bio-fuels, replaces the fossil fuel generated electricity. (Table 130).
Given Tasmainia is connected to the national power grid through Basslink, it is reasonable to assume
that energy from the pulp mill may replace energy generated by less efficient and higher CO2 generating
power stations. With approximately 90 % of Australias energy production from fossil fuels, and of that 90
% from coal fired plants, the marginal generators which could be replaced by the pulp mill generator are
likely to be older, coal fired plants.
Transport
The total annual greenhouse gas emissions in terms of carbon dioxide mass equivalents have been
estimated for the transport requirements of the pulp mill. The following table summarises the CO2
emissions associated with each area of traffic generation during operation and provides a total amount of
CO2 emissions for two transport scenarios at pulp mill start-up and at two future points where production
varies thus affecting transport requirements. There are two transport scenarios being considered in terms
of timber resource delivery. The first scenario involves a combination of road and rail to deliver the timber
resource to the site while the second scenario involves the delivery of timber resource by road only. The
ultimate decision regarding which scenario will be utilised will depend on a range of factors and will not
be made in the short-term. CO2 emissions have also been calculated for the construction phase of the
proposed development where possible however due to the significant variation in transport requirements
over this period, it is difficult to estimate the emissions accurately.
NO RAIL SCENARIO
Light vehicles - 60%
Launceston 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128
Light vehicles - 40% George
Town 215 215 215 215 215 215
Chemical Delivery 129 129 129 129 129 129
Boiler Fuel Delivery 3453 3453 3453 3453 3453 3453
Timber Resources - By road 26811 26679 31416 36282 35751 38662
Waste Disposal 17 17 17 17 17 17
Final product delivery 251478 251478 307362 307362 307362 307362
Total CO2 Emissions (t CO2-e) 283230 283098 343719 348585 348054 350965
Notes and Assumptions:
Ref: AGO Factors and Methods Workbook, December 2005; AGO Aust Methodology for the Estimation of GHG Emissions and
Sinks, 2003; GHD Pulp Mill TIA
Operation:
Light vehicles travel Launceston to Bell Bay return; 35 km each way; 60% of 275 veh/day; assume 365 days/yr and use of petrol
Light vehicles travel George Town to Bell Bay return; 10 km each way; 40% of 275 veh/day; assume 365 days/yr and use of petrol
Appendix 20, Volume 9 details the calculations required to prepare the above summary table.
The pulp mill will comply with the relevant ozone protection provisions of EMPCA 1994. Modern pulp
mills do not utilise ozone depleting substances, including the most significant substances such as CFC's,
HCFC's, CCl4, CH3CCl3, and CH3Br. Some substances featuring low or moderate GWP's (global
warming potential) can be identified (esp. methane) in addition to CO2.
The pulp mill is energy self sufficient and greenhouse positive through the generation of power utilising
waste streams from the pulping process and from other facilities in northern Tasmania. There will also
be an insignificant increase in transport related greenhouse emissions based on the proposed utilisation
of rail for longer haul log transport.
A summary of potential impacts, management measures to minimise the impact and a cost/benefit rating
related to greenhouse gas and ozone depleting substances is provided below.
Table 132: Summary of potential impact rating and management measures Greenhouse and
Ozone Depleting Substances
Ozone Depleting Insignificant Will not use ozone depleting Insignificant Insignificant
Substances impact substances impact impact
Overall, the project is considered to have an insignificant impact on Greenhouse Gas and Ozone
Depletion.